INFINITI QX80 Finally Feels Like a Flagship Owner's Manual

Owner's Manual for INFINITI models including: QX80 Finally Feels Like a Flagship, QX80, Finally Feels Like a Flagship, Feels Like a Flagship, Like a Flagship, a Flagship, Flagship

Owner's Manual and Maintenance Information

Comprehensive information on the operation and maintenance of your INFINITI.

infiniti;, qx80;, 2025;, owner, manual;, owner, guide;, owner’s, manual;, pdf;, vehicle, manual;, maintenance;, service

2025 Infiniti Qx80 owners manual free pdf

File Info : application/pdf, 630 Pages, 2.35MB

2025-Infiniti-Qx80

2025

Owner's Manual and Maintenance Information

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

OWNER'S MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
The information contained within this supplement revises the "Currently Unavailable warning" section of the "VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY WARNINGS AND INDICATORS" section of the "Instruments and controls" section and "DRIVER ASSISTANCE TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE" section of the "DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS" section of the "Starting and driving" section within the 2025 INFINITI QX80 Owner's Manual.
Read carefully and keep in the vehicle.
Printing: April 2024 Publication No. SU25E0 0Z63U0

Page 136
Current Currently Unavailable
Page 341
Current Currently Unavailable

New Currently Unavailable due to Drive Mode or High Suspension Setting

New
Currently Unavailable due to Drive Mode or High Suspension Setting

· Condition A: VDC system is turned off · Condition B: SNOW Mode is selected · Condition C: 4H mode is selected (4WD models) · Condition D: Air suspension (if so equipped) is set to HIGH
mode · Ensure VDC is active, drive mode is not in SNOW mode, the
4WD shift position is not in 4H and the air suspension is not in HIGH mode · Systems Affected: LDP, BSI, and ICC · If ICC system is temporarily unavailable, the conventional (fixed speed) may still be used.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
WARNING
Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a wellventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

Foreword

BASIC INFORMATION
This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles (kilometers) of driving pleasure. Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle.
A separate Warranty Information Booklet is included in your Owner's literature portfolio. The "Maintenance and schedules" section of this manual explains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Always carry it with you when you take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer. The Warranty Information Booklet contents provide complete information about all warranties covering this vehicle, the requirements to keep the warranties in effect as well as the INFINITI Roadside Assistance program.
Additionally, a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law Information Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to resolve concerns you may have with your vehicle, as well as reference your rights under applicable law.
In addition to factory installed options, your vehicle may also be equipped with additional accessories installed by INFINITI or by your INFINITI retailer prior to delivery. It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures, warnings, cautions and in-

structions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and/or accessory. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for details concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped.
READ FIRST -- THEN DRIVE SAFELY
Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner's Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements, assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle.
WARNING
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS!
Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers!
. NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
. ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions.
. ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that

could distract you.
. ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems. Pre-teen children should be seated in the rear seat.
. ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle.
. ALWAYS review this Owner's Manual for important safety information.
ON-PAVEMENT AND OFFROAD DRIVING
This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off-road use. As with other vehicles with features of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident. Be sure to read "On-pavement and off-road driving precautions", "Avoiding collision and rollover" and "Driving safety precautions" in the "5. Starting and driving" section of this manual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
This vehicle should not be modified. Modification could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from modification will not be covered under the INFINITI warranties.
WARNING
Installing an aftermarket On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses the port during normal driving, for example remote insurance company monitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics, telematics or engine reprogramming, may cause interference or damage to vehicle systems. We do not recommend or endorse the use of any aftermarket OBD plug-in devices, unless specifically approved by INFINITI. The vehicle warranty may not cover damage caused by any aftermarket plug-in device.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL
This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model. Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depending on model, trim level, options selected, order, date of production, region or availability. Therefore, you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle.
All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing. INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications, performance, design or component suppliers without notice and without obligation. From time to time, INFINITI may update or revise this manual to provide owners with the most accurate information currently available. Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by INFINITI to ensure you have access to accurate and upto-date information regarding your vehicle. Current versions of vehicle Owner's Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the INFINITI website at https://owners.infinitiusa.com/owners/navigation/manualsandGuides. If you have questions concerning any information in your Owner's Manual, contact INFINITI Consumer Affairs. See the INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this

Owner's Manual for contact information.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL
You will see various symbols in this manual. They are used in the following ways:
WARNING
This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed precisely.
CAUTION
This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed carefully.

SIC0697
If you see the symbol above, it means "Do not do this" or "Do not let this happen".

illustration.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batteries, may contain perchlorate material. The following advisory is provided: "Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/ hazardouswaste/perchlorate."
QR code
"QR code" is registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and other countries.

If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration, it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the

© 2024 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
All rights reserved. No part of this Owner's Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

INFINITI CARES ...

Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your INFINITI retailer are our primary concerns. Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that your INFINITI retailer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide INFINITI directly with comments or questions, please contact our (INFINITI's) Consumer Affairs Department using our toll-free number:
For U.S. customers 1-800-662-6200
For Canadian customers 1-800-361-4792
The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information:
. Your name, address, and telephone number
. Vehicle identification number (on dash panel)
. Date of purchase
. Current odometer reading
. Your INFINITI retailer's name
. Your comments or questions
OR

You can write to INFINITI with the information on the left at:
For U.S. customers INFINITI Division Nissan North America, Inc. Consumer Affairs Department P.O. Box 685003 Franklin, TN 37068-5003 or via e-mail at: nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa.com
For Canadian customers INFINITI Division Nissan Canada Inc. 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e-mail at: information.centre@nissancanada. com

If you prefer, visit us at:
www.InfinitiUSA.com (for U.S. customers)
or
www.Infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)
We appreciate your interest in INFINITI and thank you for buying a quality INFINITI vehicle.

INFINITI SOFTWARE LICENSE
. Your vehicle includes physical parts and/or physical components of such parts on which software and/or firmware ("Software") is embedded or installed. Additionally, updates to Software may be made available by INFINITI for download and installation by owners from time to time as determined by INFINITI in its sole discretion. Such Software, and all updates thereto, including updates delivered by INFINITI to your vehicle over the air (collectively "Updates"), are licensed, and not sold, to you. A portion of the Software may contain or consist of open source software, which may be used under the terms and conditions of the specific license under which the open source software is distributed. For other Software, including Software for which there is no separate license agreement between you and the manufacturer or owner of the Software, the terms and conditions governing your right to use and the use of the installed Software, including any Updates, applications, services, and content provided for or through the Software, are set forth in the End User License Agreement found at:
For U.S. customers -- https://www.infinitiusa.com/owners/ownership/vehicle-software.html
For Canadian customers -- https://www.infiniti.ca/owners.html
Your use of the Software, including any Updates, constitutes consent to the End User License Agreement's terms and conditions.
. PLEASE NOTE: The End User License Agreement contains an arbitration clause. You may opt out of this arbitration clause within 30 days of the date of your vehicle purchase by sending a signed, written notice to INFINITI at the following address:
For U.S. customers INFINITI Division Nissan North America, Inc. Consumer Affairs Department P.O. Box 685003 Franklin, TN 37068-5003
For Canadian customers INFINITI Canada Inc. Consumer Affairs Department 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
. Please refer to "Software update" in the 2 Getting started section of the INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual for information about installing Over-the-Air Updates. For questions or assistance concerning installation of any over-the-air Update, you may contact INFINITI Owner Services at 1-833-283-1886 for U.S. customers, or for Canadian customers INFINITI Consumer Affairs at consumeraffairs@nissancanada.com. You may also choose to visit an INFINITI Retailer for assistance - charges may apply.

Table of Contents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

Index

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ........................................................................... 4 Exterior front .......................................................................... 5 Exterior rear ............................................................................ 6 Passenger compartment ...................................................... 7 Cockpit ...................................................................................... 9

Instrument panel ................................................................ 10 Meters and gauges ............................................................. 11 Engine compartment .......................................................... 12
VR35DDTT engine ....................................................... 12 Warning and indicator lights ........................................... 13

Illustrated table of contents 3

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

8. Armrest (2nd row captain seat)* (P.30)
9. Seat belt for 3rd row center seat (P.47)
10. Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bags (P.75)
11. Front seats (P.18)
12. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags (P.75)
13. Seat belt pretensioners (P.92)
14. 2nd row seats (P.20)
-- Child restraints (P.55)
15. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system (for 2nd row and 3rd row right outboard seats) (P.57)
16. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strap) (P.61)
17. 3rd row seats (P.28)
-- Child restraints (P.55)
*: if so equipped

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.75)
2. Front passenger air bag status light (P.83)
3. Occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) (P.75)

WAA0596X
4. Front central seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag* (P.75)
5. Seat belts (P.41) 6. Head restraints/headrests (P.37) 7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bags (P.75)

4 Illustrated table of contents

EXTERIOR FRONT
1. Hood (P.229) 2. Windshield wiper and washer
-- Switch operation (P.163) -- Wiper blade replacement (P.527) -- Window washer fluid (P.522) -- Windshield wiper deicer* (P.166)

WAA0597X
3. Front camera (P.170, P.290, P.345, P.348, P.365, P.383, P.419)
4. Moonroof (P.199) 5. Power windows (P.195) 6. Roof rack (P.194) 7. Side turn signal lights (P.536)

8. Sonar sensors -- Sonar system (P.469) -- ProPILOT Assist 2.1* (P.397)
9. Front view camera (P.256) 10. Front parking light/daytime running
light/front turn signal light (P.167) 11. Headlights (P.167) 12. Front side marker light (P.536) 13. Tires
-- Wheel and tires (P.539, P.578) -- Flat tire (P.487) -- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P.113, P.308) 14. Outside mirrors (P.246) 15. Side view camera (P.256) 16. Doors -- Keys (P.207) -- Door locks (P.209) -- Intelligent Key system (P.214) -- Security systems (P.161) -- Remote engine start (P.227) *: if so equipped
Illustrated table of contents 5

EXTERIOR REAR
1. Fuel-filler door (P.235) -- Fuel information (P.573)
2. Antenna** (P.301) 3. Rear combination light (P.536) 4. Rear window defroster (P.166) 5. High-mounted stop light (P.536)
6 Illustrated table of contents

9. Child safety rear door locks (P.214) 10. Spare tire (under the vehicle) (P.487) 11. Sonar sensors
-- Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (P.444) -- Sonar system (P.469) -- ProPILOT Assist 2.1* (P.397) 12. Trailer hitch (P.593) 13. Rear view camera (P.256) 14. Liftgate (P.230) -- Intelligent Key system (P.214) *: if so equipped **: For ProPILOT Assist 2.1 models, there are two antennas on the roof. (Left side is GNSS antenna, right side is radio antenna.) For ProPILOT Assist 1.1 models, there is one antenna.
WAA0598X
6. Rear window wiper and washer -- Switch operation (P.165) -- Window washer fluid (P.522)
7. Driving recorder camera* (P.290) 8. Smart Rear View Mirror camera*
(P.240)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
1. Inside mirror (P.239) 2. Overhead console (P.190) 3. Map lights (P.201)
-- Microphone** 4. Moonroof switch (P.199) 5. Emergency Call (SOS) button* (P.186)

WAA0599X
6. Sun visors (P.238) 7. Rear personal lights (P.202) 8. Assist grips (P.239)/Coat hooks
(P.193) 9. Cup holders (2nd row seat) (P.188) 10. Rear Control Panel* (P.152)

-- Heater and air conditioner (P.280) -- Heated seats (P.174) -- Ventilated seats (P.177) -- 2nd row seat adjustment (P.20) 11. Armrest* (P.30)/Console box* (P.191) -- USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector (P.183) 12. Rear room light (P.203) 13. Cargo light (P.203) 14. Power window switch (P.195) 15. Outside mirror control switch (driver's side) (P.246) 16. Power door lock switches (P.213) 17. Memory seat switches (driver's and front passenger's side*) (P.249) 18. Lower console tray (P.192) -- Power outlet (P.180) 19. Console box (P.191) -- Cool box switch* (P.192) -- Power outlet (P.180) -- USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector (P.183) -- Heated seat switches (2nd row seats)* (P.174) -- Ventilated seat switches (2nd row seats)* (P.177) -- Rear air conditioner control switches (P.280)
Illustrated table of contents 7

20. Cup holders (3rd row seat) (P.188)/ Heated seat switches (3rd row seats)* (P.176)/USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector (P.183)
21. Cargo area -- Power outlet (P.180) -- Cargo floor box (P.194) -- Luggage hooks (P.193) -- Jacking tools (P.488)
*: if so equipped **: Refer to the separate INFINITI In-
Touch® Owner's Manual.
8 Illustrated table of contents

COCKPIT

1. Steering Assist switch (P.179, P.383) 2. Idling Stop OFF switch (P.474) 3. Head Up Display (HUD) switch* (P.157) 4. Power liftgate switch (P.230) 5. Headlight and turn signal switch
(P.167)

WAA0604X
6. Paddle shifters (P.325) 7. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left
side) -- ProPILOT Assist switch (P.351, P.365, P.383) -- Volume control**

8. Driver monitor camera* (P.290) 9. Steering wheel (P.238)
-- Horn (P.173) 10. Wiper and washer switch (P.163) 11. Steering-wheel-mounted controls
(right side) -- Vehicle information display control (P.118) -- Touch screen display control** -- Audio control** -- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System switches** -- Voice Recognition system switch** 12. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.486) 13. Air suspension AUTO switch* (P.456) 14. CAMERA/ button (P.256) 15. Automatic brake hold switch (P.329) 16. Parking brake switch (P.326) 17. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch (P.237) 18. Shift buttons (P.321) *: if so equipped **: See the separate INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual.
Illustrated table of contents 9

INSTRUMENT PANEL
1. Side ventilator (P.280) 2. Meters and gauges (P.102)/Clock
(P.150) 3. Head Up Display (HUD)* (P.157) 4. Push-button ignition switch (P.316) 5. Center ventilator (P.279)
10 Illustrated table of contents

WAA0601X
6. Touch screen display switches** 7. Touch screen display (P.153 or **)
-- 3D Around View® Monitor (P.256) -- Navigation system** -- Audio system** -- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-

tem**
8. Front Control Panel (P.151)
-- INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P.332) -- INFINITI all-mode 4WD®* (P.451)
-- Air suspension system* (P.456)
-- Heater and air conditioner (P.280)
-- Defroster (P.166)
-- Windshield deicer* (P.166)
-- Heated seats (P.174)
-- Ventilated seats* (P.177)
9. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.75)
10. Fuse box (P.529)
11. Hood release handle (P.229)
12. Driver supplemental front-impact air bag (P.75)
13. Driver supplemental knee air bag (P.75)
14. Wireless charger (P.184)
-- USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port**
15. Cup holders (P.188)
16. Front passenger supplemental knee air bag (P.75)
17. Glove box (P.191)
*: if so equipped **: See the separate INFINITI InTouch®
Owner's Manual.

METERS AND GAUGES

10. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.105)
The view of the meter screen can be changed. (See "Changing the meter screen view" (P.103).)

WAA0602X

Example

1. Warning and indicator lights (P.108) 2. Speedometer (P.104) 3. Vehicle information display (P.117) 4. Tachometer (P.105) 5. Automatic Transmission (AT) position

indicator (P.107) 6. Drive Mode Selector indicator (P.332) 7. Fuel gauge (P.106) 8. Distance to empty (dte) (P.104) 9. Odometer (P.104)

Illustrated table of contents 11

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

VR35DDTT ENGINE
NOTE: Your vehicle may not be equipped with an engine cover.

1. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.522) 2. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.529) 3. Engine oil filler cap (P.518) 4. Engine oil dipstick (P.518) 5. Brake fluid reservoir (P.521) 6. Battery (P.523)

WAA0603X
7. Engine coolant reservoir (P.516) 8. Radiator filler cap (P.516) 9. Drive belts (P.525) 10. Air cleaner (P.526)

12 Illustrated table of contents

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Red light

Name

Page

Brake warning light

108

Charge warning light

109

Electric power steering warning light

109

Electric shift control system warning light

110

Electronic parking brake warning light

110

Engine oil pressure warning light

110

Hands OFF warning light

110

Master warning light

111

Seat belt warning light

111

Supplemental air bag warning light

111

Yellow light

Name

Page

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light

112

Electronic parking brake system warning light

112

Electric power steering warning light

112

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system OFF warning 112 light

Front passenger air bag status light

112

Low tire pressure warning light

113

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

114

Master warning light

114

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system OFF warning 115 light

Slip indicator light

115

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light

115

Other light

Name
Automatic brake hold indicator light (white)
Automatic brake hold indicator light (green)

Page 115 116

Exterior light indicator

116

High beam assist indicator light

116

High beam indicator light

116

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

116

Illustrated table of contents 13

MEMO 14 Illustrated table of contents

1 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Seats ........................................................................................ 17 Basic information ........................................................... 17 Front seats ...................................................................... 18 2nd row seats ................................................................ 20 3rd row seats ................................................................. 28 Armrest ............................................................................ 30 Flexible seating .............................................................. 30 Seat adjustment using touch screen display ......... 35 Resetting the seat positions ...................................... 36
Head restraints/headrests ............................................... 37 Basic information .......................................................... 37 Adjustable head restraint/headrest components ................................ 38 Non-adjustable head restraint/headrest components ................................ 39 Remove ............................................................................ 39 Install ................................................................................ 40 Adjust ............................................................................... 40
Seat belts .............................................................................. 41 Precautions on seat belt usage ................................. 41 Pregnant women ........................................................... 44 Injured persons ............................................................... 44 Three-point type seat belt .......................................... 44 Seat belt extenders ....................................................... 52 Seat belt maintenance ................................................. 52

Child safety .......................................................................... 52 Basic information ........................................................ 52 Infants ............................................................................ 53 Small children ............................................................... 53 Larger children ............................................................. 54
Child restraints .................................................................... 55 Precautions on child restraints ................................ 55 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System (LATCH) .......................................................... 57 Top tether anchor ........................................................ 61 Rear-facing child restraint installation using LATCH ................................................................ 62 Rear-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts ....................................................................... 63 Forward-facing child restraint installation using LATCH ................................................................ 66 Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts .................................................... 68 Installing top tether strap .......................................... 71 Booster seats ................................................................ 72
Supplemental restraint system ...................................... 75 Precautions on supplemental restraint system ........................................................... 75 INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System (front seats) .................................................................. 82
Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 15

Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bag ............................................................................... 88
Front, front central seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems .................................................................... 90

Seat belts with pretensioners (front and second row outboard seats) ................................................... 92 Supplemental air bag warning labels .................... 93 Supplemental air bag warning light ....................... 93
Repair and replacement procedure ........................ 94

16 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SEATS
BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.
. For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit

SSS0133
well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly. See "Precautions on seat belt usage" (P.41).
. After adjustment, gently rock the seat to make sure it is securely locked (for manual seats if so equipped).
. Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls or make the vehicle move. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the

vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
. The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort. Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased.
CAUTION
When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/or damages.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 17

FRONT SEATS
Front power seat adjustment
Operating tips:
. The power seat motor has an auto-reset overload protection circuit. If the motor stops during the seat adjustment, wait 30 seconds, then reactivate the switch.
. To avoid discharge of the battery, do not operate the power seats for a long period of time when the engine is not running.
See "Memory seat" (P.249) for the seat position memory function.
The front power seat can also be adjusted by the touch screen display. See "Seat adjustment using touch screen display" (P.35).

Forward and backward:
Move forward or backward the adjusting switch to the desired position.
Reclining:
Move forward or backward the adjusting switch to the desired position.
The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See "Seat belts" (P.41).)
The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

18 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WAB0511X WAB0512X

Seat lifter:
Move the switch as shown to adjust the angle of the front portion or height of the seat.

WAB0513X
Type A (if so equipped)

Lumbar support
The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver and/or the front passenger.
Push the switch as shown to adjust the seat lumbar area until the desired position is achieved.
NOTE:
The adjusted air volume may become smaller due to continuous use. If this happens, push the switch to the back side for about 15 seconds to completely exhaust the air, then push the switch to the front side to fill the air up to your preferable adjustment amount.

WAB0514X
Type B (if so equipped)
Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 19

15 seconds to completely exhaust the air, then push the switch to the front side to fill the air up to your preferable adjustment amount.
2ND ROW SEATS
Basic information

WAB0440X

WAB0441X

Massage function (if so equipped) Side support (if so equipped)

With the engine running and doors are closed, push the switch to start the massage function. To stop the function, push the switch again.
The massage function is automatically turned off after 30 minutes.
The massage mode can be selected by the touch screen display. See "Touch screen display" (P.153).
NOTE:
Depending on the volume of the lumbar support, the start of the massage may be delayed.

The side support feature provides support to the left and right sides of the body for the driver and/or the front passenger. Push the switch as shown to adjust the both seat sides area until the desired position is achieved.
Push the front side of the switch to tighten the support.
Push the rear side of the switch to expand the support.
NOTE:
The adjusted air volume may become smaller due to continuous use. If this happens, push the switch to the back side for about

20 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING
. Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold-down position. Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury or death in an accident or sudden stop.
. When returning the seatbacks to the upright position, be certain they are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop.
. Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

NOTE:
For electric type seats:
To avoid discharge of the battery, do not operate the power seats for a long period of time when the engine is not running.

Example

WAB0442X

Forward and backward (manual type)
1. Pull up the adjusting lever .
2. Slide the seat to the desired position.
3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seat in position.

Example

WAB0443X

Forward and backward (electric type)
Move forward or backward the adjusting switch to slide the seats to the desired position.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 21

Reclining

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.

. For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly. See "Precautions on seat belt usage" (P.41).
. After adjustment, check to be sure the seat is securely locked.

Example

WAB0444X

Manual type:
Pull the reclining lever and position the seatback at the desired angle. Release the reclining lever after positioning the seat at the desired angle.
To return the seatback, pull the lever.

For the 2nd row bench seat models, pull the strap to recline and return the seatback of the center seat.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit. (See "Precautions on seat belt usage" (P.41).) The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

22 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Example

WAB0445X

Electric type:
Move forward or backward the adjusting switch to tilt the seatback to the desired position.
When the seatback is stopped at the fully reclined position and if you push and hold the adjusting switch again to recline the seatback more, the seatback moves further in the reclining direction. This is an emergency mode and is not a malfunction.

Example Example

WAB0446X WAB0447X

Lumbar support (if so equipped)
This feature can be controlled by the Rear Control Panel (see "Rear Control Panel" (P.152)).
The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the 2nd row seat passenger.
Touch "Seat Adjustment" key displayed on the Rear Control Panel, then touch key and touch key to adjust the lumbar area until the desired position is achieved.
The heater and air conditioner, and seat movement function controlled by the Rear Control Panel can be locked from the Front Control Panel. See "Rear Control Panel lock function" (P.153) for details.
NOTE:
The adjusted air volume may become smaller due to continuous use. If this happens, push the switch to the back side for about 15 seconds to completely exhaust the air, then push the switch to the front side to fill the air up to your preferable adjustment amount.

Example

WAB0448X

Massage function (if so equipped)
This feature can be controlled by the Rear Control Panel (see "Rear Control Panel" (P.152)).
With the engine running and doors are closed, touch "Seat Massage" key displayed on the Rear Control Panel then touch to select your desired massage mode, intensity
and speed .
The following mode can be selected:
. Lumbar . Relaxing . Refreshing

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 23

The massage function is automatically turned off after 30 minutes.
NOTE:
Depending on the volume of the lumbar support, the start of the massage may be delayed.
Adjustment using Rear Control Panel (if so equipped)

WARNING

When children are seated in the 2nd row seat using a child restraint system, ensure that the Rear Control Panel is locked using the REAR lock key on the Front Control Panel. Movement of the 2nd row seats could lead to a child restraint system becoming loose, which could result in injury or death in an accident.
NOTE:
When the front air conditioner is turned off, some menu items may be grayed out and unavailable.

WAB0449X

Example

The 2nd row seats can be adjusted by using Rear Control Panel.
Touch "Seat Adjustment" key, then select left or right seat. Select a symbol in the area
, then touch relevant symbols to adjust the seat.

The following items can be selected:
. Reclining . Lumbar support . Forward and backward The heater and air conditioner, and seat movement function controlled by the Rear

24 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Control Panel can be locked from the Front Control Panel. See "Rear Control Panel lock function" (P.153) for details.
Entry to 3rd row seat
The 2nd row seat can be moved forward for easy entry to or exit from the 3rd row seat.
CAUTION
. When operating the 2nd row seat, make sure that the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P (Park) position.
. Do not operate this feature when a passenger or a child restraint system with a child onboard.
. Do not drive with the 2nd row seat tipped up.
. Be careful not to allow the 2nd row seat to pinch, hit any part of your body or other people when operating the 2nd row seat. Make sure the seat path is clear of all objects before moving the seat.
NOTE: Before operating the 2nd row seat, move the corresponding front seat to a position where it does not contact the 2nd row seat.

seat foot area remains. Then tilt the seatback up and secure it in place.
For electric type (if so equipped):
WARNING
. To help avoid the risk of personal injury, supervise children, people who require the assistance of others, or pets occupying the 2nd and 3rd rows to prevent pressing the one touch buttons that operate the walk-in function.
. Before starting operation, make sure that there are no passengers or objects in the rear seats. Do not leave the vehicle until the operation is complete.

WAB0450X

CAUTION

For manual type (if so equipped):
1. Pull the lever .
2. Tip up the seat and slide the seat forward.
3. When returning the seat to the seating position, slide the seat backward where the sufficient space for the third row

The auto reverse function may not operate depending on the shape or position of obstacles.
NOTE: . If the system detects that something is
pinched, the seat will move to the

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 25

opposite direction for a short period of time and a beep sounds. The seat will then stop if the system detects that something is pinched again.
. If the seat stops during operation, a warning message will be displayed on the vehicle information display.
The operation will stop in the following situation. -- The transmission is shifted out of P
(Park) position.
The returning operation will not stop even if the transmission is shifted out of P (Park) position. -- If any of the relevant seat switch/key is operated.
-- The auto reverse function is activated.
. If the 2nd row seat does not tip up or return correctly, see "Resetting the seat positions" (P.36).
. If the battery voltage is low, the operation may not be completed if other electrical equipment is used with the engine stopped.
. If the outside temperature is low or the battery voltage is low, the operation may not be completed in one action.
. If the outside temperature is low or the battery voltage is low, it may not be possible to operate multiple seats at the same time. If such a case, start the

engine.
. If another operation is performed on a seat that is in the entry to 3rd row seat power operation, the entry to 3rd row seat operation will stop.
. After charging or replacing the vehicle battery, make sure that the seats are working properly (the seat stops at the appropriate position and does not reverse) before operating the entry to 3rd row seat.
Using 2nd row seat switches:

26 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WAB0451X
When the shift position is in the P (Park) position and the corresponding seat is not operated by others, push and hold the switch located on the shoulder part of the 2nd row seat.
When the side of the switch is pushed and held for about 1 second, a beep sounds and the seat tips up , then the seat moves

forward . Beep sounds twice when the operation is completed.
When the side of the switch is pushed and held for about 1 second, a beep sounds and the seat will slide backward and return to the seating position. Beep sounds twice when the operation is completed.
When or is pushed during operation, the beep sounds twice and the seat stops moving.
Using the touch screen display (if so equipped):

Touch "Seat" key, then touch "Entry to 3rd Row Seat" key, then touch and hold the arrow key or .
When is touched and held for about 1 second, a beep sounds and the seat tips up, then the seat moves forward. Beep sounds twice when the operation is completed.
When is touched and held for about 1 second, a beep sounds and the seat will return to the seating position. Beep sounds twice when the operation is completed.
While the 2nd row seat is in motion, can be selected to stop the seat motion.

WAB0452X

See "Touch screen display" (P.153) or the separate INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual for the basic usage of the touch screen display.

When the shift position is in the P (Park)

position and the corresponding seat is not

operated, touch

on the touch screen,

then touch "Vehicle" key.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 27

3RD ROW SEATS Basic information

running.

WAB0518X
Using the emergency strap (for electric type seat): If the 2nd row seat cannot be moved due to discharged battery, for example, use the emergency strap located on the foot area of the right 2nd row seat to get out of the vehicle from the 3rd row seat.
Pull the strap as illustrated and push the seatback to fold it down.

NOTE: To avoid discharging the vehicle battery, do not operate the power seats for a long period of time when the engine is not
28 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

-- Always reconnect the center seat belt when the seat is returned to the upright position
. Make sure that there are no objects on the seatback cushion.

WAB0453X
Example
The 3rd row power seat controls are located on the 3rd row cup holder console (both the driver's and front passenger's side). The 3rd row power folding seat controls located on the rear quarter trim panel behind the 3rd row seats (passenger's side) .
Before operating the 3rd row seats:
. Move the corresponding 2nd row seat to a position where it does not contact the 3rd row seat.
. Lower the 3rd row head restraint to the full down position.
. Disconnect and secure the center seat belt and tongues into the retractor base. See "3rd row center seat belt" (P.47).

WAB0454X
Power reclining
Push and hold the rear side of the switch beside the 3rd row cup holders until the desired seatback angle is obtained. To move the seatback forward again, push and hold the front side of the switch until the desired angle is obtained.
WARNING
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and
Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 29

receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.
. For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly. See "Precautions on seat belt usage" (P.41).

Front seats

WAB0456X

WAB0457X
2nd row seats (if so equipped)
30 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

ARMREST
The console box lid can be used as an armrest.
FLEXIBLE SEATING
Basic information
WARNING
. Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold-down position. In a collision, people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.
. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.
. Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any cargo is on the rear seats.
. Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident. Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been

removed for any reason.
. If the head restraints are removed for any reason, they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident.
. Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.
. When folding the bench seat seatback down for maximum storage, make sure the seat base is in the latched position by rocking the seat base (for manual seats if so equipped). If the seat base is not properly secured, cargo stored on top of a folded seatback may become a projectile causing personal injury or vehicle damage.

console of the captain's seat (if so equipped) to avoid possible damage to the console.
. When folding or returning the seat(s) to the upright position, to avoid injury to yourself and others:
-- Make sure that the seat path is clear before moving the seat.
-- Be careful not to allow hands or feet to get pinched or pinched in the seat.
. Before starting the operation, make sure that the head restraints of the rear seats are in the retracted position.

Manual folding (if so equipped)
WARNING
When returning the seatbacks to the upright position, be certain they are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop.
The 2nd and 3rd row seats can be folded flat to maximize the cargo capacity.

NOTE:
Before operating the seat, move the corresponding seat in front of it to a position where it does not contact the operating seat.

CAUTION
. When folding the 2nd row seat for maximum cargo hauling, be sure that cargo does not contact the center

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 31

WAB0458X
Example
Pull the lever located on the 2nd row seat to fold down the seatback.
For the 3rd row seats, push the power folding switch located on the cargo area. See "Using cargo room switches" (P.33).
Power folding (if so equipped)
The 2nd (if so equipped) and 3rd row seats can be folded flat to maximize the cargo capacity.

WARNING
Before starting operation, make sure that there are no passengers or objects in the rear seats. Do not leave the vehicle until the operation is complete.
CAUTION
. When operating the rear power seatback return, make sure that the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P (Park) position.
. The auto reverse function may not operate depending on the shape or position of obstacles.
NOTE: . Before starting the operation, make sure
that the vehicle has been completely stopped. If the vehicle starts moving during the power folding/unfolding operation, the operation will stop. . If another operation is performed on a seat that is in the entry to 3rd row seat power operation, the entry to 3rd row seat operation will stop.

. If the battery voltage is low, the operation may not be completed when other electrical equipment is used with the engine stopped.
. If the outside temperature is low or the battery voltage is low, it may not be possible to operate multiple seats at the same time. In such a case, start the engine.
. For the 2nd row seat with lumbar support function, do not fold the seat with the lumbar support is in protruding position. If you do so, the system may incorrectly determine that something is pinched and the seat may move to the opposite direction.
. If the system detects that something is pinched, the seat will move to the opposite direction for a short period of time and a beep sounds. The seat will then stop if the system detects that something is pinched again.
. The operation will stop in the following situation.
-- The vehicle is driven.
-- If any of the relevant seat switch/key is operated.
-- The auto reverse function is activated.
. If the 2nd or 3rd row seat does not completely fold or return, see "Reset-

32 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

ting the seat positions" (P.36).
. After charging or replacing the vehicle battery, make sure that the seats are working properly (the seat stops at the appropriate position and does not reverse) before operating the power folding function.

Push the front side of the switch . The corresponding seatback (R: right side, L: left side) will be folded down automatically.
Push the rear side of the switch (standard for the 3rd row seat, if so equipped for the 2nd row seats). The seatback will be returned automatically.
A beep sounds once and the seatback will be folded down/returned automatically. A beep sounds twice when the seatback is fully folded down/returned to the seating position.
When or is pushed during operation, the beep sounds twice and the seat stops moving.

Example

WAB0455X

Using cargo room switches:
The switches located on the front side of the vehicle are for the 2nd row seats (if so equipped).
The switches located on the rear side of the vehicle are for the 3rd row seats.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 33

"Vehicle" key.
Touch "Seat" key, then touch "Power Folding Rear Seats" key, select desired seat(s) in the , then touch fold key. The selected seat(s) will fold flat. If all 4 seats are selected, all 2nd and 3rd row seats will fold flat.
To return the seats, touch return key.
Touch key to stop the seat movement.

WAB0460X

Using touch screen display:

See "Touch screen display" (P.153) or the separate INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual for the basic usage of the touch screen display.

While the vehicle has completely stopped,

touch

on the touch screen, then touch

34 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Example

SEAT ADJUSTMENT USING TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY
See "Touch screen display" (P.153) or the separate INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual for the basic usage of the touch screen display.
The front, 2nd row (if so equipped) and 3rd row (if so equipped) seats can be operated by using the touch screen display.
Touch on the touch screen, then touch "Vehicle" key.

WAB0461X

Touch "Seat" key and select desired key to operate the seat.
The following items are available (if the vehicle is equipped with them):
. Massage Settings . Driver's Seat Pop-up . Passenger's Seat Pop-up . Front Power Seat Adjustment . Entry to 3rd Row Seat . Power Folding Rear Seats See "Touch screen display" (P.153) for more details.

NOTE: . If the adjustment switch of the corre-
sponding seat is being operated, the seat cannot be operated by the touch screen display.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 35

. While the vehicle is driving, operations on the driver's seat using the touch screen display are not possible.
RESETTING THE SEAT POSITIONS
Basic information
WARNING
During the reset operation, the auto reverse function will not be activated as the system cannot detect that something has become pinched. Make sure there is nothing on the seat path or in the direction of seat movement.

. During reclining (backward) . During seat sliding (backward) . During entry to 3rd row seat operation
(in returning operation) Before driving, be sure to reset the original seat positions as described below.
How to reset the original seat positions
The resetting is only available when the engine is running.

The 2nd (if so equipped) and 3rd row power seats memorize their own original seating positions. Therefore, if the seat loses it's position (in case of power supply cut off while the seat is in operation, for example), the seat may stop operating in an incorrect position or the auto reverse function may be activated incorrectly.
If a seat stops in an inappropriate position during the following operation, push and hold the relevant seat adjustment switch for more than 1 second to forcefully move the seat to a position.
36 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WAB0515X
For 2nd row seats (electric type) :
First, push the side of the switch, then push the side of the switch within 1 second, 10 times in a row.
?????????
The seat will start moving automatically (sliding, tipping up and reclining). Do not leave the vehicle until the resetting is completed, as the seat moves automatically. If the resetting has completed successfully, a beep sounds twice.
If the system does not function properly after the resetting procedure, the system may need servicing. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

BASIC INFORMATION

WAB0454X
For 3rd row seats:
First, push the side of the switch, then push the side of the switch within 1 second, 10 times in a row.
?????????
The seat will start moving automatically (reclining). Do not leave the vehicle until the resetting is completed, as the seat moves automatically. If the resetting has completed successfully, a beep sounds twice.
If the system does not function properly after the resetting procedure, the system may need servicing. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING
Head restraint/headrest supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjustable head restraints/headrests must be adjusted properly, as specified in this section. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint/ headrest stalks or remove the head restraint/headrest. Do not use the seat if the head restraint/headrest has been removed. If the head restraint/headrest was removed, reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position. Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraint/headrest. This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 37

The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraint/headrest.
Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint.
. Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint/headrest that may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable.
. Adjustable head restraints/headrests have multiple notches along the stalk to lock them in a desired adjustment position.
. The non-adjustable head restraints/ headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame.

WAB0517X
. Proper Adjustment:
-- For the adjustable type, align the head restraint/headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint/ headrest.
-- If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position.
. If the head restraint/headrest has been removed, ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that designated seating position.

SSS0992
ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/ HEADREST COMPONENTS
1. Removable head restraint/headrest 2. Multiple notches 3. Lock knob 4. Stalks

38 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to the highest position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the head restraint/headrest from the seat.
4. Store the head restraint/headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle.
5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

JVR0203X
NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS
1. Removable head restraint/headrest 2. Single notch 3. Lock knob 4. Stalks

REMOVE

SSS1037

CAUTION
. The front head restraints with a speaker are not designed to be pulled out. The speaker may be damaged if the head restraint is forcibly pulled out.
. The 3rd row outer head restraints are not designed to be pulled out.
Use the following procedure to remove the head restraint/headrest.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 39

SSS0996
INSTALL
1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks with the holes in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint/headrest is facing the correct direction. The stalk with the adjustment notch must be installed in the hole with the lock knob .
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint/headrest down.
3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

SSS0997
ADJUST
Basic information
For adjustable head restraint/headrest Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears. If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position.

JVR0259X
For non-adjustable head restraint/headrest
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

40 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SEAT BELTS

SSS1035
Raise
To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it up. Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

SSS1036
Lower
To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint/headrest down. Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGE
If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag.
Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 41

42 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0136A SSS0134A

WARNING
. Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and, if appropriate, in a child restraint.
. The seat belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident. Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly.
. Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never put the belt behind your back, under your arm or across your neck. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.
. Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident.
. Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted. Doing so may reduce its effectiveness.
. Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt.
. Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts.
. If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened, it may indicate a malfunction in the system. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. No changes should be made to the seat belt system. For example, do not modify the seat belt, add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension. Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system. Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.
. Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated, it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

. All seat belt assemblies, including retractors and attaching hardware, should be inspected after any collision. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted.
. All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision. Always follow the restraint manufacturer's inspection instructions and replacement recommendations. The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged.

SSS0016 SSS0014

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 43

PREGNANT WOMEN
INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips, not the waist, and place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations.
INJURED PERSONS
INFINITI recommends that injured persons use seat belts, depending on the injury. Check with your doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT
Basic information
WARNING
. Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times.
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.
. For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly.

44 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

JVR0183X
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child's neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. For the center of the 3rd row seat, the connector tongue may also be released. Release the connector ton-

gue by inserting a suitable tool (such as a key) into the connector buckle . If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt.

SSS0292

SSS0290

Fastening the seat belts
1. Adjust the seat. (See "Seats" (P.17).)
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage.
. The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move, and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat.
. If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown.
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest.
The three-point type seat belts have two modes of operation:
. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)
. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during impacts.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 45

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation.
When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional information, see "Child restraints" (P.55).
The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During normal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR mode should not be activated. If it is activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension.
WARNING
When fastening the seat belts, be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop.

SSS0326
Unfastening the seat belts
To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.
Checking seat belt operation
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods:
. When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor.
. When the vehicle slows down rapidly. To increase your confidence in the seat belts, check the operation as follows:
. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and

46 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

restrict further belt movement.
If the retractor does not lock during this check, get the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service, or to learn more about seat belt operation.

Example

SSS1109

Center of 2nd and 3rd row seats (if so equipped)
Selecting correct set of seat belts:
The center seat belt buckle is identified by the CENTER mark . The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle.

SSS0391
3rd row center seat belt
The 3rd row center seat belt has a connector tongue and a seat belt tongue . Both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt operation.

SSS0241
WARNING
. Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown.
. Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint. Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue attached. This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 47

Stowing 3rd row center seat belt: When folding down the 3rd row seat, the 3rd center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position. 1. Hold the connector tongue so that the
seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle. Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as key into the connector buckle. 2. Store the seat belt tongue into the tongue holder first . 3. Store the connector tongue into the retractor base .
WARNING
Do not unfasten the 3rd center seat belt connector except when folding down the 3rd seat.
SSS1077
48 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WAB0525X

WAB0520X
Attaching 3rd row center seat belt: Always be sure the 3rd center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached. Disconnect only when folding down the 3rd row seat.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 49

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the tongue holder , then pull the seat belt tongue down and grip the seat belt.

2. Grip the seat belt near the connector tongue and twist it clockwise to release the connector tongue .

3. Pull down the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue.

4. Pull the seat belt and fasten the connector buckle until it clicks .

The center seat belt connector tongue and

buckle are identified by the

and

mark.

The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the 3rd center seat belt connector buckle.
To fasten the seat belt, see "Fastening the seat belts" (P.45).

WARNING
. When attaching the 3rd center seat belt connector, be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the 3rd center seat belt connector is completely secured.

. If the 3rd center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position, serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop.

50 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WAB0521X
Storing 3rd row seat belt buckles
Before folding down the seat, put the buckles in the storage of the seat cushion to avoid dropping it under the seat cushion.

SSS0896
Shoulder belt height adjustment (for front seats)
The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. (See "Precautions on seat belt usage" (P.41).)
To adjust, push the button , and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position, so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off of your shoulder. Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position.

WARNING
. After adjustment, release the adjustment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position.
. The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident.

WAB0529X
Seat belt hook
When the seat belt is not in use and when folding down the 2nd row seats, hook the 2nd row outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks.
The convex part on the inside of the hook can be used as a place to fit the seat belt tongue.

WARNING
Before folding up the rear seats, ensure the seat belts are not obstructing the rear seatback latches to avoid damage to the seat belt webbing.
Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 51

CHILD SAFETY

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS
If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fit the lapshoulder belt and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased. The extender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for assistance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required.
WARNING
. It is recommended that only INFINITI seat belt extenders, made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts, be used with the INFINITI seat belts.
. Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender. Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident.
. Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, the child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE
. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets. Then, wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry.
. If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.
. Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires and anchors work properly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts or other damage on the webbing is found, the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced.

52 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

BASIC INFORMATION

JVR0183X

WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child's neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. For the center of the 3rd row

seat, the connector tongue may also be released. Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool (such as a key) into the connector buckle . If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt.
Children need adults to help protect them.
They need to be properly restrained.
In addition to the general information in this manual, child safety information is available from many other sources, including doctors, teachers, government traffic safety offices, and community organizations. Every child is different, so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child.
There are three basic types of child restraint systems:
. Rear-facing child restraint . Forward-facing child restraint . Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child's size. Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Forwardfacing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear-facing child re-

straints and are at least 1 year old. Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap/ shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward-facing child restraint.

This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint system (Air bag system) for the front passenger. See "Supplemental restraint system" (P.75).

WARNING
Infants and children need special protection. The vehicle's seat belts may not fit them properly. The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck. The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones. In an accident, an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury. Always use appropriate child restraints.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children. See "Child restraints" (P.55).
A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and Tethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle seat belt. See "Child restraints" (P.55) for more information.
INFINITI recommends that all pre-teens and children be restrained in the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.

INFANTS
Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear-facing child restraint. INFINITI recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
SMALL CHILDREN
Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rearfacing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint. Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear-facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations. INFINITI recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 53

Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
LARGER CHILDREN
Children should remain in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maximum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer.
Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness-equipped forward-facing child restraint, INFINITI recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top, middle portion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen.
A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three-point type seat belt. The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until the child can pass the seat belt fit test below:
. Are the child's back and hips against the vehicle seatback?
. Is the child able to sit without slouching?
. Do the child's knees bend easily over the front edge of the seat with feet flat on the floor?
. Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lap belt low and snug across the hips and shoulder belt across mid-chest and shoulder)?
. Is the child able to use the properly adjusted head restraint/headrest?
. Will the child be able to stay in position for the entire ride?

JVR0473X
If you answered no to any of these questions, the child should remain in a booster seat using a three-point type seat belt.
NOTE: Laws in some communities may follow different guidelines. Check local and state regulations to confirm your child is using the correct restraint system before traveling.
WARNING
Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area. The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision.

54 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

CHILD RESTRAINTS

SSS0099 SSS0100

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS
WARNING
. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision:
-- The child restraint must be used and installed properly. Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
-- Infants and children should never be held on anyone's lap. Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision.
-- Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger.
-- INFINITI recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat. If you must install a

forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, see "Forwardfacing child restraint installation using the seat belts" (P.68).
-- Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child. A rear-facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat.
-- Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle. Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle.
-- Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted.
-- Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses.
-- A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat.
-- Keep seatbacks as upright as possible after fitting the child restraint.
-- Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 55

child restraint while in the vehicle.
. When the child restraint is not in use, keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or collision, loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint.
This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system, referred to as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child restraints include rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to these anchors. For details, see "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System (LATCH)" (P.57). If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used. Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes. When selecting any child restraint,

keep the following points in mind:
. Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
. Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle's seat and seat belt system.
. If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child's height and weight. Always follow all recommended procedures.
. If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), you may use either the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt to install the child restraint (not both at the same time).
. If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint.
. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.

56 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward-facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle.

WAB0462X
LATCH system lower anchor locations models with 2nd row captain's seats

WAB0463X
LATCH system lower anchor locations models with 2nd row bench seat
Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System (LATCH)
Basic information
Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system compatible child restraints. This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined

weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
The LATCH lower anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the following positions only:
. 2nd row captain's seats and 3rd row right outboard seat (if so equipped)
. 2nd row bench seats and 3rd row right outboard seat (if so equipped)
LATCH lower anchor
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision:
. Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration.
. Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area. Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 57

seat belt webbing or seat cushion material. The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are obstructed.
Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.
LATCH lower anchor location
The LATCH lower anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear seats. Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center and left outboard seating positions simultaneously using the LATCH lower anchors (for models with 2nd row bench seat).

WAB0464X
2nd row bench seat (if so equipped)

WAB0530X
3rd row right outboard seat
The LATCH lower anchor points are located just under the ISOFIX symbols at the bottom of the rear seat cushions.

WAB0527X
2nd row captain's seats (if so equipped)
58 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WAB0465X
LATCH in the 2nd row center seating position (if so equipped)
A 5th LATCH anchor can be found between the outboard LATCH anchor pairs. It is specifically designed to be used together with the inboard LATCH anchor on the driver's side, in order to install a CRS in the rear center seating position.
These anchors utilize standard LATCH anchor spacing, of 11.02 in (280mm).

WARNING
Never attach two CRS attachments to the same LATCH anchor. This may overload the anchor in a collision, which could increase the risk of the occupant's serious injury or death.
When installing the CRS in the 2nd row center seating position with the inboard LATCH anchors, be careful to ensure any occupant or CRS in the outboard seating positions is properly restrained using the vehicle seat belt and there is no interference with the center CRS installation. If the outboard occupants cannot be properly restrained, consider using the vehicle seat belt to restrain the CRS in the center seating position, or moving the CRS to another position instead.
When installing a CRS in the center seating position, use the seat back recline feature to align the left and right sides of the seat back, creating one evenly reclined surface. Never install a CRS in the center seating position when one part of the seat back is further reclined than the other. This may create an unstable surface on which to install the CRS. Failure to evenly recline the seat backs before CRS installation could

increase the risk of the occupant's serious injury or death. Remember to re-check that the CRS is properly installed any time the seats are reclined or adjusted.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 59

WAB0466X
OK (the seatback recline is aligned)

SSS0643
LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments

WAB0467X

LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH. This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.

Not OK (the seatback recline is not aligned)

60 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0644
LATCH rigid-mounted attachment
When installing a child restraint, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint.

WAB0468X
2nd row captain's seat
WAB0469X
2nd row bench seat

3rd row seat

WAB0470X

TOP TETHER ANCHOR

Basic information
If the manufacturer of your child restraint requires the use of a top tether strap, it must be secured to an anchor point.

WARNING
. Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult

seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.
. Properly secure cargo and do not allow it to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor. Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged.
Top tether anchor point locations
Anchor points are located in the following locations:
. 2nd row bench seat (if so equipped) on the seatback as shown.
. 2nd row captain's seats (if so equipped) on the seatback as shown.
. 3rd row seat on the seatback as shown.
If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 61

seat, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety" and "Child restraints" sections before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.

SSS0648
Rear-facing web-mounted -- step 2
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.

SSS0649
Rear-facing rigid-mounted -- step 2

62 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

5. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 4.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

SSS0639
Rear-facing -- step 3
3. For child restraints that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments.

SSS0650
Rear-facing -- step 4
4. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

. The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.83).
. When installing a child restraint system in the 3rd center seat position, both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured. See "3rd row center seat belt" (P.47).

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 63

1. Child restraints for infants must be used
in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the restraint manufacturer's instructions.

SSS0100
Rear-facing -- step 1
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety" (P.52) and "Child restraints" (P.55) before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats:
64 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0654
Rear-facing -- step 2
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for belt routing.

SSS0655
Rear-facing -- step 3
3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.

SSS0656
Rear-facing -- step 4
4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

SSS0657
Rear-facing -- step 5
5. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 65

use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 through 6.
After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled.

SSS0658
Rear-facing -- step 6
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-
STRAINT INSTALLATION USING
LATCH
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety" and "Child restraints" sections before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a forwardfacing child restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.

66 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0645
Forward-facing web-mounted -- step 2
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.
If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. See "Installing top tether strap" (P.71). Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

SSS0646
Forward-facing rigid-mounted -- step 2
3. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.37) for head restraint adjustment information.
If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or a headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.

SSS0647
Forward-facing -- step 4
4. For child restraints that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments.
5. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions to remove any slack.

SSS0638
Forward-facing -- step 6
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 67

7. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

. The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.83).
. When installing a child restraint system in the 3rd center position, both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured. See "3rd row center seat belt" (P.47).

SSS0640
Forward-facing (front passenger seat) -- step 1
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety" and "Child restraints" sections before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a forwardfacing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front

68 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

passenger seat:
1. If you must install a child restraint in the front seat, it should be placed in a forward-facing direction only. Move the seat to the rearmost position. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and, therefore, must not be used in the front seat.
2. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint or headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed. See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.37) for head restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or a headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.

SSS0360B
Forward-facing -- step 3
3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for belt routing.
If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point (rear seat installation only). See "Installing top tether strap" (P.71). Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

SSS0651
Forward-facing -- step 4
4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.

SSS0652
Forward-facing -- step 5
5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 69

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8.

SSS0653
Forward-facing -- step 6
6. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt.
7. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions to remove any slack.

SSS0641
Forward-facing -- step 8
8. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
9. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the

70 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

JVR0192X
Forward-facing -- step 10
10. If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat, place the ignition switch in the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate. If this light is not illuminated, see "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.83). Move the child restraint to another seating position. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled.

WAB0522X
2nd row captain's seat

3rd row seat

WAB0524X

INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP

First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors (2nd row and 3rd row right outboard seating positions only) or the seat belt, as applicable.

WAB0523X
2nd row bench seat

1. If necessary, raise or remove the head restraint or headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback. If the head restraint or headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed. See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.37) for head restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 71

information.
2. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the back of each seatback behind the child restraint.
3. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions to remove any slack. Make sure the head restraint or headrest does not contact the top tether strap.
If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap on the rear seat, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

BOOSTER SEATS
Precautions on booster seats
WARNING
If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly, the risk of a child being injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases:
. Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child's face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach.
. Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child's arm.
. A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap/ shoulder belt.

LRS0455
Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers. When selecting any booster seat, keep the following points in mind:
. Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle's seat and seat belt system.

72 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Booster seat installation

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use the lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts.

LRS0453
. Make sure the child's head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat. The seatback must be at or above the center of the child's ears. For example, if a low back booster seat is chosen, the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child's ears. If the seatback is lower than the center of the child's ears, a high back booster seat should be used.
. If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child. Always follow all recommended procedures.

LRS0464
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated.
The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the "Child safety", "Child restraints" and "Booster seats" sections earlier in this section before installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat:

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 73

SSS0640
1. If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, move the seat to the rearmost position.
2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only place it in a forward-facing direction. Always follow the booster seat manufacturer's instructions.

LRS0454
Front passenger position
3. The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit. If the head restraint or headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the booster seat is removed. See "Head restraints/headrests" (P.37) for head restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or a headrest and it is interfering with the proper

booster seat fit, try another seating position or a different booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child's hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer's instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child's shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer's instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.
6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in "Seat belts" (P.41).

74 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

JVR0192X
7. If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat, push the ignition switch to the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.83).

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLE-
MENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) section contains important information concerning the following systems.
. Driver and passenger supplemental front-impact air bag (INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System)
. Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bag
. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag
. Front central seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag (if so equipped)
. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag
. Seat belt with pretensioner
Supplemental front-impact air bag system: The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions.
Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bag system: This system can help cushion the impact force to the driver's and front passenger's knees in certain collisions.
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system: This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger

in certain side impact collisions. The supplemental side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
Front central seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag (if so equipped):This system can help cushion the impact force to the head area of the driver and front passenger in certain side-impact collisions. The front central side-impact air bag is designed to inflate in the front central area where the vehicle is impacted.
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag system: This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear (2nd and 3rd) outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions. In a side impact, the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, the curtain air bags on both sides are designed to inflate. Under both side-impact and rollover situations, the curtain air bags will remain inflated for a short period of time.
These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel, instrument panel and door finishers. (See "Seat belts"

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 75

(P.41) for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage.) The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position. After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational.
76 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0131 SSS0132

WARNING
. The supplemental front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.
. The front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag will not inflate if the front passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.83).
. The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The front air bags inflate with great force. Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System, if you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far-away as practical from the steering wheel

or instrument panel. Always use the seat belts.
. The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.
. The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag OFF under some conditions. This sensor is only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.83).
. Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk of injury if the front air bag inflates.

SSS0007 SSS0006

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 77

SSS0008
SSS0009
78 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0099

WARNING
. Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.
. Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Preteens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat, if possible.
. Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rearfacing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. See "Child restraints" (P.55) for details.

SSS0100

SSS0832 SSS0833

SSS0140

SSS0159

SSS0162

WARNING
Front seat-mounted central (if so equipped) and side-impact supplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain sideimpact and rollover supplemental air bags:
. The side-impact supplemental air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a front impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 79

. The curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a front impact, rear impact, or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.

tions.
. Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. They may interfere with side air bags inflation.

. The seat belts, the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bags on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustra-

80 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

8. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)
9. Door satellite sensors (driver's side shown; front passenger side similar)
10. Lap outer pretensioners (front seats) (driver's side shown; front passenger side similar)
11. Seat belt pretensioners (front seats) (driver's side shown; front passenger side similar)
12. Satellite sensors (driver's side shown; front passenger side similar)
13. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag modules (driver's side shown; front passenger side similar)
14. Seat belt pretensioners (second row outboard seats) (driver's side shown; front passenger side similar)

1. Crash zone sensor
2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules (INFINITI Advanced Air Bags)
3. Occupant classification system control unit
4. Occupant classification sensors (weight sensors)

WAB0476X
5. Front central seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag (if so equipped)
6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags
7. Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bags
Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 81

INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM (front seats)
Basic information
WARNING
To ensure proper operation of the passenger's advanced air bag system, please observe the following items.
. Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket.
. Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9.1 lbs (4 kg) on the seatback, head restraint or in the seatback pocket.
. Do not store cargo behind the seat that can press into the seatback.
. Do not position the front passenger seat so it contacts the rear seat. If the front seat does contact the rear seat, the air bag system may determine a sensor malfunction has occurred and the front passenger air bag status light may illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light may flash.

. If a forward facing child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat, do not position the front passenger seat so the child restraint contacts the instrument panel. If the child restraint does contact the instrument panel, the system may determine the seat is occupied and the passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag may deploy in a collision. Also the front passenger air bag status light may not illuminate. See "Child restraints" (P.55) for information about installing and using child restraints.
. Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light.
. If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating in accordance with the above description, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer to check the passenger seat advanced air bag system.
. Until you have confirmed with your retailer that your passenger seat advanced air bag is working properly, position the occupants in the rear seating positions.
This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITI

82 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats. This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U.S. regulations. It is also permitted in Canada. All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed.
The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel. The passenger supplemental frontimpact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation.
The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System monitors information from the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sensors and the occupant classification sensors (weight sensors). Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver. For the front passenger, the occupant classification sensors are also monitored. Based on information from the sensors, only one front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or

unbelted. Additionally, the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions, depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sensors. If the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are OFF, the front passenger air bag status light will be illuminated. (See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.83) for further details.) One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system.
If you have any questions about your air bag system, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer. If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact INFINITI. Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner's Manual.
When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants. They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries.

Front air bags, other than the driver's and front passenger's knee air bags, do not provide restraint to the lower body.
Even with INFINITI advanced air bags, seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants. Because of this, the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, the air bag module during inflation.
The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.
The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.

JVR0192X
Front passenger air bag status light
Front passenger air bag and status light
WARNING
The front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions. Read this section carefully to learn how it operates. Proper use of the seat, seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection. Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats, seat

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 83

belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

Status light:
The front passenger seat is equipped with the occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat. The status of the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front passenger air bag status light which is located on the roof console. After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the front passenger air bag status light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or illuminates depending on the front passenger seat occupied status.

The light operates as follows:
. Unoccupied passenger seat: The light is ON and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Passenger seat occupied by a small adult,

child or child restraint as outlined in this

section: The

light illuminates to

indicate that the front passenger air

bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and the pas-

senger meets the conditions outlined in

this section: The

light is OFF to

indicate that the front passenger air bag

and front passenger knee air bag are

operational.

In addition to the above, certain objects placed on the front passenger seat may also cause the light to operate as described above depending on their weight.
For additional information related to the normal operation and troubleshooting of this occupant classification sensor system, please refer to "Normal operation" (P.85) and "Troubleshooting" (P.86) in this section.
Front passenger air bag:
The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system.
The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF. Certain sensors are used to meet the

84 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

requirements.
The occupant classification sensor in this vehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight. For example, if a child is in the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations. Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification sensors can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant takes his/her weight off the seat cushion (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag.
INFINITI recommends that pre-teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat. INFINITI also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If this is not

possible, the occupant classification sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag OFF for specified child restraints. Failing to properly secure child restrains and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop. This can also result in the passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF. (See "Child restraints" (P.55) for proper use and installation.)
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are designed not to inflate in a crash. However, heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation, because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensors. Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is standing on the seat, or if two children are on the seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual. Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly.
Using the front passenger air bag status light, you can monitor when the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are automatically turned OFF.
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated (indicating that the front pas-

senger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are OFF), it could be that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seat properly.
If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, the front passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated, depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used. If the front passenger air bag status light is not illuminated (indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly. Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly, the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly. If the front passenger air bag status light is still not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.
If the front passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned, it is recommended that you take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer. An INFINITI retailer can check the system status by using a special tool. However, until you have confirmed with your retailer that your air bag is working properly, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.
The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System and front passenger air bag status light will take

a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status. This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction.
If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system, the supplemental air bag warning light , located in the meter and gauges area will illuminated (blinking or steadily lit). Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Normal operation:
In order for the occupant classification sensor system to classify the front passenger based on weight, please follow the precautions and steps outlined below:
Precautions:
. Make sure that there are no objects weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket.
. Make sure that a child restraint or other object is not pressing against the rear of the seatback.
. Make sure that a rear passenger is not pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.
. Make sure that the front passenger seat or seatback is not forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 85

. Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger seat.
. Make sure that the front passenger seat head restraint does not contact the roof when adjusting the front passenger seat.
Steps:
1. Adjust the seat as outlined. (See "Seats" (P.17).) Sit upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with your feet comfortably extended to the floor.
2. Make sure there are no objects on your lap.
3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined. (See "Seat belts" (P.41).)
4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds allowing the system to classify the front passenger before the vehicle is put into motion.
5. Ensure proper classification by checking the front passenger air bag status light.
NOTE:
This vehicle's occupant classification sensor system locks the classification during driving so it is important that you confirm that the front passenger is properly classified prior to driving. Also, the occupant classification sensor system may recalculate the weight of the occupant when the vehicle

comes to a stop (i.e. stop light, stop sign, etc.), so the front passenger seat occupant should continue to remain seated as outlined above.
Troubleshooting:
If you think the front passenger air bag status light is incorrect:
1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying the front passenger seat:
. Occupant is a small adult -- the front passenger air bag status light is functioning as intended. The front passenger air bag and front passenger knee air bag are suppressed.
However, if the occupant is not a small adult, then this may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors:
. Occupant is not sitting upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with his/her feet comfortably extended to the floor.
. A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback.
. A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.
. Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

86 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

. An object placed under the front passenger seat.
. An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door.
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
NOTE:
A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially.
If the light is still ON after this, the person should be advised not to ride in the front passenger seat and the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child or child restraint occupying the front passenger seat.
This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors:
. Small adult or child is not sitting upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with his/her feet comfortably extended to the floor.

. The child restraint is not properly installed, as outlined. (See "Child restraints" (P.55).)
. An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket.
. A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback.
. A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.
. Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it.
. An object placed under the front passenger seat.
. An object placed between the seat cushion and center console.
. The front passenger seat head restraint contacting the roof.
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
NOTE:
A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially.
If the light is still OFF after this, the small adult, child or child restraint should be

repositioned in the rear seat and it is recommended that the vehicle should be checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible.
3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger and no objects on the front passenger seat, the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Other supplemental front-impact air bag precautions
WARNING
. Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel. Also, do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate.
. Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat. Also, do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat. Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors (weight sensors). This can affect the

operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.
. Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors. This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.
. Immediately after inflation, several front air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system. This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system.
. Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle's electrical system, suspension system or front end structure. This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system.
. Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury. Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 87

installing additional trim material around the air bag system.
. Removing or modifying the front passenger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.
. Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation. Additionally, do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback. Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensors.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system. This may affect the front air bag system. Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.
. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for work on and around the front air bag. It is also recommended you visit an INFINITI

retailer for installation of electrical equipment. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system.
. A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility. A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system.
* The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner's Manual.

88 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Driver's side

WAB0481X

DRIVER AND FRONT PASSEN-
GER SUPPLEMENTAL KNEE AIR
BAG
The knee air bag is located in the knee bolster, on the driver's and front passenger's sides. All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed. The knee air bag is designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. It may not inflate in certain collisions.

WAB0482X
Front passenger's side
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper knee air bag operation.
When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
The knee air bag helps to cushion the impact force on the knees of the driver and front passenger. It can help reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating knee air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries. The knee

air bag provides restraint to the lower body.
The knee air bag inflates quickly in order to help protect the occupants. Because of this, the force of the knee air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, this air bag module during inflation. The knee air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over OR the knee air bag will remain inflated for a short time.
The knee air bag operates only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
After placing the ignition switch in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.
WARNING
. Do not place any objects between the knee bolster and the driver's or front passenger's seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a knee air bag inflates.
. Right after inflation, the knee air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of

the knee air bag system. This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the knee air bag system.
. Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle's electrical system or suspension system. This could affect proper operation of the knee air bag system.
. Tampering with the knee air bag system may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the driver or front passenger knee bolster or install additional trim material around the knee air bag.
. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for work on and around the knee air bag. It is also recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for installation of electrical equipment. The SRS wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the knee air bag system.
*The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the knee air bag system and guide the buyer to the appro-

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 89

priate sections in this manual.
WAB0477X
FRONT, FRONT CENTRAL* SEATMOUNTED SIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS
*: if so equipped The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats. The front central side air bag (if so equipped) is located in the inside of the seatback of the driver's seat. The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails. All of the information,
90 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed. The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact. They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle movements (for example, during severe off roading) may cause the curtain air bags to inflate.
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation.
When side air bags and curtain air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants. Front central side air bag, along with the use

of seat belts, helps to cushion the impact force on the head area of the front occupants. Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear (2nd and 3rd) outboard seating positions. They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries. Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body.
The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag. Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants. Because of this, the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, these air bag modules during inflation. In a rollover, the curtain air bags on both sides are designed to inflate. Under both sideimpact situations, the curtain air bags will remain inflated for a short period of time.
The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning

light illuminates. The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational.
WARNING
. Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats. Also, do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door finisher and the front seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if side air bag inflates.
. Right after inflation, several side air bags and curtain air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of side air bag and curtain air bags. This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems.
. Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle's electrical system, suspension system or side panel. This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems.

. Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatback or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, around the side air bags.
. Removing or modifying the front passenger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.
. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for work on and around the side air bag and curtain air bag. It is also recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for installation of electrical equipment. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side-impact air bag system.
* The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 91

buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner's Manual.
SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS (front and second row outboard seats)
WARNING
. The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation. They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit.
. If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not activated, be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and, if necessary, replaced. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system. This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners. Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury.
. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for work on and around the pretensioner system. It is

also recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for installation of electrical equipment. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system.
. If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.
The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions.
Working with the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front and second row outboard seats occupants.
The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor and buckle anchor. These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts.
When a pretensioner activates, smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard. The smoke is not harmful, and it does not

92 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to reduce forces against the chest.
The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system. (See "Supplemental air bag warning light" (P.93) for more details.) If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction, have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner's Manual.

WARNING
Do not use a rear-facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it. If the air bag deploys, it may cause serious injury or death.

SSS1016
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS
Basic information
Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration.
SRS air bag
The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG

WARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light,

displaying

in the instrument panel,

monitors the circuits for the air bag systems,

pretensioners and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This means the system is operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the air bag and/or pretensioner systems need servicing:

Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 93

. The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds.
. The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently.
. The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all.
Under these conditions, the air bag and/or pretensioner systems may not operate properly. They must be checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, knee air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident.
To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
The front air bags, knee air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred. These systems should be repaired and/or replaced as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
When maintenance work is required on the vehicle, the front air bags, knee air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags, pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance. The ignition switch should always be in the OFF position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle.
WARNING
. Once a front air bag, knee air bag, side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated, the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced. Additionally, the activated pretensioner must also be replaced. The air bag module and pretensioner should

94 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

be replaced. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. However, the air bag module and pretensioner system cannot be repaired.
. The front air bag, knee air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and the pretensioner should be inspected if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. If you need to dispose of a supplemental air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer. Correct supplemental air bag and pretensioner system disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.
. If there is an impact to your vehicle from any direction, your Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) should be checked to verify it is still functioning correctly. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. The OCS should be checked even if no air bags deploy as a result of the impact. Failure to verify proper

OCS function may result in an improper air bag deployment resulting in injury or death.
Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 95

MEMO 96 Safety -- seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ................................................................................ 100 Instrument panel ............................................................... 101 Meters and gauges .......................................................... 102
Basic information ........................................................ 102 Changing the meter screen view ............................ 103 Speedometer and odometer ................................... 104 Tachometer ................................................................... 105 Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................... 105 Fuel gauge ..................................................................... 106 Instrument brightness control ................................. 107 Automatic Transmission (AT) position indicator ......................................................... 107 ECO Drive Report ....................................................... 107 Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders ............................................................. 108 Warning & Indicator Lights ..................................... 108 Checking lights ............................................................ 108 Warning/indicator lights (red) ................................ 108 Warning/indicator lights (yellow) ........................... 112 Warning/indicator lights (other) ............................. 115 Audible reminders ....................................................... 116 Vehicle information display ............................................ 117 Basic information ........................................................ 117 How to use the vehicle information display ........ 118 Startup display ............................................................. 118

Settings ........................................................................ 119 Vehicle information display warnings and indicators ............................................................. 128 Trip computer ............................................................. 144 Clock and outside air temperature ...................... 150 Control Panel .................................................................... 151 Basic information ...................................................... 151 Front Control Panel ................................................. 151 Rear Control Panel (if so equipped) ..................... 152 Touch screen display ....................................................... 153 Basic information ...................................................... 153 Display/Control ......................................................... 154 Vehicle .......................................................................... 154 Head Up Display (HUD) (if so equipped) .................. 157 Basic information ...................................................... 158 How to use the HUD ............................................... 159 Driver Assistance/Navigation/Traffic Sign/ Audio/TEL/SMS/Message for Driver Assistance linking ...................................................... 160 Warning message (if so equipped) ....................... 161 Security systems ............................................................... 161 Basic information ...................................................... 161 Vehicle Security System .......................................... 161 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System .................. 162
Instruments and controls 97

Wiper and washer switch ............................................... 163 Basic information ........................................................ 163 Windshield wiper and washer operation .............. 163 Rain-sensing auto wiper system ............................. 164 Rear window wiper and washer operation ......... 165
Rear window and outside mirror defroster .............. 166 Windshield deicer (if so equipped) ............................... 166 Headlight and turn signal switch ................................. 167
Headlight switch ......................................................... 167 Turn signal switch ....................................................... 173 Horn ...................................................................................... 173 Heated steering wheel ................................................... 174 Heated seats ...................................................................... 174 Basic information ........................................................ 174 Operation with Front/Rear (if so equipped) Control Panel ............................................................... 175 Operation with switch (for 2nd row outboard seats) ............................................................ 176 Operation with switch (if so equipped for 3rd row outboard seats) ........................................... 176 Ventilated seats (if so equipped) .................................. 177 Basic information ........................................................ 177 Operation with Front/Rear Control Panel .......... 178 Operation with switch (for 2nd row outboard seats) ............................................................ 178 Steering Assist switch ..................................................... 179 Rear Door Alert ................................................................. 179

Power outlet ..................................................................... 180 Basic information ..................................................... 180 USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector ................................................... 183 Wireless charger ........................................................ 184
Emergency Call (SOS) button (if so equipped) ........ 186 Emergency support .................................................. 186
Storage ............................................................................... 188 Cup holders ................................................................. 188 Overhead console ..................................................... 190 Glove box ..................................................................... 191 Console box ................................................................ 191 Lower console tray ................................................... 192 Card holder ................................................................. 193 Coat hooks .................................................................. 193 Luggage hooks .......................................................... 193 Cargo floor box ......................................................... 194
Roof rack ............................................................................ 194 Windows ............................................................................. 195
Power windows ......................................................... 195 Moonroof ........................................................................... 199
Basic information ...................................................... 199 Power moonroof and sunshade ........................... 199 Interior lights .................................................................... 201 Basic information ...................................................... 201 Interior light switch .................................................. 201 Map lights .................................................................. 202

98 Instruments and controls

Rear personal lights ................................................... 202 Rear room light ........................................................... 203 Vanity mirror light ...................................................... 203 Cargo light ................................................................... 203

INFINITI Light Path (if so equipped) ......................... 204 Basic information ..................................................... 204 INFINITI Light Path maintenance ....................... 204

Instruments and controls 99

COCKPIT
1. Steering Assist switch 2. Idling Stop OFF switch 3. Head Up Display (HUD) switch* 4. Power liftgate switch 5. Headlight and turn signal switch 6. Paddle shifters
100 Instruments and controls

WAA0604X
7. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) -- ProPILOT Assist switch -- Volume control**
8. Driver monitor camera* 9. Steering wheel

-- Horn
10. Wiper and washer switch
11. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
-- Vehicle information display control
-- Touch screen display control**
-- Audio control** -- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System switches**
-- Voice Recognition system switch**
12. Hazard indicator flasher switch
13. Air suspension AUTO switch*
14. CAMERA/ button
15. Automatic brake hold switch
16. Parking brake switch
17. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch
18. Shift buttons
*: if so equipped **: See the separate INFINITI InTouch®
Owner's Manual.

INSTRUMENT PANEL
1. Side ventilator 2. Meters and gauges/Clock 3. Head Up Display (HUD)* 4. Push-button ignition switch 5. Center ventilator 6. Touch screen display switches**

WAA0601X
7. Touch screen display -- 3D Around View® Monitor -- Navigation system** -- Audio system** -- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System**

8. Front Control Panel -- INFINITI Drive Mode Selector -- INFINITI all-mode 4WD®* -- Air suspension system* -- Heater and air conditioner -- Defroster -- Windshield deicer* -- Heated seats -- Ventilated seats*
9. Front passenger supplemental air bag 10. Fuse box 11. Hood release handle 12. Driver supplemental front-impact air
bag 13. Driver supplemental knee air bag 14. Wireless charger
-- USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port** 15. Cup holders 16. Front passenger supplemental knee air bag 17. Glove box *: if so equipped **: See the separate INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual.
Instruments and controls 101

METERS AND GAUGES

BASIC INFORMATION
The view of the meter screen can be changed. (See "Changing the meter screen view" (P.103).)

WAA0602X

Example

1. Warning and indicator lights 2. Speedometer

6. Drive Mode Selector indicator 7. Fuel gauge

3. Vehicle information display

8. Distance to empty (dte)

4. Tachometer

9. Odometer

5. Automatic Transmission (AT) position 10. Engine coolant temperature gauge indicator

102 Instruments and controls

WAC1416X

1. Speedometer
2. Vehicle information display
3. Tachometer
4. Fuel gauge
5. Engine coolant temperature gauge
Dynamic view
Elegant view
Enhanced view
CHANGING THE METER SCREEN VIEW
The meter screen view can be changed according to your preferences.
To change the meter screen view:
1. Push left or right arrow key to select "Settings" menu on the vehicle information display.
2. Rotate the scroll dial to select "Customize Display" and push the scroll dial.
3. Rotate the scroll dial to select "Change Meter View" and push the scroll dial.
4. Select the desired view and push the scroll dial. -- Dynamic -- Elegant -- Enhanced

Instruments and controls 103

. If the amount of fuel added is small, the value displayed just before the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position may continue to be displayed.
. When driving uphill or rounding curves, the fuel in the tank shifts, which may momentarily change the display.
Odometer:
The odometer is displayed in the vehicle information display to indicate the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

Example

WAC1574X

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

Speedometer
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour (km/h).

104 Instruments and controls

Example

WAC1418X

Distance to empty (dte)/Odometer
Distance to empty (dte):
The distance to empty (dte) provides an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling. The dte is constantly being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.
The display is updated every 30 seconds.
The dte mode includes a low range warning feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is displayed on the screen.
When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte display will change to "------".

Example

WAC1557X

TACHOMETER
The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev the engine into the red zone .

CAUTION
When engine speed approaches the red zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed. Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage.

Example

WAC1575X

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE
The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature.
The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration.
The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION
. If the gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature is near the hot (H) end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature.
. If the gauge is over the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and let the engine idle.
. If the engine is overheated, continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine. (See "If your vehicle overheats" (P.497) for immediate action required.)

Instruments and controls 105

Refuel before the gauge reads the empty (0) position.
There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reads the empty (0) position.

Example

WAC1582X

FUEL GAUGE

The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

The gauge may move slightly during braking, turning, accelerating, or going up and down hills due to movement of fuel in the tank.

The low fuel warning

appears on the

vehicle information display when the fuel

level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as

soon as it is convenient, preferably before

the gauge reads 0 (empty).

The arrow, , indicates the location of the fuel-filler door.
106 Instruments and controls

CAUTION
. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the malfunction indicator light (MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon as possible. After a few driving trips, the light should turn off. If the light remains on after a few driving trips, have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. For additional information, see "Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)" (P.114).

WAC1558X WAC0489X

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the switch is operated, the vehicle information display switches to the brightness adjustment mode.
Touch the switch to dim the instrument panel and the Front Control Panel lights. The bar moves to the left side.
Touch the switch to brighten the lights. The bar moves to the right side.
The vehicle information display returns to the normal display when the instrument brightness control switch is not operated for more than 5 seconds.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (AT) POSITION INDICATOR
The Automatic Transmission (AT) position indicator indicates the shift position when the ignition switch is in the ON position. (See "Automatic Transmission (AT) position indicator" (P.131).)

Example

WAC1576X

ECO DRIVE REPORT
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or OFF position, the ECO Drive Report is displayed.
ECO evaluation
Previous 5 times (History)
Current fuel economy
Best fuel economy
The result of ECO evaluation is displayed when the vehicle is driven for about 10 minutes or more.
: The more economically you drive, the more appear.

: The average fuel economy for the previous 5 times will be displayed.
: The average fuel economy since the last reset will be displayed.
: The best fuel economy of the past history will be displayed.
When the "See Tire Pressure" message appears in the ECO Drive Report, the display can be switched to the Tire Pressures display by pushing the scroll dial on the steering wheel to show an additional message. (See "ECO Mode Setting" (P.121).)

Instruments and controls 107

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

WARNING & INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning/indicator lights (red)

Warning/indicator lights (yellow)

Warning/indicator lights (other)

(white)" "

(green)"

108 Instruments and controls

CHECKING LIGHTS
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, fasten the seat belts and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine. The following lights (if so equipped) will come on:

The following lights (if so equipped) come on briefly and then go off:

(red),

(yellow).

If any light does not come on or operates in a way other than described, it may indicate a burned-out bulb and/or a system malfunction. It is recommended you have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (red)
Basic information
See "Vehicle information display" (P.117).
Brake warning light
or
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or in the ACC position, the brake warning light remains illuminated for about a few seconds. If the brake warning light illuminates at any other time, it may indicate that the hydraulic brake system is not functioning properly. If the brake warning light illuminates, stop the vehicle immediately and it is recommended that you contact an INFINITI retailer.
Low brake fluid warning light: When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the brake warning light illuminates, and then turns off. If the light illuminates while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle and perform the following:
1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid is necessary, add fluid and have the system checked. It is recommended you have this service performed by an

INFINITI retailer. (See "Brake fluid" (P.521).)
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the warning system checked. It is recommended you have this service performed by an INFINITI retailer.
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning indicator:
When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the brake system checked, and if necessary repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See "Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light" (P.112).)
WARNING
. Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on. Driving could be dangerous. If you judge it to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and/or low brake fluid level may increase your stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel.
. If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive until the brake system has been checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Charge warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the charge warning light illuminates and then turns off.
If the light illuminates while the engine is running, it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly. Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing or if the light remains on, have your vehicle serviced immediately. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

CAUTION
Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose, broken or missing.
Electric power steering warning light (red)
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the electric power steering warning light illuminates. After starting the engine, the electric power steering warning light turns off. This indicates the electric power steering is operational. When the electric power steering warning light illuminates in red, the electric power steering does not operate. Stop the vehicle in a safe place immediately. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See "Electric power steering" (P.461).)

Instruments and controls 109

Electric shift control system warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the electric shift control system warning light illuminates, and then turns off. This indicates the electric shift control system is operational. The electric shift control system warning light illuminates when a malfunction occurs in the electric shift control system. When the master warning light illuminates, the chime sounds and the following message is displayed in the vehicle information display: "When parked apply parking brake". When the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position, the chime sounds continuously. Ensure the parking brake is applied. Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer.
Electronic parking brake warning light
or
The electronic parking brake warning light indicates that the electronic parking brake system is operating.
110 Instruments and controls

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or ACC position, the electronic parking brake warning light illuminates. When the engine is started and the parking brake is released, the warning light turns off.
If the parking brake is not released, the electronic parking brake warning light remains on. Be sure that the electronic parking brake warning light has turned off before driving. (See "Parking brake" (P.326).)
If the electronic parking brake warning light illuminates or flashes while the electronic parking brake system warning light illuminates, it may indicate that the electronic parking brake system is not functioning properly. Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Engine oil pressure warning light
This light warns of low engine oil pressure. When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the engine oil pressure warning light illuminates. After starting the engine, the engine oil pressure warning light turns off. This indicates that the oil pressure sensors in the engine are operational.
If the engine oil pressure warning light

illuminates or blinks while the engine is running, it may indicate that the engine oil pressure is low. Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Stop the engine immediately and call an INFINITI retailer.
CAUTION
. Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light illuminated could cause serious damage to the engine.
. The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level. The oil level should be checked using the dipstick. (See "Engine oil" (P.518).)
Hands OFF warning light
When the Steering Assist is activated, it monitors the driver's steering wheel operation. If the steering wheel is not operated or the driver takes his/her hands off the steering wheel for a period of time, the warning light illuminates. If the driver does not operate the steering wheel after the warning light has been illuminated, an

audible alert sounds and the warning flashes in the vehicle information display, followed by a quick brake application to request the driver to take control of the vehicle again. If the driver remains unresponsive, the vehicle will automatically turn on the hazard lights and slow to a complete stop. (See "Steering Assist" (P.407).)
Master warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the master warning light illuminates if a warning message appears in the vehicle information display. See "Vehicle information display" (P.117).
Seat belt warning light and chime
The light and chime remind you to fasten the seat belts. . The seat belt warning light will illuminate
when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position if the driver's seat belt is not fastened, or if the front passenger's seat belt is not fastened when occupied. . The seat belt warning light will also illuminate if a rear passenger's seat belt is changed from fastened to unfastened.

. If the driver's seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the chime will sound shortly.
. If the vehicle is driven above certain speed in the conditions that illuminate the seat belt warning light, the light will begin to blink and the chime will sound for a period of time, or until the seat belt is fastened again.
NOTE:
The warning light and/or chime may activate if an object is placed in the unoccupied front passenger seat. In this case, remove the object from the front passenger seat.
The warning light and/or chime may activate if any seat belt is unfastened before the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Please keep the seat belts fastened until the vehicle has come to a complete stop.
Supplemental air bag warning light
After placing the ignition switch in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag, curtain air bag systems and/or pretensioner seat belt

are operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing.
. The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds.
. The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently.
. The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for these services.
Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental Restraint Systems and/or the pretensioners may not function properly.
For additional information, see "Supplemental restraint system" (P.75).
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Instruments and controls 111

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (yellow) Basic information
See "Vehicle information display" (P.117).
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light
or
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is operational. If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running, or while driving, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. (See "Brake system" (P.462).)
112 Instruments and controls

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system OFF warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the FEB system OFF warning light illuminates. After starting the engine, the warning light turns off. This light illuminates when the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system is set to OFF on the vehicle information display. If the light illuminates when the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system is ON, it may indicate that the system is unavailable. See "Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection system" (P.419) or "Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)" (P.433).
Electronic parking brake system warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the electronic parking brake system warning light illuminates and then turns off. The electronic parking brake system warning light functions for the electronic parking brake system. If the warning light illumi-

nates, it may indicate that the electronic parking brake system is not functioning properly. Have the brake system checked, and, if necessary, repaired. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Electric power steering warning light (yellow)
When the electric power steering warning light illuminates in yellow, the power assist to the steering is lowered. At this time, greater steering efforts are required. Securely grip the steering wheel and operate it with greater force than usual. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See "Electric power steering" (P.461).)
Front passenger air bag status light
The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the front passenger air bag and the front passenger knee air bag will be off depending on how the front passenger seat is being used. For additional information, see "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.83).

Low tire pressure warning light
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare tire.
The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly.
After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off.
Low tire pressure warning:
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the warning light will illuminate. The "Tire Pressure Low - Add Air" warning also appears in the vehicle information display.
When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. The low tire pressure warning light may not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure

warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure.
The "Tire Pressure Low - Add Air" warning is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.
For additional information, see "Vehicle information display" (P.117), "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.308) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) " (P.487).
TPMS malfunction:
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. The light will remain on after the 1 minute. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. The "Tire Pressure Low - Add Air" warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.
For additional information, see "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.308).
WARNING
. If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON position, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI

retailer for this service as soon as possible.
. If the light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated, it is recommended you consult an INFINITI retailer.
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low
Instruments and controls 113

tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for these services. . Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
CAUTION
. The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check. Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly.
. If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the TPMS may not operate correctly.
. Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly.
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running, it may indicate a potential emission control
114 Instruments and controls

malfunction.
The malfunction indicator light may also illuminate steady if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make sure that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.
After a few driving trips, the light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists.
If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection/maintenance test. (See "Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test" (P.605).)
Operation:
The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways:
. Malfunction indicator light on steady -- An emission control system malfunction has been detected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the retailer.
. Malfunction indicator light blinking -- An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system.
To reduce or avoid emission control

system damage: 1) Do not drive at speeds above 45
MPH (72 km/h). 2) Avoid hard acceleration or decelera-
tion. 3) Avoid steep uphill grades. 4) If possible, reduce the amount of
cargo being hauled or towed. The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on. Have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the retailer.
CAUTION
Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability, reduced fuel economy, and possible damage to the emission control system.
Master warning light
When the ignition switch is in the ON

position, the master warning light illuminates if a warning message appears in the vehicle information display. See "Vehicle information display" (P.117).
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system OFF warning light
This light comes on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. It turns off after the engine is started. This light illuminates when the RAB system is turned off in the vehicle information display with the shift position in R (Reverse). If the light illuminates or blinks when the RAB system is on, it may indicate that the system is unavailable. For additional information, see "Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)" (P.444).
Slip indicator light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the slip indicator light illuminates and then turns off. The light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system or the traction control system is operating, thus alerting the driver

that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits. The road surface may be slippery.
If the light illuminates while the VDC system is on, this light alerts the driver to the fact that the VDC system's fail-safe mode is operating, for example the VDC system may not be functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable. For additional information, see "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system" (P.464) of this manual.
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light
The light comes on when the VDC is turned OFF. This indicates that the VDC system and traction control system are not operating.
Turn the VDC on using the Front Control Panel, or restart the engine and the system will operate normally. (See "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system" (P.464).)
The light also comes on when placing the ignition switch in the ON position. The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational. If the light stays on or

comes on along with the indicator light while you are driving, have the VDC system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
WARNING
The VDC should remain on unless freeing a vehicle from mud or snow.
While the VDC system is operating, you might feel a slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating, but this is not a malfunction.
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (other) Basic information
See "Vehicle information display" (P.117).
Automatic brake hold indicator light (white)
The automatic brake hold indicator light (white) illuminates when the automatic brake hold system is on standby. (See "Automatic brake hold" (P.329).)
Instruments and controls 115

Automatic brake hold indicator light (green)

The automatic brake hold indicator light (green) illuminates when the automatic brake hold system is operating. (See "Automatic brake hold" (P.329).)
Exterior light indicator

This indicator illuminates when the headlight

switch is turned to the AUTO,

position and the front parking lights, rear

combination lights, license plate lights or

headlights are on. The indicator turns off

when these lights are turned off.

High beam assist indicator light

The high beam assist indicator light illuminates when the high beam assist system is turned on and it is operational. (See "High beam assist" (P.170).)

116 Instruments and controls

High beam indicator light
This light illuminates when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected.
Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on.
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
Light reminder chime
The light reminder chime will sound when the headlight switch is placed in the or
position after the engine was turned off, and the driver's door is opened with the light is on.
Turn the light switch to the OFF (if so equipped) or AUTO position when you leave the vehicle.
Driving Aid chimes
An audible alert/chime may be heard if any of the following systems are active: . Lane Departure Warning (LDW)*

. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)* . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . ProPILOT Assist . Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with
Pedestrian Detection . Predictive Forward Collision Warning
(PFCW) . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . Sonar system . Rear Sonar System (RSS) . Driver Attention Alert (DAA) *Only when the Steering Assist is turned on
For additional information, refer to the "5. Starting and driving" section of this manual.
Door lock warning chime
When the chime sounds, be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. See "Troubleshooting guide" (P.220).
Brake pad wear warning
The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard.

. Audio information . Navigation - turn by turn . Indicators and warnings . Tire pressure information . Other information

Example

WAC1424X

BASIC INFORMATION
The vehicle information display is located as shown above, and it displays the warnings and information. The following items are also displayed if the vehicle is equipped with them:
. Tachometer . Speedometer . Vehicle settings . Trip computer information . Driver Assistance . ProPILOT Assist . Intelligent Key operation information

Instruments and controls 117

WAC1425X
HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
Basic information
The vehicle information display can be changed using the dial and buttons located on the steering wheel.
Scroll dial - navigate through the items and change or select an item in vehicle information display this scroll dial allows up/down navigation and push to select
- go back to the previous menu Up/down/left/right arrows - change from one display screen category to the
118 Instruments and controls

next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy)
Push to operate the touch screen display by the steering-wheel-mounted controls. See "Touch screen display" (P.153) for additional information.
Push to operate the vehicle information display by the steering-wheel-mounted controls.
Shortcut Menu
If you push the button while the color of the button is in orange, the "Shortcut Menu" screen will appear on the vehicle information display. Select the menu by rotating the scroll dial and push it.
The following menus are available:
. Trailer Blind Spot Allows user to turn ON/OFF the trailer blind spot function. (See "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.356).)
. Change Meter View Allows user to change the meter screen view. (See "Changing the meter screen view" (P.103).)
. Audio Source Allows user to select the available audio source. (See the separate INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual for the audio system.)

. Driver Assistance Allows user to change the "Driver Assistance" settings. (See "Driver Assistance" (P.119).)
STARTUP DISPLAY
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the vehicle information display may display the following screens if the vehicle is equipped with them:
. Home . Blank . Drive Computer . Fuel Economy . ECO Pedal Guide . Air suspension . Tire Pressures . Idling Stop . AWD Torque . Navigation . Compass . Audio . Driver Assistance . ProPILOT Assist . Speed Limit Sign . Warnings . Settings Warnings will only display if there are any present. For more information on warnings

and indicators, see "Vehicle information display warnings and indicators" (P.128).
To control what items display in the vehicle information display, see "Settings" (P.119).
SETTINGS
Basic information
The setting mode allows user to change the information displayed in the vehicle information display and some settings:
. Driver Assistance . Head-Up Display (if so equipped) . ECO Mode Setting . TPMS Setting . Clock . Vehicle Settings . Towing Settings . Maintenance . Customize Display . Unit/Language . Factory Reset
Driver Assistance
To change the status, warnings or turn on or off any of the systems/warnings displayed in the "Driver Assistance" menu, use the scroll dial to select and change a menu item:

. Intelligent Cruise . Lane Centering Assist . Lane Change Assist (if so equipped) . Lane Assist . Blind Spot Assist . Emergency Assist . Traffic Sign Assist . Parking Assist . Driver Monitor . Sound Setting (if so equipped) . Timer Alert . Low Temp. Alert
Intelligent Cruise:
To change the status or turn on or off any of the systems displayed in this menu, use the scroll dial to select and change a menu item:
. Speed Adjust by Route (ProPILOT Assist 1.1 and 2.1) Allows user to turn the Speed Adjust by Route function ON/OFF. (See "Speed Adjust by Route" (P.406).)
. Spd.Limit Assist (ProPILOT Assist 1.1 and 2.1) Allows user to customize the Speed Limit Assist options. -- OFF -- Manual -- Auto (See "Speed Limit Assist" (P.404).)

. Speed Limit Offset Allows user to customize the Speed Limit Offset tolerance (--5 MPH (10 km/h) to +5 MPH (+ 10 km/h)).
Lane Centering Assist:
. Steering Assist Allows user to turn the Steering Assist function ON/OFF. (See "Steering Assist" (P.407).)
. Hands Off Mode (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Hands Off Mode function ON/OFF. (See "Steering Assist with HD map data (a feature of ProPILOT Assist 2.1)" (P.410).)
Lane Change Assist (if so equipped):
. Activate by turn signal Allows user to turn this function ON/ OFF.
. Passing Assist Allows user to turn this function ON/ OFF.
. Passing Setting Allows user to customize the Passing Setting option. -- Sport -- Standard -- Comfort (See "Lane Change Assist" (P.414) for details of these functions.)
Instruments and controls 119

Lane Assist:
. Warning Allows user to turn the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system ON/OFF.
. Intervention Allows user to turn the Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system ON/OFF.
. Lane Sensitivity Allows user to select the strength of Lane Sensitivity (Strong, Normal or Mild).
(See "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.348).)
Blind Spot Assist:
. Warning Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system ON/OFF.
. Intervention Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) system ON/OFF.
. Trailer Blind Spot Allows user to turn the Trailer Blind Spot function ON/OFF.
(See "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.356) and "Blind Spot Intervention®(BSI)" (P.365).)
Emergency Assist:
. Emergency Braking Allows user to turn the Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian
120 Instruments and controls

Detection system and Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) system ON/OFF.
. Rear Auto Braking Allows user to turn the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system ON/OFF.
(See "Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection system" (P.419), "Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)" (P.433) and "Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)" (P.444).)
Traffic Sign Assist:
Allows user to turn the Traffic Sign Assist system options below ON/OFF.
. Speed Limit Sign . Speed Limit Warning (See "Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)" (P.345).)
Parking Assist:
To change the status or turn on or off any of the systems displayed in the "Parking Assist" menu, use the scroll dial to select and change a menu item (the displayed order varies depending on models):
. Rear Cross Traffic Alert Allows user to turn the Rear Cross Traffic Alert system ON/OFF. (See "Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)" (P.377).)

. Moving Object
Allows user to turn the Moving Object Detection (MOD) ON/OFF.
. Front Sonar
Allows user to turn the front sonar sensors ON/OFF.
. Rear Sonar
Allows user to turn the rear sonar sensors ON/OFF.
When the Trailer BSW function is activated, this menu cannot be selected. (See "Trailer BSW function operation" (P.363).)
. Sonar Distance
Allows user to select the sonar sensor's detection distance (Long, Medium or Short).
. Auto Show Sonar
Allows user to turn the sonar system or the Rear Sonar System (RSS) display ON/OFF.
. Sonar Volume
Allows user to select the volume of the sonar tone (High, Medium or Low).
(See "Moving Object Detection (MOD)" (P.275) and "Front and rear sonar system" (P.469).)

Driver Monitor: . Driver Alertness
Allows user to turn the Driver Attention Alert (DAA) system ON/OFF. (See "Driver Attention Alert (DAA)" (P.441).) . Driver Monitor (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Driver Monitor system ON/OFF. (See "Driver Monitor" (P.411).)
Sound Setting (if so equipped): . Warning Volume
Allows user to select the volume of the warning sound (Low, High or Medium).
Timer Alert: Allows user to adjust the Timer Alert or reset.
. (Current Time)/(Set Time) . Reset
Low Temp. Alert: Allows user to turn the Low Temperature Alert function ON/OFF.
Head-Up Display (if so equipped)
To change the status or turn on or off any of the systems displayed in the "Head-Up Display" menu, use the scroll dial to select and change a menu item:

. Brightness . Height . Rotation . Contents selection
-- Navigation -- Driving Assist -- Speed Limit Sign -- Audio -- TEL/SMS . Reset (See "Head Up Display (HUD)" (P.157).)
ECO Mode Setting
This setting allows user to change the ECO mode system settings.
To change the status or turn on or off any of the systems displayed in the "ECO Mode Settings" menu, use the scroll dial to select and change a menu item:
. ECO Customize -- Cruise Control -- Idling stop -- Air Conditioning
. ECO Drive Assist -- ECO Drive Report
. View History

To reset the View History: 1) Select "View History" using the scroll
dial and push it.
2) Push the scroll dial .
3) Select "Yes" by pushing the scroll dial .
. Tire Pres ECO advice Push the scroll dial to turn the "Tire Pres ECO advice" ON/OFF.
TPMS Setting
The following submenu appears.

Instruments and controls 121

Tire Pressure Unit:

The unit for tire pressure that is shown in the vehicle information display can be changed to:

. psi
. kPa
. bar . kgf/cm2
Use the scroll dial unit.

to select and change the

If necessary, refer to the following table to convert between units.

Clock
Allows user to turn ON or OFF the clock display on the vehicle information display.
Vehicle Settings
The vehicle settings allows user to change settings for the following menus.
. Power Back Door . Lighting . Locking . Wipers . Drive Mode Selector . Driving Position . Rear Door Alert

JVI0938X
. Mirrors The vehicle settings can be changed using the scroll dial .
Power Back Door: This allows user to turn the power liftgate ON or OFF.
Lighting: The "Lighting" menu has the following options:
. Welcome Headlight The welcome lighting can be set to be ON or OFF. Use the scroll dial to turn this feature ON or OFF.

122 Instruments and controls

. Light Off Delay
The duration of the automatic headlights can be changed from 0 to 180 seconds. Use the scroll dial to change the duration.
Locking:
The "Locking" menu has the following options:
. Selective Unlock
When this item is turned on, and the capacitive unlock sensor on the driver's side door is touched, only the driver's door is unlocked. All the doors can be unlocked if you unwrap your hand from the driver's door handle and touch the lock sensor within 60 seconds. When this item is turned to off, all the doors will be unlocked when using the capacitive unlock sensor once. Use the scroll dial to activate or deactivate this function.
. Horn beeps on lock
When this item is turned on, the horn will chirp and the hazard indicators will flash twice when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key. Use the scroll dial to activate or deactivate this function.
. Auto Door Unlock
The "Auto Door Unlock" feature allows user to customize the auto door unlock options. Use the scroll dial to change the mode.

-- Shift to P
-- Ignition OFF
-- OFF
. Walk Away Lock
When this item is turned on, the walk away lock function is activated. Use the scroll dial to activate or deactivate this function. (See "Walk away lock function" (P.219).)
. Approach Unlock
When this item is turned on, the approach unlock function is activated. Use the scroll dial to activate or deactivate this function. (See "Approach unlock function" (P.220).)
. Ext. Door Switch
When this item is turned on, the lock sensor and the unlock sensor are activated. Use the scroll dial to activate or deactivate this function.
When this item is turned off, the Walk Away Lock and the Approach Unlock function are also deactivated. Also, when this item is turned off, the door handle will be retracted when the door is locked.
Wipers:
The "Wipers" menu has the following options:
. Rain Sensor
The rain-sensing auto wiper system can

be activated or deactivated. Use the scroll dial to turn this system ON or OFF.
. Reverse Link The "Reverse Link" wiper feature can be set to be ON or OFF. Use the scroll dial to turn this feature ON or OFF. (See "Rear window wiper and washer operation" (P.165).)
. Drip Wipe The drip wipe feature can be set to ON or OFF. Use the scroll dial to turn this feature ON or OFF. (See "Wiper and washer switch" (P.163).)
Drive Mode Selector:
Depending on the models, the following items of the Drive Mode Selector (PERSONAL mode) can be set or selected (see "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.332)):
. Acceleration Allows user to select the acceleration setting (SPORT, STANDARD or ECO).
. Steering Allows user to select the steering setting (SPORT or STANDARD).
. Suspension (if so equipped) Allows user to select the suspension setting (SPORT or STANDARD).
. Trace Control Allows user to turn the Active Trace
Instruments and controls 123

Control feature ON or OFF. . Reset
When selected, the above Drive Mode Selector setting items turn defaults.
Driving Position: . Exit Seat Slide
This allows user to turn the "Exit Seat Slide" feature of the entry/exit function ON or OFF. Use the scroll dial turn this feature ON/OFF. (See "Memory seat" (P.249).) . Exit Steering This allows user to turn the "Exit Steering" feature of the entry/exit function ON or OFF. Use the scroll dial turn this feature ON/OFF. (See "Memory seat" (P.249).)
Rear Door Alert: The feature allows user to customize the Rear Door Alert options. Use the scroll dial to change the mode.
. Horn & Alert . Alert Only . OFF (See "Rear Door Alert" (P.179).)
Mirrors: Allows user to select one of the following items of the outside mirrors:
124 Instruments and controls

. Auto Fold Off . Unfold at Ignition . Unfold at Unlock
Towing Settings
The towing settings menu allows the user to access the following trailer related items.
Trailer Light Check: Allows user to start the check in which the vehicle will test various lights that could affect a trailer if connected properly. This feature can also be activated using the Intelligent Key.
For additional information, see "Intelligent Key system" (P.214) and "Towing a trailer" (P.588).
Trailer Information: The registered and currently selected trailer information is displayed.
. Trailer Length . Trailer BSW ON/OFF
Select Trailer: Allows user to select a registered trailer.
. Trailer name1 - Trailer name9 (appears if trailers are registered)
. Default Trailer

Edit Setting:
Allows user to name, set length or delete the information of trailers.
This menu becomes selectable after you add a trailer information by "Add Trailer for BSW" menu.
. Trailer name1 - Trailer name9 -- Rename Trailer You can rename the trailer letter by letter, by rotating and pushing the scroll dial .
-- Edit Length When this item is selected, below message will be displayed. "Is the width less than 9ft (2.7m) and the length less than 33ft (10m) ?" Select "Yes" to edit the trailer length by rotating and pushing the scroll dial . Push "OK" to save the trailer information. If you select "No", then the "Trailer BSW is unavailable when this trailer connected" message will be displayed. See "Add Trailer for BSW" (P.125) for more details.
-- Delete Setting When this item is selected, below message will be displayed. "Delete This Trailer?" Select "Yes" to delete the registered trailer information.

Add Trailer for BSW: When this item is selected, below message will be displayed.
"Is the width less than 9ft (2.7m) and the length less than 33ft (10m) ?"
NOTE:
The trailer length is the length from the rear bumper of the vehicle to the end of the attached trailer .

WAC1577X
. Yes: You can edit the trailer length by rotating and pushing the scroll dial . Push "OK" to save the trailer information.
Then you can name the trailer letter by letter, by rotating and pushing the scroll dial under the "Name" screen. Push "OK" to save the trailer information.
. No: The "Trailer BSW is unavailable when this trailer connected" message will be displayed. The trailer cannot be added for the BSW system.
See "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.356) for the details of the BSW system.

Maintenance
The maintenance mode allows user to check the distance to oil change or set alerts for the reminding of maintenance intervals.
Select "Maintenance" using the scroll dial and push it.
. Oil Level . Oil Control System . Tire . Other . Suspension (if so equipped)
Oil Level: The Oil Level menu allows user to check the engine oil level on the vehicle information display.
To check the oil level:
To check the engine oil level, select "Oil Level".
The oil level and status can be measured automatically at every trip.
"Oil Level OK": The engine oil level is correct.
"Low Oil Level": The engine oil level is too low. Please add the appropriate amount of engine oil and then recheck the engine oil level. See "Engine oil" (P.518).
"High Oil Level": The engine oil level is too high. Please reduce the appropriate amount of engine oil and then recheck the engine oil
Instruments and controls 125

level. See "Engine oil" (P.518). It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Update Oil Level:
To update the engine oil level, perform the following steps.
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature.
3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.
4. Place the ignition switch ON without stepping on the brake (see "Push-button ignition switch operation" (P.316)). Do not start the engine.
5. Select "Settings", then "Maintenance", then "Oil Level".
6. Push the scroll dial to select "Update Oil Level" to measure the engine oil level again.
If you select the "Update Oil Level" while the engine is running, "Turn off engine to update Oil Level" message is displayed.
NOTE:
In order to measure the oil level correctly, INFINITI recommends performing the above steps before measuring the oil level. Other-
126 Instruments and controls

wise, the measured oil level may not be accurate.
Oil Control System:
The Oil Control System informs the distance to oil change. Never exceed one year or 10,000 miles (16,000 km) between oil change intervals.

Display when ignition is ON
Engine Oil Service due in xxx
miles
Engine Oil Service due

Display timing
Remaining oil life is less than 940 miles (1,500 km).
Remaining oil life is 0 miles (0 km).

Action Required
Plan to have your vehicle serviced.
Have your vehicle serviced within two weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km).

The oil change interval cannot be adjusted manually.
The distance to oil change interval is calculated depending on the driving conditions and set automatically by the oil control system. A reminder will be displayed when approaching the end of the service interval.
When the Factory Reset option is selected in the vehicle information display, the oil control system will also be reset to initial value.

Please change the engine oil when Factory Reset is selected.

CAUTION

If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, change the engine oil within two weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km).
Operating the vehicle with deteriorated oil can damage the engine.

To reset oil control system:

1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

2. Push the

and

buttons on the

steering wheel until "Settings" appears in

the vehicle information display. Use the

scroll dial to select "Maintenance". Then,

push the scroll dial.

3. Select the "Oil Control System" and push the scroll dial.
4. Push the scroll dial according to the reset instructions displayed at the bottom of the "Oil Control System" maintenance screen.
When the user sets an alert for changing the engine oil in the "Oil and Filter" menu, reset both "Oil Control System" and "Oil and Filter" after changing the engine oil.

Tire: This indicator appears when the user set distance comes for replacing tires. You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires.
WARNING
The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks. (See "Changing wheels and tires" (P.548).) Many factors including tire inflation, alignment, driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced. Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long. Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks. Failure to perform regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision, which could result in serious personal injury or death.
Other: This indicator appears when the user set distance comes for checking or replacing maintenance items other than the engine oil,

oil filter and tires. Other maintenance items can include such things as air filter or tire rotation. You can set or reset the distance for checking or replacing the items.
Suspension (if so equipped): . System
Allows user to turn ON or OFF the air suspension system. (See "Air suspension system" (P.456) for details.) If you turned OFF the air suspension system, it will automatically turn ON when the vehicle starts driving.
Customize Display
The display settings allows user to choose from the various meter selections.
The display settings can be changed using the scroll dial .
Change Meter View: Allows user to turn select the meter view (Dynamic, Elegant or Enhanced).
(See "Changing the meter screen view" (P.103) for details.)
Main Menu Selection: Displays available screens that can be shown in the vehicle information display.

Route Guidance: To change the setting, use the scroll dial to select and push it.
. Alerts The "Alerts" allows user to turn the Navigation Settings alerts ON or OFF.
ProPILOT Assist Display: Allows user to turn the ProPILOT Assist Display transition ON or OFF.
Welcome Effect: The "Welcome Effect" displays the available welcome effect settings.
. Animation . Sound
Operation Guidance: The "Operation Guidance" displays the available operation guidance settings.
. Lights . Wiper
-- Front -- Rear . High Beam Assist . Seat Memory
Unit/Language
The units that are shown in the vehicle information display can be changed:

Instruments and controls 127

. Mileage/Fuel . Tire Pressure . Temperature . Language Use the scroll dial to select and change the units of the vehicle information display.

Mileage/Fuel:

The unit for the mileage that is shown in the vehicle information display can be changed. (The displayed order varies depending on models.)

. miles, MPG
. km, km/l . km, l/100km Use the scroll dial unit.

to select and change the

Tire Pressure:
The unit for tire pressures that is shown in the vehicle information display can be changed to:
. psi . kPa . bar . kgf/cm2 (See "TPMS Setting" (P.121).)

Temperature:
The temperature that is shown in the vehicle information display can be changed from:

128 Instruments and controls

. °C . °F Use the scroll dial

to toggle choices.

Language:
The language of the vehicle information display can be changed.
Use the scroll dial to select and change the language.

Factory Reset
The settings in the vehicle information display can be reset back to the factory default. To reset the vehicle information display:
1. Select "Factory Reset" using the scroll dial and push it.
2. Select "Yes" to return all settings back to default by pushing the scroll dial .

NOTE:
When the factory reset is implemented, the added trailer information for the trailer BSW will be deleted. (See "Towing Settings" (P.124).)

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY WARNINGS AND INDICATORS
Engine start operation indicator
Push brake and start switch to drive
This indicator appears when the shift position is in the P (Park) position. This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed. You can start the engine directly in any position of the ignition switch.
No Key Detected warning
No Key Detected
This warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the engine is running. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. See "Intelligent Key system" (P.214) for more details.

Shift to Park warning
Shift to Park
This warning appears when the door is opened while the shift position is other than P (Park). If this warning appears, push the park button to engage the P (Park) position. An inside warning chime will also sound. (See "Intelligent Key system" (P.214).)
Key Battery Low warning
Key Battery Low
This warning appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power. If this indicator appears, replace the battery with a new one. See "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.533).

Engine start operation for Intelligent Key system indicator
Place the key near the start switch
This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power and when the Intelligent Key system and vehicle are not communicating normally. If this indicator appears, touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal. (See "Intelligent Key battery discharge" (P.318).)
Key System Error: See Owner's Manual warning
Key System Error See Owner's Manual
This warning appears if there is a malfunction in the Intelligent Key system. If this warning appears while the engine is stopped, the engine cannot be started. If this warning appears while the engine is running, the vehicle can be driven. However, it is recommended that you visit an INFINITI

retailer for repair as soon as possible.
Release Parking Brake warning
Release Parking Brake
This warning appears when the accelerator pedal is depressed when the electronic parking brake automatic release function cannot be used. Release the electronic parking brake manually.
Low Fuel warning
Low Fuel
This warning appears when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 (Empty).
Low Washer Fluid warning
Low Washer Fluid
This warning appears when the window washer fluid is at a low level. Add window washer fluid as necessary. For additional
Instruments and controls 129

information, refer to "Window washer fluid" (P.522).
Door/liftgate open warning
This warning appears if any of the doors and/or the liftgate are open or not closed securely. The vehicle icon indicates which door or the liftgate is open on the display.
Rear seat belt warning
. This warning includes display of the seat belts for rear seating positions only. Rear seat belts that are unfastened will appear red.
. If any rear seat belts are unfastened when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, this warning will display for a period of time, or until dismissed by pushing the scroll dial.
. When a rear seat belt is changed from fastened to unfastened, this warning will display for a period of time, or until
130 Instruments and controls

dismissed, and the seat belt warning light will turn ON.
. If the vehicle is driven above certain speed during or after the rear passenger seat belt buckle status change, this warning will display, the seat belt warning light will blink, and the chime will sound for a period of time. During this time, the warning and chime cannot be dismissed unless the rear seat belt is fastened again. Once the seat belt warning light and chime have turned off, the display will remain until dismissed.
NOTE:
While this warning appears, it will also display the status of all doors and liftgate.
Opening and closing a rear door while the vehicle is stopped will reset this warning, similar to placing the ignition switch in the ON position again.
For precautions on seat belt usage, see "Seat belts" (P.41).

Tire Pressure Low -- Add Air warning
Tire Pressure Low Add Air
This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected. The warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated. If this warning appears, stop the vehicle and adjust the pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. (See "Low tire pressure warning light" (P.113) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.308).)
Shift to P range warning
Shift to P range
This warning appears when the driver's door is opened while the shift position is in any position other than P (Park). If this warning appears, push the park

button to engage the P (Park) position. An inside warning chime will also sound. (See "Intelligent Key system" (P.214).)
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) shift indicator (4WD models)
This indicator shows the Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) driving mode (AUTO or 4H) that is selected by the 4WD shift key. (See "INFINITI all-mode 4WD®" (P.451).)
Automatic Transmission (AT) position indicator
This indicator shows the AT shift position. In the manual shift mode, when the transmission does not shift to the selected gear due to a transmission protection mode, the AT position indicator will blink and a chime will sound. See "Automatic Transmission (AT)" (P.321) for further details.

AT Malfunction Service now warning
AT Malfunction Service now
This warning appears when there is a malfunction with the AT system. If this warning appears, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
AT hot Power reduced warning
AT hot Power reduced
The AT has a high fluid temperature protection mode. If the fluid temperature becomes too high (for example, climbing steep grades in high temperatures with heavy loads), engine power and, under some conditions, vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage. Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may be reduced.

AT Malfunction Stop safely warning
AT Malfunction Stop safely
This warning appears when there is a malfunction with the AT system. If this warning appears, stop the vehicle in a safe place. Have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Service AT Power reduced warning
Service AT Power reduced
This warning appears when the AT power is reduced. If this warning appears, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Steering system malfunction Stop safely warning
Steering system malfunction Stop safely
When this warning appears, the electric power steering does not operate. Stop the vehicle in a safe place immediately. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See
Instruments and controls 131

"Electric power steering" (P.461).)
Steering system malfunction Visit dealer warning
Steering system malfunction Visit dealer
When this warning appears, the power assist to the steering is lowered. At this time, greater steering efforts are required. Securely grip the steering wheel and operate it with greater force than usual. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.(See "Electric power steering" (P.461).)
Drive Mode Selector indicator
When a driving mode is selected using the Drive Mode Selector, the selected mode indicator is displayed. . PERSONAL . STANDARD . ECO . SPORT . TOW

. SNOW (See "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.332).)
AWD Error: See Owner's Manual warning (if so equipped)
AWD Error See Owner's Manual
This warning appears when the Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system is not functioning properly while the engine is running. Reduce vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See "INFINITI all-mode 4WD®" (P.451).)
AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle warning (if so equipped)
AWD High Temp. Stop Vehicle
This warning appears when the oil temperature of the powertrain parts increases due to the difference in rotation between the front and rear wheels is large (wheel slip), such as

when driving on rough roads, driving through sand or mud, or freeing a stuck vehicle. If this warning is displayed, stop the vehicle with the engine idling, as soon as it is safe to do so. In these cases, the 4WD changes to 2WD to protect the powertrain parts. Then if the warning turns off, you can continue 4WD driving. (See "INFINITI allmode 4WD®" (P.451).)
Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner's Manual warning (if so equipped)
Tire Size Incorrect See Owner's Manual
This warning may appear if there is a large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels and tires. Pull off the road in a safe area, with the engine idling. Check that all the tire sizes, brand, construction and tread pattern are the same, that the tire pressures are correct and that the tires are not excessively worn. If you have any problems, change tires or adjust tire pressures correctly. Do not select the SNOW mode with the Drive Mode Selector and do not drive fast. (See "INFINITI all-mode 4WD®" (P.451).)

132 Instruments and controls

AWD error Do not drive at high speed Service now warning (if so equipped)
AWD error Do not drive at high speed
Service now
This warning appears when the 4WD system is malfunctioning. Avoid driving at high speeds and have your vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See "INFINITI allmode 4WD®" (P.451).)
Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse warning
Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse
This warning may appear if the extended storage switch is not pushed in. When this warning appears, push in the extended storage switch to turn off the warning. (See "Extended storage fuse switch" (P.533).)

Power will turn off to save the battery warning
Power will turn off to save the battery
Under the specific conditions, this warning may appear after the ignition switch is in the ON position for a certain period of time.
Power turned off to save the battery warning
Power turned off to save the battery
Under the specific conditions, this warning may appear after the ignition switch is automatically turned OFF to save the battery.
Reminder Turn OFF Headlights warning
Reminder Turn OFF Headlights
The warning appears when the headlight switch is placed in or position after the engine was turned off, and the driver's door is opened with the light is on.
Turn the light switch to the OFF (if so equipped) or AUTO position when you leave

the vehicle.
Headlight System Error: See Owner's Manual warning
Headlight System Error See Owner's Manual
This warning appears if the LED headlights are malfunctioning. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Time for a break? indicator
Time for a break?
This indicator appears when the set Timer Alert activates. You can set the time for up to 6 hours.
Chassis Control System Error: See Owner's Manual warning
Chassis Control System Error See Owner's Manual
This warning appears if the chassis control module detects a malfunction in the chassis control system. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See "Chassis con-
Instruments and controls 133

trol" (P.467).)
Rear Door Alert is activated indicator
Rear Door Alert is activated Dismiss Message Disable Alert
When the system is enabled, this message appears when the Rear Door Alert system is active and can remind the driver to check the rear seat.
. Using the steering switch, the driver can select "Dismiss Message" to clear the display for a period of time.
. Using the steering switch, the driver can select "Disable Alert" to disable the horn alert for the remainder of the current trip.
For additional information, see "Rear Door Alert" (P.179).
WARNING
Selecting "Dismiss Message" during a stop within a trip temporarily dismisses the message for that stop without turning the system off. Alerts can be provided for other stops during the trip. Selecting "Disable Alert" turns off the Rear Door Alert system for the remain-
134 Instruments and controls

der of a trip and no audible alert will be provided.
NOTE:
This system is disabled until the driver enables it using the settings menu. See "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).
Check Rear Seat indicator
Check Rear Seat Dismiss Message
Disable Alert
When the system is enabled, this message appears when the Rear Door Alert system is active and can remind the driver to check the rear seat.
. Using the steering switch, the driver can select "Dismiss Message" to clear the display for a period of time.
. Using the steering switch, the driver can select "Disable Alert" to disable the horn alert for the remainder of the current trip.
For additional information, see "Rear Door Alert" (P.179).

WARNING
Selecting "Dismiss Message" during a stop within a trip temporarily dismisses the message for that stop without turning the system off. Alerts can be provided for other stops during the trip. Selecting "Disable Alert" turns off the Rear Door Alert system for the remainder of a trip and no audible alert will be provided.
NOTE:
This system is disabled until the driver enables it using the settings menu. See "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).
Check Rear Seat for All Articles indicator
Check Rear Seat for All Articles
When the system is enabled, this message appears when the vehicle comes to a complete stop, the shift position is placed from the D (Drive) to P (Park), and the driver exits the vehicle. This message alerts the driver, after a period of time, to check for items in the rear seat after the audible alert has been provided.

NOTE: This system is disabled until the driver enables it using the settings menu. See "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/ Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) indicator
This indicator appears when the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and/or Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) systems are engaged. (See "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.348).)
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) indicator
This indicator appears when the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and/or Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) systems are engaged. (See "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.356) or

"Blind Spot Intervention®(BSI)" (P.365).)
Vehicle ahead detection indicator
This indicator shows the status of the following systems: . Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with
Pedestrian Detection . Predictive Forward Collision Warning
(PFCW) (See "Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection system" (P.419) or "Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)" (P.433).)
Cruise indicator
This indicator shows the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode status. The status is shown by the color. (See "Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control" (P.403).)

Speed control status/set distance/ lane marker indicator
This indicator shows the status of the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system and the detection of the lane markers. The status is shown by the color and shape. (See "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383).)
Malfunction See Owner's Manual warning
Malfunction See Owner's Manual
This warning appears when the following systems malfunction. . Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with
Pedestrian Detection . Predictive Forward Collision Warning
(PFCW) . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)
Instruments and controls 135

. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) . ProPILOT Assist . Driver Attention Alert (DAA) (See "Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)" (P.345), "Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)" (P.444), "Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)" (P.377), "Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection system" (P.419), "Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)" (P.433), "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.348), "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.356), "Blind Spot Intervention®(BSI)" (P.365), "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383) or "Driver Attention Alert (DAA)" (P.441).)
Unavailable Camera Temperature High warning
Unavailable Camera Temperature High
This warning appears if the interior temperature of the vehicle has reached such a high temperature that the sensor for the following systems can no longer function reliably.
. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

. Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) . Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) . Steering Assist Once the interior temperature has reached normal levels, the warning should disappear.
If the warning continues to display, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
For additional information, refer to "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.348), "Blind Spot Intervention®(BSI)" (P.365), "Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)" (P.345) or "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383).
Currently Unavailable warning
Currently Unavailable
This warning appears when the Lane Departure Prevention (LDP), Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) or the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system becomes unavailable in certain conditions. (See "Driver assistance troubleshooting guide" (P.340).)

Forward Driving Aids temporarily disabled Front Sensor blocked See Owner's Manual warning
Forward Driving Aids temporarily disabled Front Sensor blocked See Owner's Manual
If the front radar sensor area on the front of the vehicle is covered with dirt or obstructed, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the following system is automatically turned off.
. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (on ProPILOT Assist system)
If the warning message appears, park the vehicle in a safe location and turn the engine off.
Check to see if the sensor area is blocked. If the sensor area is blocked, remove the blocking material. Restart the engine. If the warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
For more details, see "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383).
Driving Aids Temporarily disabled Clean sensor area See Owner's Manual warning

136 Instruments and controls

Driving Aids Temporarily disabled
Clean sensor area See Owner's Manual
If the front radar sensor area on the front of the vehicle or the front camera area is covered with ice, dirt or obstructed, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the following system is automatically turned off.
. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection
. Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
If the warning message appears, park the vehicle in a safe location and turn the engine off.
Check to see if the sensor area is blocked. If the sensor area is blocked, remove the blocking material. Restart the engine. If the warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
For more details, see "Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection system" (P.419) or "Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)" (P.433).

Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction warning
Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction
This warning appears when the following systems become unavailable because a radar blockage is detected. . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (See "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.356), "Blind Spot Intervention®(BSI)" (P.365) or "Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)" (P.377).)
LDP ON indicator/BSI ON indicator/ProPILOT Assist status indicator
This indicator appears when the following systems are turned on: . Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) . Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) . ProPILOT Assist See "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane

Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.348), "Blind Spot Intervention®(BSI)" (P.365) or "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383).

Instruments and controls 137

Look Forward warning (if so equipped)
Look Forward This warning may appear if the system does not detect driver's attention on the road ahead. Always look forward, drive carefully and pay attention to traffic conditions ahead. When the driver looks forward, the warning turns off. For additional information, refer to "Driver Monitor" (P.411).
Steering Assist guidance
Steering Assist ON
Steering Assist OFF This message appears when the Steering Assist system is turned on or off. See "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383).
138 Instruments and controls

Steering Assist indicator
This indicator appears when the Steering Assist system is engaged. See "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383).
Hands on/Eyes off detection warning (if so equipped)
Take Steering Control / Manually Steer / Slowing to Stop
This warning may appear when the Steering Assist system is engaged and the following condition(s) occur: . When not holding the steering wheel . When there is no steering wheel opera-
tion Hold on the steering wheel immediately. When the steering operation is detected, the warning turns off and the Steering Assist function is automatically restored. For additional information, refer to "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383).

Step on Brake Now indicator
Step on Brake Now
This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is engaged and the following condition occurs: . While the vehicle is stopped by the ICC
system, the driver's door is opened but the electronic parking brake was not activated. Step on the brake pedal immediately.
Unavailable Slippery Road warning
Unavailable Slippery Road
This warning appears when the following systems become unavailable because the road is slippery. . Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) . Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) . Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (See "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.348), "Blind Spot Intervention®(BSI)" (P.365) or "Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)" (P.399).)
Unavailable Seatbelt is Unfastened indicator

Unavailable Seatbelt is Unfastened
This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is engaged.
Under the following condition, the ICC system is automatically canceled:
. When the driver's seat belt is not fastened.
The ICC system cannot be used when the driver's seat belt is not fastened.
Unavailable Adverse Weather indicator
Unavailable Adverse Weather
This message may appear when the Steering Assist system is engaged.
Under the following conditions, the Steering Assist system is automatically canceled:
. When the wiper (HI) operates. . When lane markers in the traveling lane
cannot be correctly detected for a period of time due to such items as a snow rut, reflection of light on a rainy day or several unclear lane markers are present. If you want to use the Steering Assist system again, cancel the ProPILOT Assist system and set it again when lane markers are clearly visible.

Unavailable Low Visibility indicator
Unavailable Low Visibility
This message may appear when the Steering Assist system is engaged.
Under the following conditions, the Steering Assist system is automatically canceled:
. The camera area of the windshield is fogged up or covered with dirt, water, drops, ice, snow, etc.
. Strong light, such as sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles, enter the front camera
Steering Assist Not Available Cannot Detect Lane indicator
Steering Assist Not Available Cannot Detect Lane
This indicator may appear when the Steering Assist system is engaged. The Steering Assist system is automatically canceled when the lane markers in the traveling lane cannot be correctly detected for a period of time due to such items as a snow rut, reflection of light on a rainy day or several unclear lane markers are present.
If you want to use the Steering Assist system again, cancel the ProPILOT system and set it

again when lane markers are clearly visible.
Unavailable Parking Brake is ON indicator
Unavailable Parking Brake is ON
This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is engaged. Under the following condition, the ICC system is automatically canceled: . The electronic parking brake is applied. The above system cannot be used when the electronic parking brake is activated.
Only Available with ProPILOT Assist ON indicator
Only Available with ProPILOT Assist ON This indicator appears when the Steering Assist switch is pushed while the ProPILOT Assist system is not turned on. (See "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383).)
Instruments and controls 139

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) emergency warning indicator
This warning indicator appears along with an audible warning, when the Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection system detects the possibility of a forward collision. See "Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection system" (P.419).
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system warning indicator
This warning indicator appears to indicate the status of the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system. See "Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)" (P.444).

Sonar system indicator
This indicator appears to indicate the status of the sonar system. See "Front and rear sonar system" (P.469).
Parking Sensor Temporarily disabled warning
Parking Sensor Temporarily disabled
This warning appears when the sonar system is temporarily disabled caused by sonar sensor blockage is detected. (See "Front and rear sonar system" (P.469).)
Parking Sensor Error See Owner's Manual warning
Parking Sensor Error See Owner's Manual
This warning appears when there is a malfunction with the sonar system. (See "Front and rear sonar system" (P.469).)

Press Brake Pedal warning
Press Brake Pedal
This warning appears in the following situations: . The driver tries to release the electronic
parking brake manually without depressing the brake pedal. . The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill and there is a possibility of moving backward, even if the electronic parking brake is applied.
Press brake pedal to prevent rolling warning
Press brake pedal to prevent rolling
This warning appears and a chime sounds if the vehicle moves while the automatic brake hold function is activated. Apply the foot brake to stop the vehicle moving.

140 Instruments and controls

Press brake to operate switch indicator

Steep Slope Apply foot brake indicator

Low Oil Level warning

AUTO HOLD Press brake to operate switch
This indicator appears if the automatic brake hold switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal while the automatic brake hold function is activated. Depress the brake pedal and push the switch to deactivate the automatic brake hold function. (See "Automatic brake hold" (P.329).)
Caution Steep slope indicator
AUTO HOLD Caution
Steep slope
This indicator appears and a chime sounds when the automatic brake hold function is activated while the vehicle is on a steep hill. Apply the foot brake to stop the vehicle moving. (See "Automatic brake hold" (P.329).)

AUTO HOLD Steep Slope Apply foot brake
This indicator appears and a chime sounds if "Caution Steep slope" has appeared over about 3 minutes. Then, the parking brake will automatically be applied and the braking force of the automatic brake hold function will be released, and vehicle may move or roll away unexpectedly. Apply the foot brake to stop the vehicle moving. (See "Automatic brake hold" (P.329).)
Take a Break? indicator
Take a Break?
This indicator appears when the Driver Attention Alert (DAA) system detect that the driver attention is decreasing. (See "Driver Attention Alert (DAA)" (P.441).)

Low Oil Level
This warning appears when the engine oil level is low. Warm up the engine on a level surface. After at least 10 minutes have passed since the engine was stopped, use the engine oil dipstick to check the oil level. (See "Engine oil" (P.518).) If the oil level is low, add the engine oil.
If the warning appears again before reaching the oil change interval shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section, check the oil level. When the warning appears and the oil level is low, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
NOTE:
If the vehicle is not on a level surface, accurate measurement of the oil level may not be possible. If "Low Oil Level" warning message appears, but the level shown by the oil dipstick is normal, move the vehicle to a level surface and stop the engine. After at least 10 minutes have passed, open the driver's door and place the ignition switch in the ON position. If the "Low Oil Level" warning message appears again, add the
Instruments and controls 141

engine oil or change the engine oil, according to the instructions described above.
Sensor Fault See Owner's Manual warning
Sensor Fault See Owner's Manual This warning appears when the engine oil level sensor may be malfunctioning. It is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer immediately.
Engine Oil Service due in miles
Service due in miles This distance to oil change is displayed if the distance to oil change is less than 62 miles (100 km).
Engine oil level display
Oil Level OK To display the engine oil level, see "Main-

tenance" (P.125). "Oil Level OK": The engine oil level is correct. "Low Oil Level": The engine oil level is too low. Please add the appropriate amount of engine oil and then check the engine oil level again. See "Engine oil" (P.518). "High Oil Level": The engine oil level is too high. Please reduce the appropriate amount of engine oil and then check the engine oil level again. See "Engine oil" (P.518). It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Air suspension mode indicator (if so equipped)
The vehicle height indicators will appear in accordance with the status of the air suspension system. See "Air suspension system" (P.456) for more information.

Air suspension warning (if so equipped)
Suspension malfunction Please steer carefully Visit dealer
This warning appears when the air suspension system is malfunctioning. (See "Air suspension system" (P.456).)
Idling Stop System indicator
This indicator shows the Idling Stop System status. (See "Idling Stop System" (P.474).)
Entry to 3rd row seat caution/ warning (if so equipped)
Please lock 2nd seat at shift P position
This caution appears when a 2nd row seat stops at tipped up position during the entry to 3rd row seat operation (see "Entry to 3rd row seat" (P.25)). If the vehicle starts driving while the caution has been displayed, the caution changes to a warning.

142 Instruments and controls

Limited driver's aid VDC setting OFF warning
Limited driver's aid VDC setting OFF
This warning appears when the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system is OFF. The Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) will not operate. In this case only visible and audible warning operates.
Driving Aids Limited Towing Assist Activated indicator
Driving Aids Limited Towing Assist Activated
This warning appears when the trailer BSW function (see "Trailer BSW function operation" (P.363)) is enabled or the TOW mode has been selected (see "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.332)). The Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system, the Blind Spot Intervention ®(BSI), the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) and the Steering Assist function (ProPILOT Assist) are automatically disabled.

Neutral Hold Mode guidance indicator
To Exit Vehicle in Neutral: Engine ON, Brake ON
Push P, shift into N twice
This indicator appears when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the shift position is in the N (Neutral) position (Neutral hold mode is available). (See "Neutral hold mode function" (P.324).)
Neutral Hold Mode activated indicator
Neutral Hold Mode has been activated. To exit this mode, please shift to a different
gear.
This indicator appears when the Neutral hold mode is activated. To exit the Neutral hold mode, place the vehicle in other than N (Neutral) position. (See "Neutral hold mode function" (P.324).)
Neutral Hold Mode was not activated indicator
Neutral Hold Mode was not activated.
This indicator appears when the Neutral hold mode is unavailable. To activate the Neutral hold mode, wait for a while without

shifting and then perform the operations again. (See "Neutral hold mode function" (P.324).)
Instruments and controls 143

on the model.
WAC1546X
TRIP COMPUTER Basic information
Switches for the trip computer are located on the steering wheel.
Scroll dial - navigate through the items and change or select an item in vehicle information display this scroll dial allows up/down navigation and push to select
- go back to the previous menu Up/down/left/right arrows - change from one display screen to the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy) The displayed images may differ depending
144 Instruments and controls

WAC1243X
Home
The Home mode shows the following information. . Navigation . Audio

Elapsed time:
The elapsed time shows the time since the last reset.
The Drive Computer mode has three modes of operation. You can switch between Manual Reset1, Manual Reset2 or Auto Refuel by pushing the scroll dial .
Manual Reset1 and Manual Reset2 can be reset manually by using the scroll dial .
Auto Refuel will be reset automatically each time when refueling.

WAC1592X
Drive Computer
Average fuel consumption: The average fuel consumption shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset.
Average speed: The average speed shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset.
Trip odometer: The trip odometer shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset.

WAC1429X
Fuel Economy display
Current fuel consumption: The Fuel economy display mode shows the current fuel consumption.
Average fuel consumption: The Fuel economy display mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset. The Fuel economy display mode has three modes of operation. You can switch between Manual Reset1, Manual Reset2 or Auto Refuel by pushing the scroll dial . Manual Reset1 and Manual Reset2 can be reset manually by using the scroll dial .
Instruments and controls 145

Auto Refuel will be reset automatically each time when refueling.

146 Instruments and controls

WAC1591X

WAC1427X

ECO Pedal Guide
When the ECO mode is selected, you can view the ECO Pedal Guide function for improving fuel economy.
(See "ECO Pedal Guide function" (P.334).)

Height Control display (if so equipped)
The Height Control display shows the current vehicle height in 4 stages.
Depending on the vehicle height, one of the symbols in front of the vehicle graphic will illuminate.
1. The vehicle height is HIGH level
2. The vehicle height is NORMAL level
3. The vehicle height is AERO level
4. The vehicle height is ACCESS level
See "Air suspension system" (P.456) for detailed information.

WAC1585X
Tire Pressures
The tire pressure mode shows the pressure of all four tires while the vehicle is driven.
With the "Tire Pres ECO advice" function ON, when the tire pressure is getting low, "Check Tire Pressures for Best Fuel Economy" appears. (See "ECO Mode Setting" (P.121) and "Tire Pres ECO advice" (P.333).)
When the Tire Pressure Low -- Add Air warning appears, the display can be switched to the tire pressure mode by pushing the scroll dial to reveal additional details on the displayed warning.

WAC1331X
Idling Stop System
The Idling Stop System mode shows the information about the amount of fuel saved while using the system. (See "Idling Stop System" (P.474).)

WAC1430X
INFINITI all-mode 4WD® torque distribution display (if so equipped)
When the INFINITI all-mode 4WD® torque distribution display is selected, you can view the distribution ratio of the transmission torque to the front and rear wheels during driving.

Instruments and controls 147

WAC1300X
Navigation
When the route guidance is set in the navigation system, this item shows the navigation route information.

WAC1578X
Compass
This display indicates the heading direction of the vehicle.

WAC1304X
Audio
The audio mode shows the status of audio information.

148 Instruments and controls

-- Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)
For more details, see "Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection system" (P.419), "Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)" (P.433), "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.348), "Blind Spot Warning (BSW)" (P.356) or "Blind Spot Intervention®(BSI)" (P.365).

WAC1579X
Driver Assistance
The Driver Assistance mode shows the operating condition for the following systems.
. Forward: -- Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection system -- Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
. Lane: -- Lane Departure Warning (LDW) -- Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)
. Blind Spot: -- Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

WAC1580X
ProPILOT Assist
The ProPILOT Assist mode shows the operating conditions for the following systems: . Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) . Steering Assist The display will also be shown when the ProPILOT Assist is turned on. For additional information, see "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383).
Instruments and controls 149

WAC1399X
Traffic Sign Recognition
The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system provides the driver with information about the most recently detected speed limit. See "Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)" (P.345) for more details.

WBC0145X
CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
Basic information
The clock and outside air temperature are displayed on the upper side of the vehicle information display.
Clock
For clock adjustment, see "Clock" (P.122) or the separate INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual.

Outside air temperature (°F or °C)
The outside air temperature is displayed in °F or °C in the range of -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C).
The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature. If the outside air temperature is below 27°F (-3°C), the indicator is displayed.
The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator. The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat, wind directions and other driving conditions. The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs, billboards or media information.

150 Instruments and controls

CONTROL PANEL

BASIC INFORMATION

WARNING

Do not view or operate the Control Panel for extended periods of time while operating the vehicle as that can cause you to not see other vehicles, pedestrians or objects, which could cause an accident leading to severe injury or death.

The Front and Rear (if so equipped) Control Panels can be used to operate various functions such as air conditioning system, power seats, drive mode, suspension related settings and other items if the vehicle is equipped with them.

WAC1420X
FRONT CONTROL PANEL
The Front Control Panel is located as shown above. While the ignition switch is in the ON position or engine is running (depending on the equipment), push a key displayed on the Control Panel with your finger to select an item. The screen vibrates when an item is selected.
NOTE:
To avoid unintentional operation while driving, the Control Panel may not respond to a light touch.

WAC1421X
Example
You can select a menu from the lower tab (FRONT, REAR, MODE), then you can operate individual items involved .
The available menu selections are as follows (if the vehicle is equipped with them):
. Front and rear defroster (See "Rear window and outside mirror defroster" (P.166) and "Heater and air conditioner" (P.280).)
. Air conditioner (See "Heater and air conditioner" (P.280).)
. Heated seats (See "Heated seats" (P.174).)
. Ventilated seats (See "Ventilated seats" (P.177).)
Instruments and controls 151

. Drive mode (See "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.332).)
. INFINITI all-mode 4WD® (See "INFINITI all-mode 4WD®" (P.451).)
. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system (See "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system" (P.464).)
. Vehicle height control (See "Air suspension system" (P.456).)
The brightness and the contrast of the Front Control Panel can be adjusted by the touch screen display. See "Touch screen display" (P.153).
152 Instruments and controls

WAC1422X
REAR CONTROL PANEL (if so equipped)
Basic information
The Rear Control Panel is located in front of the armrest of the 2nd row seat. While the ignition switch is in the ON or Auto ACC position, you can select a menu by swiping and touching the display, then operate individual items involved.
The available menu selections are as follows:
. Climate For operating the rear air conditioning system (see "Heater and air conditioner" (P.280) )

. Ventilated/Heated seats

For operating the 2nd row ventilated or

heated seats (see "Ventilated seats"

(P.177) or "Heated seats" (P.174))

. Seat Adjustment

For the 2nd row seat adjustment (see

"2nd row seats" (P.20))

. Seat Massage

For setting the 2nd row seat massage

function (see "Massage function" (P.23))

. Settings

For the Rear Control Panel display

adjustment

-- Brightness

-- Contrast

-- Language

-- Screen Time Out

Touch the

key to return to the home

menu screen.

If the Rear Control Panel has not been operated for a certain period of time, the screen will be turned off. To operate the Control Panel again, touch the screen then touch on the screen.

TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY

WAC1583X
Front Control Panel
Rear Control Panel lock function

The Rear Control Panel heater and air conditioner, and seat movement functions can be locked from the Front Control Panel to prevent unintended operation when a child restraint system is installed in the 2nd row seats.
Push key to lock the Rear Control Panel heater and air conditioner, and seat movement functions. The key appears in orange.
Push key again to unlock the Rear Control Panel heater and air conditioner, and seat movement functions. The key appears in white.

BASIC INFORMATION
Some of the vehicle equipment/features can be operated using the touch screen display. See the INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual for the basic usage of the touch screen display.

WARNING
When children are seated in the second row seat using a child restraint system, ensure that the Rear Control Panel is locked using the REAR lock key on the Front Control Panel. Movement of the second row seats could lead to a child restraint system becoming loose, which could result in injury or death in an accident.

Instruments and controls 153

WAC1423X

Example

Touch

on the touch screen display to

display "All Settings" menu.

Touch to select your desired item.
Available setting items vary depending on models, specifications, software versions and conditions.
See the following items for the vehiclerelated equipment/features. For items other than those listed below, please refer to the separate INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual.

154 Instruments and controls

DISPLAY/CONTROL
Front Control Panel
The following items for the Front Control Panel can be adjusted. See "Control Panel" (P.151) for details about the Front Control Panel.
. Brightness . Contrast
VEHICLE
Camera
The following items for the camera can be adjusted or turned on or off. See "3D Around View® Monitor" (P.256) for more details.
. Display Settings The following items can be adjusted. -- Brightness -- Contrast -- Tint -- Color -- Black Level
. Saved locations Allows user to change or delete the registered locations.
. Ultra Wide Camera Allows user to turn this function ON/ OFF. If this item is ON, the icon that enables Ultra Wide View is displayed.

. My parking locations Allows user to register or delete the guide lines for your parking. See "My Parking Locations" (P.270) for details.
. Automatic 360° Moving Allows user to turn this function ON/ OFF. If this item is ON, the 3D view of the vehicle will turn 360° when the Camera button is pushed first time after the ignition switch ON.
. Vehicle Color Allows user to change the vehicle color viewed in the 3D Around View® Monitor.
Dash Cam
The following items for the driving recorder can be adjusted or turned on or off. See "Driving recorder" (P.290) for more details.
Please note that all recording functions are turned off at the first start. When you turn on the "Auto Record Video" at the first time, "Parking Monitoring" and "Recording At Impact" will also be turned on at the same time. After the first activation, each items can be turned ON/OFF independently.
. Auto Record Video Allows user to turn the general recording function ON/OFF.
. Record Sound Allows user to turn the sound recording

function ON/OFF (except for Record Event).
. Parking Monitoring
Allows user to turn the parking monitoring function ON/OFF.
If this function is ON, the vehicle will automatically start recording when the vehicle senses an impact during parking.
. Recording At Impact
Allows user to turn this function ON/ OFF.
If this function is ON, the vehicle will automatically start recording when the vehicle senses an impact during driving or stopping.
. Recording Time
Allows user to select the recording time per 1 general recording video from below.
-- 1 min
-- 3 min
-- 5 min
. Self-timer
Allows user to select the self timer status for the In Car Camera from below.
-- 0 sec
-- 3 sec
-- 10 sec
. Video Bitrate
Allows user to select video bitrate from

below.
-- High
-- Standard
-- Low
. Video Overlay Information
Allows user to turn this function ON/ OFF.
If this function is ON, the vehicle information is overlaid on the videos.
. Impact Sensitivity
Allows user to select the impact threshold at which automatic recording starts.
-- High
-- Middle
-- Low
. Wi-Fi File Transfer
Allows user to turn this function ON/ OFF.
If this function is ON, a smartphone can be connected to the driving recorder via Wi-Fi using a dedicated smartphone app. Files stored on the driving recorder can be checked and downloaded using the smartphone.
. Adjust Camera Angle
Allows user to adjust the front/rear camera angle.
. Dash Cam System
Allows user to set/select the items below.

-- Software Version -- Format SD card -- Reset All DashCam Settings to De-
fault . Front Camera
The following items can be adjusted. -- Brightness -- Contrast . Rear Camera The following items can be adjusted. -- Brightness -- Contrast . Inside Camera The following items can be adjusted. -- Brightness -- Contrast
Climate
The following items for the air conditioner can be adjusted or turned on or off. See "Heater and air conditioner" (P.280) for more details about the air conditioner.
. Airflow Intensity Allows user to select your preferred airflow intensity from below. OFF, 1, 2 or 3
. Auto Recirculation Allows user to turn the auto recirculation function ON/OFF.
Instruments and controls 155

. Auto Recirculation Sensitivity Allows user to select your preferred sensitivity from below.
OFF, 1, 2 or 3
. Defrost Activates Front & Rear Allows user to turn the function ON/ OFF.
If this function is ON, the rear defroster will automatically activate when the front defroster is turned ON.
. Auto Defogging Sensitivity Allows user to select your preferred sensitivity from below.
OFF, 1, 2 or 3
. Biometric Cooling (BIO COOL) Allows user to turn the Biometric Cooling function ON/OFF.
See "Biometric cooling" (P.287) for details.
. Heated Steering Wheel Sensitivity Allows user to select your preferred sensitivity from below.
OFF, 1, 2 or 3
. Driver Auto Seat Sensitivity Allows user to select your preferred sensitivity from below.
OFF, 1, 2 or 3
. Passenger Auto Seat Sensitivity Allows user to select your preferred sensitivity from below.
156 Instruments and controls

OFF, 1, 2 or 3 . 2nd Row Left Seat Intensity
Allows user to select your preferred air conditioning intensity from below. OFF, 1, 2 or 3 . 2nd Row Right Seat Intensity Allows user to select your preferred air conditioning intensity from below. OFF, 1, 2 or 3
Seat
The following items for the seat can be adjusted or turned on or off. See "Seats" (P.17) or "Seat adjustment using touch screen display" (P.35) for more details.
. Massage Settings Allows user to set/select the items below. -- ON/OFF -- Relaxing, Refreshing or Lumbar -- Intensity -- Speed
. Driver's Seat Pop-up Allows user to turn the display pop up function for the driver's seat ON/OFF.
. Passenger's Seat Pop-up Allows user to turn the display pop up function for the front passenger's seat ON/OFF.

. Front Power Seat Adjustment Allows user to adjust various positions of the driver's and front passenger's seat. See "Front seats" (P.18) for each adjustment.
. Entry to 3rd Row Seat Allows user to operate 2nd row seats for easy entry to/exit from the 3rd row seat. See "Entry to 3rd row seat" (P.25) for more details.
. Power Folding Rear Seats Allows user to folding/returning 2nd and 3rd row seats to maximize the cargo capacity. See "Power folding" (P.32) for more details.
Interior Light
The following items for the interior light can be adjusted or turned on or off. See "Interior lights " (P.201).
Following items are available.
. White Ambient Allows user to adjust the brightness.
. Colored Ambient Allows user to turn the light ON/OFF, adjust the brightness and set the items below. (Locations)

-- Front -- Rear (Colors) -- ProPILOT Assist Mode -- Spring (4 colors) -- Summer (4 colors) -- Autumn (4 colors) -- Winter (4 colors) -- Additional (48 colors)

HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (if so equipped)

Example

WAC1593X

Example

WBC0154X

WAC1432X
Instruments and controls 157

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
. Failure to properly adjust the brightness and position of the displayed image may interfere with the driver's ability to see through the windshield, which could cause an accident leading to severe injury or death.
. Do not use the Head Up Display (HUD) for extended periods of time as that can cause you to not see other vehicles, pedestrians or objects, which could cause an accident leading to severe injury or death.
The Head Up Display (HUD) can display one or more of the following features (if so equipped):
Vehicle speed Navigation Driving Assist Traffic Sign Audio TEL/SMS Message for Driver Assistance Warning message
158 Instruments and controls

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened with water. Never use a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause discoloration to the projector lens.
. Do not spray any liquid such as water on the projector lens. Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction.

WAC1433X
CAUTION
. Do not place any type of liquid on or near the projector. Doing so may cause malfunction of the equipment.
. Do not touch any internal parts of the projector. Doing so may cause malfunction of the equipment.
. To prevent scratches to the projector glass, do not place any sharp objects on or near the projector opening.
. Do not place any objects on the instrument panel which may obstruct the display of the HUD.

NOTE: . If you wear polarized sunglasses, the
display may be difficult to see. Increase the brightness of the HUD in the vehicle information display or remove your sunglasses.
. Depending on weather conditions (rain, snow, sunlight, etc.), the display may be difficult to see.
. If the displayed image appears distorted, it is recommended you have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer.
. The HUD has a special windshield to allow the image to be displayed clearly. If your windshield needs replacing, this should be completed by an INFINITI retailer.
. For cleaning, use a soft clean dry cloth. If it cannot be removed, use a soft clean cloth, dampened with water. After that

please use a soft clean close.

JVI1787X
HOW TO USE THE HUD
Basic information
To turn the HUD on, push the HUD switch. To turn the HUD off, push the switch again. If the HUD is turned off, it will remain off even if the vehicle is restarted. The following settings can be changed in the vehicle information display: . Brightness . Height . Rotation . Contents selection
-- Navigation

-- Driving Assist -- Speed Limit Sign -- Audio -- TEL/SMS . Reset
NOTE: . Emergency information may display
even if the HUD is turned off. . When Driving Assist is activated, the
HUD will be displayed with the ProPILOT Assist switch on even if the HUD switch is turned off.
This product includes the following software.
(1) Panasonic Corporation or software developed for Panasonic Corporation
(2) Third-party software licensed to Panasonic Corporation
(3) Open source software
Regarding (3) Open source software, it includes open source software (OSS), including various software to which license information applies.
Refer to the license web site at: http://car. panasonic.jp/oss/j03llnna

Instruments and controls 159

Display brightness
The brightness of the display may be controlled in the vehicle information display. The brightness will also be adjusted automatically according to the exterior ambient lighting brightness. Do not apply strong light to the sensor of Head Up Display. Doing so may cause a malfunction.
160 Instruments and controls

WAC1434X
NOTE: . The HUD has a built-in sensor that
controls the brightness of the displayed image. If you block the sensor with an object, the display will darken, making it difficult to see.
DRIVER ASSISTANCE/NAVIGATION/TRAFFIC SIGN/AUDIO/ TEL/SMS/MESSAGE FOR DRIVER ASSISTANCE LINKING
The HUD will display Driver Assistance and navigation information.
The Driver Assistance display will show warning situations for the following systems

if the vehicle is equipped with them:
. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection
. Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) . Hands-free warning . Lane Change Assist indicator (ProPILOT
Assist 2.1) The Navigation System linking display will show the following items:
. Intersection names . Arrows indicating turning direction . Distance to the next intersection . Recommended lane indicator The Traffic Signs Recognition (TSR) system linking display will show the following items:
. Speed Limit Sign The Audio System linking display will show the following items:
. Songs . Radio stations The TEL/SMS linking display will show the following item:
. Caller's name or phone number The message linking display will show the following item:

SECURITY SYSTEMS

. ProPILOT Assist 2.1
WARNING MESSAGE (if so equipped)
When the following system is operated, the warning message appears on the Head Up Display (HUD).
. ProPILOT Assist 2.1 . Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with
Pedestrian Detection system For details, see "Vehicle information display warnings and indicators" (P.128).

WAC1435X
BASIC INFORMATION
Your vehicle has two types of security systems, as follows: . Vehicle security system . INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
Basic information
The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors, hood and liftgate when the system is armed. It is not, however, a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations. Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle, and always lock it when unattended. Be aware of your surroundings, and park in secure, welllit areas whenever possible.
Many devices offering additional protection, such as component locks, identification markers, and tracking systems, are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops. Your INFINITI retailer may also offer such equipment. Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features.
How to arm the vehicle security system
1. Close all windows. The system can be armed even if the windows are open.
2. Remove the keys from the vehicle.
3. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. Lock all doors. The doors can be locked with lock sensor (on the door handles) or the Intelligent Key.
Even when the driver and/or passengers are in the vehicle, the system will activate with all the doors, hood and liftgate locked
Instruments and controls 161

with the ignition switch placed in the OFF position. When placing the ignition switch in the ON position, the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activation
The vehicle security system will give the following alarm:
. The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently.
. The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 30 seconds. However, the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again.
The alarm is activated by:
. opening any doors, the hood or liftgate without using Intelligent Key (even if the door is unlocked by releasing the door inside lock knob).

How to stop an activated alarm

The alarm stops by unlocking a door with the

capacitive unlock sensor, pushing the UN-

LOCK

button on the Intelligent Key or

placing the ignition switch in the ON posi-

tion.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key.
If the engine does not start using the registered Intelligent Key, it may be due to interference caused by:
. Another Intelligent Key. . Automated toll road device. . Automated payment device. . Other devices that transmit similar sig-
nals.
Start the engine using the following procedure:
1. Remove any items that may be causing the interference away from the Intelligent Key.
2. Start the engine again.
If this procedure allows the engine to start, INFINITI recommends placing the registered Intelligent Key separate from other devices to avoid interference.
Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System (CONT ASSY-SMART KEYLESS)

NOTE:
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference. (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

162 Instruments and controls

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the window and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident. Warm the window with the defroster before you wash the window.
CAUTION
. Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.
. Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty.
. Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer's recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do not use the win-

dow washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water.
If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the wiper.
WAC0887X
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER OPERATION
The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed:
AUTO -- operates the rain-sensing auto wiper system. (See "Rain-sensing auto wiper system" (P.164).) Low -- continuous low speed operation High -- continuous high speed operation Mist -- one sweep operation of the
Instruments and controls 163

wiper To operate the washer, pull the lever toward the back of the vehicle until the desired amount of washer fluid is spread on the windshield. The wiper will automatically operate several times. Wiper drip wipe system: The wiper will also operate once about 3 seconds after the washer and wiper are operated. This operation is to wipe washer fluid that has dripped on the windshield.
164 Instruments and controls

WAC1581X
RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYSTEM
Basic information
The rain-sensing auto wiper system can automatically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiper speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle speed by using the rain sensor located on the upper part of the windshield.
To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system, push the lever down to the AUTO position
. The wiper will sweep once while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
The rain sensor sensitivity level can be

adjusted by turning the knob toward (Low) or (High).
. High -- High sensitive operation . Low -- Low sensitive operation To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper system off, push up the lever to the OFF position, or pull down the lever to the Low or High position.
CAUTION
Do not touch the rain sensor and around it when the wiper switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position. The wipers may operate unexpectedly and cause to an injury or may damage a wiper.
. The rain-sensing auto wipers are intended for use during rain. If the switch is left in the AUTO position, the wipers may operate unexpectedly when dirt, fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuck on or around the sensor. The wipers may also operate when exhaust gas or moisture affect the rain sensor.
. The rain-sensing auto wipers may not operate if rain does not hit the rain sensor even if it is raining.

. When the windshield glass is coated with water repellent, the speed of the rain-sensing auto wipers may be higher even though the amount of the rainfall is small.
. Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing auto wiper system when you use a car wash.
. When the ignition switch is in the ON position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h) with the shift position is in the N (Neutral) position, the rain-sensing auto wipers will not operate.
. Using genuine wiper blades is recommended for proper operation of the rain-sensing auto wiper system. (See "Windshield wiper blades" (P.527) for wiper blade replacement.)
How to enable/disable the rain-
sensing auto wiper system
The rain-sensing auto wiper system can be enabled/disabled in the vehicle information display.
See "Vehicle Settings" (P.122) for more details.

WAC0888X
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER OPERATION
If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow etc., the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to OFF and remove the snow etc. on and around the wiper arms. After about 1 minute, turn the switch ON again to operate the wiper.
The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper.

Intermittent -- intermittent operation (not adjustable)
Low -- continuous low speed operation
Push the switch forward to operate the washer. Then the wiper will also operate several times.
Rear window wiper service position:
After the engine is turned off (Auto ACC is activated), rapidly push the switch forward
to operate the washer twice within 0.75 seconds. This action will cause the rear window wiper arm to take the service position.
To return the rear window wiper arm, when the engine has been stopped (Auto ACC is activated) turn the switch clockwise or push the switch forward again.
Reverse Link feature:
When the windshield wiper switch is on, shift the transmission to the R (Reverse) position will operate the rear window wiper.
NOTE:
The Reverse Link feature may be disabled. For additional information, refer to "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).

Instruments and controls 165

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER

WINDSHIELD DEICER (if so equipped)
CAUTION
. When operating the deicer continuously, be sure to start the engine. Otherwise, it may cause the battery to discharge.
. When cleaning the inner side of the window, be careful not to scratch or damage the electrical conductors on the surface of the window.

WAC1438X
Example To defog/defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors, start the engine and touch the key on the Front Control Panel (see "Control Panel" (P.151)). The key glows up. Touch the key again to turn the defroster off. It will automatically turn off in approximately 20 minutes.
CAUTION
When cleaning the inner side of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster.

WAC1438X
Example
The deicer is used to remove ice from the windshield when a wiper is frozen to the windshield.
To defrost the windshield, start the engine and touch the key on the Front Control Panel (see "Control Panel" (P.151)). The key glows up and the deicer operates for approximately 20 minutes. The rear window defroster will activate at the same time. After the preset time has passed, the deicer will turn off automatically. To turn off the deicer manually, touch the key again.

166 Instruments and controls

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
HEADLIGHT SWITCH Basic information
CAUTION
Use the headlights with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

WAC1347X
Lighting
Type A (if so equipped): Rotate the switch to the position, and the front parking, tail, license plate, and instrument panel lights will come on. Rotate the switch to the position, and the headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on. The daytime running light will turn off.

WAC1094X
Type B (if so equipped): Rotate the switch to the position, and the front parking, tail, license plate, and instrument panel lights will come on.
The autolight system will also be set in this position.
Rotate the switch to the position, and the headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on. The daytime running light will turn off.

Instruments and controls 167

The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light.
The headlights will also be turned on automatically at twilight or in rainy weather (when the windshield wiper is operated continuously).
If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued, the headlights remain on for 5 minutes.

WAC1349X
Autolight system
Type A (if so equipped): The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically. To set the autolight system: 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position . 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON
position. 3. The autolight system automatically turns
the headlights on and off. To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to the OFF, or position.
168 Instruments and controls

WAC1095X
Type B (if so equipped): The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically. To set the autolight system: 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
or AUTO position .
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3. The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off.
To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to the position.

The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light.

If the ignition switch is placed in the ON position when the parking brake is applied, the headlights remain off.

With the

position selected, the head-

lights turn off when the ignition switch is

placed in the OFF position, the shift position

is placed in the P (Park) position or the

parking brake is applied. (The front parking,

tail, license plate, and instrument panel lights

are on.)

The headlights will also be turned on automatically at twilight or in rainy weather (when the windshield wiper is operated continuously).
With the AUTO position selected (headlights are on), if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued, the headlights remain on for 5 minutes.

WAC1439X
Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top of the instrument panel. The photo sensor controls the autolight; if it is covered, the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate.
Automatic headlights off delay:
You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you place the ignition switch in the OFF and open any door then close all the doors. You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 seconds. The factory default setting is 30 seconds.
For automatic headlights off delay setting, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).

Example

WAC1352X

Headlight beam select

To select the high beam, push the lever

forward and release it. The high beam

lights come on and the

light

illuminates.

Pull the lever back and release it to select the low beam.

To flash the headlights when the high beam is not selected, pull the lever towards the rear position. To flash the headlights when the high beam is selected, pull the lever twice towards the rear position.

Instruments and controls 169

High beam assist
The high beam assist system will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 19 MPH (30 km/h) and above. If an oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle appears in front of your vehicle when the headlight high beam is on, the headlight will be switched to the low beam automatically.
Precautions on high beam assist:
WARNING
. The high beam assist system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for safe driving operation. The driver should remain alert at all times, ensure safe driving practices and switch the high beams and low beam manually when necessary.
. The high beam or low beam may not switch automatically under the following conditions. Switch the high beam and low beam manually.
-- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, wind, etc.).
-- When a light source similar to a headlight or tail light is in the vicinity of the vehicle.
170 Instruments and controls

-- When the headlights of the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle are turned off, when the color of the light is affected due to foreign materials on the lights, or when the light beam is out of position.
-- When there is a sudden, continuous change in brightness.
-- When driving on a road that passes over rolling hills, or a road that has level differences.
-- When driving on a road with many curves.
-- When a sign or mirror-like surface is reflecting intense light towards the front of the vehicle.
-- When the container, etc. being towed by a leading vehicle is reflecting intense light.
-- When a headlight on your vehicle is damaged or dirty.
-- When the vehicle is leaning at an angle due to a punctured tire, being towed, etc.
. The timing of switching the low beam and high beam may change under the following situations.

-- The brightness of the headlights of the oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle.
-- The movement and direction of the oncoming vehicle and the leading vehicle.
-- When only one light on the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle is illuminated.
-- When the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle is a two-wheeled vehicle.
-- Road conditions (incline, curve, the road surface, etc.).
-- The number of passengers and the amount of cargo.

headlight remains the low beam.
To turn off the high beam assist system, push the switch again.

Example

WAC1353X

High beam assist operations:

To activate the high beam assist system,

push the switch as illustrated with the AUTO

position (or

position, depending on the

model). The high beam assist indicator light

in the meter will illuminate while the head-

lights are turned on.

If the high beam assist indicator light does not illuminate in the above condition, it may indicate that the system is not functioning properly. It is recommended you have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer.
When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 13 MPH (20 km/h), the

WAC1440X
Ambient image sensor maintenance: The ambient image sensor for the high beam assist system is located in front of the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the high beam assist system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the windshield clean. . Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
parent material) or install an accessory near the ambient image sensor. . Do not strike or damage the areas around the ambient image sensor. Do not touch the sensor lens that is located on the ambient image sensor.
Instruments and controls 171

If the ambient image sensor is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer.

Battery saver system
. When the headlight switch is in the or position while the ignition switch is in the ON position, the lights will automatically turn off within a period of time after the ignition switch has been placed in the OFF position.

. When you turn on the headlight switch after the ignition switch has been placed

in the OFF position, the lights will

automatically turn off after about 5

minutes.

. When the headlight switch remains in the

position after the lights

automatically turn off, the lights will turn

on when the ignition switch is placed in

the ON position.

CAUTION
. Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF (if so equipped) or the AUTO position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time to prevent the battery being discharged.
172 Instruments and controls

. Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically.
Daytime Running Light (DRL) system
The LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL) automatically illuminate when the engine is started and the parking brake is released. The LED DRL operate with the headlight switch in the OFF (if so equipped), (type A: when it is light or dark, type B: when it is light), or AUTO (when the headlights are off) position. When you turn the headlight switch to the position for full illumination, the LED lights switch from LED DRL to the park function.
If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started, the LED DRL do not illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate when the parking brake is released. This feature will work in the , AUTO or OFF (if so equipped) position. The LED DRL will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

WARNING
When the LED DRL system is active with the headlight switch in the OFF position (if so equipped), tail lights on your vehicle are not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights. Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others.
Emblem light
Regardless of headlight switch position, the emblem light illuminates when the engine is started, the welcome light is activated, or the parking lights are turned on. The emblem light turns off when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

HORN

Example

WAC1354X

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Basic information

Turn signal
Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction. When the turn is completed, the turn signals cancel automatically.
Models with automatic return lever:
The lever will return to the neutral position after moving and then releasing it. To cancel the turn signals, lightly move the lever to the position of the opposite direction and then release it quickly.

Lane change signal
Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold the lever until the lane change is completed.
Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, and release the lever. The turn signal will automatically flash three times.
Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions.

WAC1441X
To sound the horn, push the center pad area of the steering wheel.
WARNING
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system. Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury.

Instruments and controls 173

HEATED STEERING WHEEL

HEATED SEATS

The heated steering wheel system is automatically turned off after 30 minutes.

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat. Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury.

WAC1442X
Example The control key is displayed on the Front Control Panel (see "Control Panel" (P.151)). 1. Start the engine. 2. Touch the key to select the mode.
a. On (orange) b. Off (white) If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 86 to 104°F (30 to 40°C), the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a temperature above 86 to 104°F (30 to 40°C). The indicator light will remain on as long as the system is on.
174 Instruments and controls

CAUTION
. Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat.
. Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated.
. Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the heater.
. Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with

a dry cloth.
. When cleaning the seat, never use gasoline, thinner, or any similar materials.
. If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate, turn the switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
The front, 2nd row and 3rd row seats (if so equipped) are warmed by built-in heaters. The control keys are displayed on the touch screen display, Front/Rear (if so equipped) Control Panel, and the switches are located on the back of the center console box, and can be operated independently of each other.
The heater is controlled by a control module, automatically adjusting the heat level to maintain comfort according to the selected heat range.
The temperature control intensity level can be selected by the touch screen display. See "Climate" (P.155).
When the vehicle's interior is warmed, or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn off the seat heater.

WAC1443X
Front Control Panel

OPERATION WITH FRONT/REAR (if so equipped) CONTROL PANEL
1. Start the engine.
2. For the Rear Control Panel (if so equipped), touch "Ventilated/Heated Seats" key to display the heated seat menu.
3. Touch the or key.
4. Touch the key to select the desired heat range.
. For high heat, touch the key once. . For medium heat, touch the key twice. . For low heat, touch the key three
times. . The indicator illuminates depending
on the heat level.
5. To turn off the heater, touch the key repeatedly until the indicator goes off.

WAC1444X
Rear Control Panel (if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 175

3. To turn off the heater, push the heated seat switch until the indicator light turns off.

For 2nd row seats

WAC1445X

OPERATION WITH SWITCH (for 2nd row outboard seats)
1. Start the engine.
2. Push the heated seat switch and select the desired heat range. . For high heat, push the switch once. . For medium heat, push the switch twice.
. For low heat, push the switch three times.
. The indicator light on the switch will illuminate depending on the heat level when the heater is on.

176 Instruments and controls

SIC2770
OPERATION WITH SWITCH (if so equipped for 3rd row outboard seats)
The heated seat switches for the 3rd row outboard seats are located beside the 3rd row cup holders.
1. Start the engine.
2. Select heat range.
For high heat, push the HI (High) side of the switch.
For low heat, push the LO (Low) side of the switch.
The indicator light in the switch will illuminate when the heater is on.

VENTILATED SEATS (if so equipped)

3. To turn off the heater, return the switch to the level position. Make sure the indicator light goes off.
The heater is controlled by a thermostat, automatically turning the heater on and off. The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on.
When the vehicle's interior is warmed, or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn off the switch.

BASIC INFORMATION
CAUTION
. Do not use the ventilated seat for extended periods or when no one is using the seat.
. Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the ventilated seat.
. Any liquid spilled on the seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth.
. When cleaning the seat, never use gasoline, thinner, or any similar materials.
. If any malfunctions are found or the ventilated seat does not operate, turn the switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
The ventilated seats cool the front seats and 2nd row outboard seats (if so equipped) by ventilating the seat surface. The control keys are displayed on the Front/Rear (if so equipped) Control Panels and can be operated independently of each other.

For the 2nd row seats, the ventilated seats can also be operated by using the rear air conditioner control switch panel located on the rear of the center console (see "Operation with switch (for 2nd row outboard seats)" (P.178)).
Instruments and controls 177

WAC1446X
Front Control Panel (example)

178

WAC1447X
Rear Control Panel (example)
Instruments and controls

OPERATION WITH FRONT/REAR CONTROL PANEL
1. Start the engine.
2. For the Rear Control Panel (if so equipped), touch "Ventilated/Heated Seats" key to display the ventilated seat menu.
3. Touch the or key (once, twice or three times). The indicator illuminates in blue depending on the ventilation level.
4. To turn off, touch the key repeatedly until the indicator goes off.
Before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn off the ventilated seats.
To check the air filters for the ventilated seats, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer.

WAC1474X
Rear air conditioner control switch panel
OPERATION WITH SWITCH (for 2nd row outboard seats)
1. Start the engine. 2. Push the or switch (once, twice
or three times). The indicator illuminates in blue depending on the ventilation level.
3. To turn off, push the switch repeatedly until the indicator turns off.
Before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn off the ventilated seats. To check the air filters for the ventilated

STEERING ASSIST SWITCH

REAR DOOR ALERT

seats, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer.

WAC1559X
The Steering Assist switch is used to temporarily turn on and off the Steering Assist system.
You can also use the "Driver Assistance" menu in the vehicle information display to turn on and off the Steering Assist system. (See "Settings" (P.119).)
The Steering Assist system controls the steering system to help keep your vehicle near the center of the lane when driving. (See "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383).)

The Rear Door Alert system functions under certain conditions to indicate there may be an object or passenger in the rear seat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting the vehicle.
The Rear Door Alert system is initially disabled. The driver can enable the system using the vehicle information display. (See "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).)
When the system is enabled:
. The system is activated when a rear door is opened and closed. When the vehicle is started and the system is activated, a visual message appears in the vehicle information display. (See "Check Rear Seat indicator" (P.134).)
. If a rear door is opened and closed but the vehicle is not driven, the system will not be activated. A rear door must be opened and closed and the car driven for the system to activate.
. The time interval to activate the system between when the rear door is opened and closed and the vehicle is started is about 10 minutes. A longer interval does not indicate a malfunction.
When the Rear Door Alert system is activated:
. When the driver puts the vehicle in the P (Park) position, a notification message appears in the vehicle information display with the options to "Dismiss Mes-
Instruments and controls 179

POWER OUTLET

sage" or "Disable Alert" if desired.
-- Select "Disable Alert" to temporarily disable for that stop.
-- No selection or "Dismiss Message" will keep the alert enabled for that stop.
. If the alert is enabled when a driver exits the vehicle, a message will appear in the vehicle information display that states "Check Rear Seat for All Articles."
If "Horn & Alert" setting is selected:
-- An audible horn sound will occur after a short time unless a rear door is opened and closed within a short time to deactivate the alert.
-- If the doors are locked before the alert is deactivated by opening a rear door, the horn will sound.
-- If the liftgate is opened before a rear door is opened, the horn will be delayed until after the liftgate is closed.
NOTE:
If "Alert Only" setting is selected, the message alert will still be shown in the vehicle information display but the horn will not sound.

WARNING
. If the driver selects "Disable Alert", no audible alert will be provided regardless of rear door open/close status.
. There may be times when there is an object or passenger in the rear seat(s) but the audible alert does not sound. For example, this may occur if rear seat passengers enter or exit the vehicle during a trip.
. The system does not directly detect objects or passengers in the rear seat (s). Instead, it can detect when a rear door is opened and closed, indicating that there may be something in the rear seat(s).
NOTE:
There may be times when the horn sounds but there are no objects or passengers in the rear seat(s).
(See "Check Rear Seat indicator" (P.134).)

BASIC INFORMATION
CAUTION
. Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.
. Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defroster is on.
. Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF.
. When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water or any liquid to contact the outlet.

180 Instruments and controls

accessory.
. This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit.
. Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may blow.

WAC1448X
Power outlet (type A) The power outlet is located as shown. Open the lid to use.

WAC1449X
Power outlet (type A)
Type A
The power outlet is used for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones.

CAUTION
. The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use.
. Do not use with accessories that exceed a combined power draw of 12 volts, 120W (10A) for all the power outlets. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical

Instruments and controls 181

CAUTION
. Do not use with accessories that exceed a 120 volt, 150W (1.25A) power draw.
. Use this power outlet with the engine running. (If the engine is stopped, this could result in a discharged battery.)

WAC1450X
Power outlet (type B)
Type B (if so equipped)
The power outlet (plug type) is located on the left side trim of the cargo area. It can operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
The specification of this power outlet is for use of a 120 volt, 150W (1.25A) power draw.
Pull up the cover and plug in.
After using the power outlet, be sure to turn off the main switch.

WAC1452X
2nd row console (5 volt, 15W, 3A) (if so equipped)

182 Instruments and controls

WAC1537X
2nd row console (5 volt, 15W, 3A) (if so equipped)

WAC1453X
Back side of front console (9 volt, 27W, 3A)

USB (Universal Serial Bus) CHARGING CONNECTOR
The Type-C USB charging connector can be used only for charging an external device.
Connect a USB device into the connector. Charging will start automatically (see the preceding illustrations for each maximum output).
The external device will be charged continuously while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Some mobile devices cannot be charged depending on their specifications.
CAUTION

WAC1454X
3rd row left/right trim (5 volt, 15W, 3A)

. Do not force a USB device into the connector. Depending on the USB connection port, inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down may damage the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the connector.
. Do not use a reversible USB cable. Using the reversible USB cable may damage the connector.
. Do not grab the USB connector cover when pulling the USB device out of the connector. This could damage the
Instruments and controls 183

connector and the cover.
184 Instruments and controls

start. If the doors are opened, the charging function will not operate.

WARNING

WAC1455X
1. Lid 2. Charging pad
WIRELESS CHARGER
Basic information
The wireless charger is located inside the lid. Push the lid to open the lid. Place the smartphone on the pad of the wireless charger with screen face up. Charging will start automatically. The smartphone will be charged continuously while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
NOTE: The wireless charger requires the vehicle doors to be closed before charging will

. Never put metallic materials such as coins between the wireless charger and a smartphone.
. Those who use a pacemaker or other medical equipment should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
. Never put cloth over the smartphone during charging process.
. Never charge a smartphone when it is wet.
. While charging, never put metallic materials or small goods such as a cigarette lighter, Intelligent Key or memory drive.
CAUTION
. Do not put an RFID/NFC/credit card between the wireless charger and a smartphone. This could cause data corruption in the card.

. Do not use the wireless charger with dust accumulated or dirt on the pad.
. Do not hit the surface of the wireless charger.
. Do not spill liquid (water, drinks, etc.) on the charging pad.
. Do not use grease, oil or alcohol for cleaning charging pad.

Operation of the wireless charger

To use the wireless charger, it is necessary to

properly position the smartphone on the

charging pad with the screen facing up. To

maximize charging performance, ensure the

smartphone is fully seated on the center of

the charging pad over the

logo .

Because the location of the power receiver

may vary depending on the smartphone, you

will need to try and find the area that suits

your smartphone.

Remove the smartphone case or accessories before charging, as they may affect charging capability.
NOTE: . Only a Qi compatible smartphone can be
used.
. When charging, do not close the lid, as the temperature of your smartphone may rise and charging may stop.

. The charging may not be possible depending on the smartphone type. Please refer to your smartphone's instruction manual for details.
. Smartphones that are too large to be placed on the charging pad cannot be charged.
. Smartphones that are smaller than 5.5 x 2.7 in (139 x 69) may not be charged. If a smartphone smaller than the above size is placed in a corner and cannot be charged, reposition the smartphone to the center of the charging pad.
. Never put a magnetic card between the charging pad and a smartphone. Also, never put a credit card, electronic toll collection card, magnetic recording medium near the charging pad. The recorded data may be damaged.
. The charging pad can be used as an storage space while a Qi compatible smartphone is not placed.
. If the smartphone moves out of the charging pad, place the smartphone back on the [Qi] logo.
. Turn off the vibration function of the smartphone before wireless charging.
. If you charge your smartphone while using apps or immediately after using apps, the smartphone or the wireless charger may be warmed during charging

process and the charging may stop by the protection function of the smartphone or the wireless charger. This is not a malfunction. If this occurs, restart charging after the smartphone or the wireless charger cooled down. . The wireless charging process may be stopped by the status of the smartphone (battery temperature, etc.). . If a radio noise interference occurs during charging process, put the smartphone onto the center ( logo) position of the wireless charger again.
. The wireless charging process will stop during process of searching the Intelligent Key.
. The wireless charging process will not be started when a USB (Universal Serial Bus) cable is connected to the smartphone.
NOTE:
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Instruments and controls 185

NOTE: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference. (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
186 Instruments and controls

EMERGENCY CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if so equipped)
EMERGENCY SUPPORT
Basic information
INFINITI InTouch® Services provide various services to support dealing with emergencies of the subscribed vehicle and the driver.
For example, in case of an illness or serious injury, you can seek support by pushing the in-vehicle Emergency Call (SOS) button and connecting to the INFINITI InTouch® Services Response Center. The INFINITI InTouch® Services Response Center can specify the location of the vehicle via GNSS, and the information will be sent to the police or other agencies as needed.
For information about other INFINITI InTouch® Services emergency support related services, contact the INFINITI InTouch® Services support line at 1-855-444-7244 or refer to the INFINITI InTouch® Services website www.infinitiusa.com/intouch (for U.S.)/www.infiniti.ca/intouch/en/ (for Canada).
For models with ProPILOT Assist 2.1:
After the vehicle is brought to an emergency stop, the vehicle is connected to the Emergency Call (SOS) service operator, who then requests relief from public institutions (police, fire department, medical institutions). See "Hands On Detection" (P.409) for more details of the ProPILOT Assist 2.1 features.

WARNING
. Please note that the Automatic Collision Notification service and Emergency Call function cannot be used in the following conditions:
-- Emergency functions and services will not be available without a paid subscription to INFINITI InTouch® Services.
-- The INFINITI InTouch® Services network system is disabled.
-- The vehicle moves outside the service area where the TCU (Telematics Control Unit) is connected to the system.
-- The vehicle is outside the area where the cellular network service is receivable.
-- The vehicle is in a location with poor signal reception such as tunnels, underground parking garages, behind buildings or in mountainous areas.
-- The line is busy.
-- The TCU (Telematics Control Unit) or other systems of your vehicle are not working properly.

-- Emergency call may not be triggered on the severity of a collision and/or emergency.
. Automatic Collision Notification triggers a connection from the vehicle to the INFINITI InTouch® Services Emergency Response Center when the vehicle has been involved in a collision event and/or if the supplemental air bags have deployed.
. Park the vehicle in a safe location and set the parking brake before operating the Emergency Call (SOS) button.
. Only use this service in case of an emergency. There may be a penalty for inappropriate use of the service.
. Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Individuals who use a pacemaker should contact the device manufacturer regarding any possible effects before using the system.
. The TCU (Telematics Control Unit) antenna is installed inside the upper central part of the instrument panel. An occupant should not get any closer to the antenna than specified by the pacemaker manufacturer. The radio waves from the TCU antenna may adversely affect the operation of

the pacemaker while using the INFINITI InTouch® Services. . If the automatic emergency call has been triggered, it is recommended that you bring the vehicle to an INFINITI retailer. This is necessary because the automatic emergency call system needs to be reset to avoid any unintended emergency call being made.
WBC0157X
Making an emergency call
The Emergency Call (SOS) button is located near the map light. 1. Place the ignition switch in the ON
position. 2. Push the cover to expose the Emer-
gency Call (SOS) button . 3. Push the Emergency Call (SOS) button
to make an emergency call. 4. When the line is connected, speak to the
Response Specialist. If you want to cancel the emergency call, push and hold the Emergency Call (SOS) button for a few seconds.
Instruments and controls 187

STORAGE

NOTE: . After the Emergency Call (SOS) button
is pushed, it may take some time until the system initiates connection, depending on the technical environment and whether the TCU (Telematics Control Unit) is being used by other services.
. An indicator light on the Emergency Call (SOS) button shows the readiness of the emergency support system. If the indicator light is not illuminated, pushing the Emergency Call (SOS) button does not connect your vehicle to the Response Specialist.
The indicator light blinks while connected to the INFINITI InTouch® Services Response Center. . Even when the indicator light is illuminated, connection to the INFINITI InTouch® Services Response Center may not be possible. If this occurs in an emergency situation, contact the authorities by other means.
. To avoid disconnecting the line, keep the engine running during an emergency call, if it is safe to do so.

CUP HOLDERS
Basic information
CAUTION
. Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger.
. Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.
. Do not recline the rear seatback when you use the cup holders on the rear armrest. Doing so may cause the beverages to spill over, and if they are hot, they may scald the passengers.

188 Instruments and controls

WAC1456X
Front
To open the cup holder, push the lid . To close, lower the cup holder lid and push it down lightly. The cup holder is not designed to store personal items.

WAC1458X
Type B: To use the cup holder, pull down the 2nd row center seat backrest.

Type C:

WAC1476X

WAC1457X
2nd row seat
Type A: To open the cup holder, push the lid . To close, lower the cup holder lid and push it down lightly.

Instruments and controls 189

3rd row seat

WAC1459X

Soft bottle holder

WAC1460X

OVERHEAD CONSOLE

WBC0058X

CAUTION
. Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident.
. Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers.

WARNING
Keep the overhead console closed while driving to avoid obstructing the driver's view and to help prevent an accident.
CAUTION
. Do not use for anything other than sunglasses.

190 Instruments and controls

. Do not leave sunglasses in the overhead console while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses.
To open the overhead console, push and release. Only store one pair of sunglasses in the console.

WAC1462X

WAC1463X

GLOVE BOX
WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop.

CONSOLE BOX
Front
To open the console box lid push the knob and pull up the lid. To close, push the lid down until the lock latches.

To open the glove box, pull the handle .
To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.
To lock /unlock the glove box, use the mechanical key. For the mechanical key usage, see "Keys" (P.207).

Instruments and controls 191

WAC1464X
Cool box function (if so equipped): The console box can be used as a cool box. To use the cooling function: 1. Start the engine. 2. Turn the front air conditioner on. 3. Open the console box lid. 4. Push the "ON" side of the cool box
switch located in the box. (The indicator light will illuminate.) 5. Put items in the box and close the lid. The cooling function only activates when the front air conditioner is on.

WAC1465X
Rear (if so equipped)
To open the lid, push the knob up and pull up the lid. To close, push the lid down until the lock latches.
CAUTION
Do not sit or step on the center console.

WAC1466X
LOWER CONSOLE TRAY
CAUTION
Do not place any objects in lower console tray that could be thrown about in the vehicle and cause injury during sudden braking or collision.

192 Instruments and controls

CARD HOLDER
Slide a card in the card holder.

WAC0490X

SIC3505
COAT HOOKS
The coat hook is located above the 2nd row side window.
CAUTION
Do not apply a total load of more than 2 lb (1 kg) to the hook.

LUGGAGE HOOKS

WAC1467X

WARNING
. Always make sure that the cargo is properly secured. Use the suitable ropes and hooks.
. Unsecured cargo can become dangerous in an accident or sudden stop.
. Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage area. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.
Instruments and controls 193

ROOF RACK

. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.
. The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area. Secure any items in the cargo area. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged.
. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.
CAUTION
Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb (10 kg) or 7 lb (3 kg) to the hook.
194 Instruments and controls

WAC1468X
CARGO FLOOR BOX
Pull up the cargo floor board to use the cargo floor box.

WAC1469X
Do not apply any load directly to the roof side rails. Cross bars must be installed before applying load/cargo/luggage to the roof of the vehicle. Genuine INFINITI accessory cross bars are available through an INFINITI retailer. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for additional information.
The service load capacity for the roof side rails is 221 lb (100 kg), however do not exceed the accessory cross bars load capacity.
Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and GAWR are located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S.

certification label (located on the driver's door pillar). For additional information regarding GVWR and GAWR, refer to "Vehicle loading information" (P.584).
WARNING
. When using the step, the door should be opened. There is a risk of falling off the step if you use the step with the door closed.
. Always install the cross bars onto the roof side rails before loading cargo of any kind. Loading cargo directly onto the roof side rails or the vehicle's roof may cause vehicle damage.
. Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying capacity, especially if the significant portion of that load is carried on the roof rack.
. Heavy loading of the roof rack has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling during sudden or unusual handling maneuvers.
. Roof rack load should be evenly distributed.
. Do not exceed maximum roof rack load weight capacity.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS
Basic information
WARNING
. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position, or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. If the driver's or front passenger's door is opened during this
Instruments and controls 195

period of time, power to the windows is canceled.

Locking rear passenger's windows
When the window lock button is pushed (the indicator illuminates), the rear passenger's windows cannot be operated with the rear passenger's power window switch. The rear passenger's windows can only be operated with the main switch (driver side switches). To cancel the passenger's windows lock, push the window lock button again.

WBC0060X
1. Window lock button 2. Rear left passenger side window 3. Driver side window 4. Front passenger side window 5. Rear right passenger side window
Main power window switch (driver's side)
To open or close the window, push down or pull up the switch and hold it. The main switch (driver side switches) will open or close all the windows.

196 Instruments and controls

Auto-reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the window.

WAC0758X
Passenger side power window switch
The passenger's switch can control its corresponding window. When the window lock button on the driver's switch is pushed, the rear passenger's switch cannot be operated.

WBC0061X
Automatic operation
The automatic function enables a window to fully open or close without holding the switch down or up.
To fully open the window, push the power window switch down to the second detent and release the switch. To fully close the window, pull the power window switch up to the second detent and release the switch. The switch does not have to be held during window operation.
To stop the window open/close operation during the automatic function, push down or pull up the switch in opposite directions.

The auto-reverse function enables a window to automatically reverse when something is caught in the window as it is closing by the automatic function. When the control unit detects an obstacle, the window will be lowered immediately.
Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto-reverse function may activate if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs.
Window timer:
The window timer allows the window switch to be operated for a short time even if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. The window timer will be cancelled when the driver's or front passenger's side door is opened or the preset time has expired.

Instruments and controls 197

When power window switch does not operate
If the power window automatic function does not operate properly, perform the following procedure to initialize the power window functions.
1. Close the door.
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3. Pull the power window switch and hold it to fully close the window.*1
4. Release the power window switch.
5. Pull the power window switch and hold it for approximately 5 seconds or more.*2
6. Push the power window switch down and hold it to fully open the window.
7. Release the power window switch.
8. Push the power window switch down and hold it for approximately 5 seconds or more.*2
9. Pull the power window switch and hold it to fully close the window.*1
10. Operate the window by the automatic function (window open and close) to confirm that the initialization is complete.
*1: If the window stops before reaching the fully closed position, release the switch, then
198 Instruments and controls

pull and hold it again to fully close the window.
*2: After pulling or pushing the power window switch and holding it for approximately 5 seconds or more, the window will move again.
If the window cannot automatically be closed since the auto-reverse function activated due to a malfunction, perform the following procedure to cancel the autoreverse function.
1. Pull the power window switch up until the auto-reverse function is activated, then the window will reverse automatically.
2. Repeat the procedure twice.
3. Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window to confirm that the cancellation is completed.
WARNING
When the auto-reverse function is canceled, the window will not automatically reverse even if the control unit detects an obstacle. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle before closing the windows.

If the power window functions do not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer.

MOONROOF
BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
. In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof. Always use seat belts and child restraints.
. Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing.
CAUTION
. Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand from the moonroof before opening.
. Do not place any heavy object on the moonroof or surrounding area.

WBC0042X
POWER MOONROOF AND SUNSHADE
Basic information
Sliding sunshade and moonroof
When the sunshade switch is pushed to the OPEN position , the sunshade open. (If the sunshade starts to open from the position between close and half open, the sunshade will stop half. When the switch is pushed again, the sunshade will open fully.) When the moonroof switch is pushed to the OPEN position , the moonroof opens to the comfort mode position. (If the sunshade is close, the sunshade will open half first. When

the switch is pushed again, the moonroof will open fully.) When the moonroof switch is pushed to the CLOSE position , the moonroof will automatically close. When the sunshade switch is pushed to the CLOSE position , the sunshade will close. To stop the sunshade or moonroof during the operation, push the moonroof switch to either of the OPEN , , CLOSE , or UP
position.
Tilting moonroof
To tilt up the moonroof, push the moonroof switch to the up position . To tilt down the moonroof, push the switch again or push it to the CLOSE position .
Comfort mode
This is the position used when driving with the moonroof open. When driving with the moonroof fully open, wind noise may be very loud. Use the comfort mode position when driving.
Instruments and controls 199

Auto-reverse function
WARNING
There are some small distances just before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof and sunshade.
The auto-reverse function enables the moonroof and sunshade to automatically reverse when something is caught in the moonroof and sunshade as it is closing. When the control unit detects an obstacle, the moonroof and sunshade will open immediately.
Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto-reverse function may activate if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof and sunshade occurs.
If the auto-reverse function activates consecutively or the battery is discharged, the moonroof and sunshade may not close properly. In this case, push and hold the switch to the CLOSE position to close the moonroof.

If the moonroof does not operate
If the moonroof and sunshade do not operate properly, perform the following procedure to initialize the operation system.
1. If the moonroof and sunshade are open, close them fully by repeatedly pushing the moonroof switch to the CLOSE and position.
2. Push and hold the moonroof switch to the CLOSE position for 10 seconds.
The moonroof will be tilted up and the sunshade will close slightly and then stop.
3. Release the moonroof switch once, and immediately push the moonroof switch again and hold it to the CLOSE position .
The moonroof and sunshade will move as follows:
Sunshade fully open ? moonroof tilt down ? moonroof fully open ? moonroof fully close ? sunshade fully close
4. Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof and sunshade stopped.
5. Check if the moonroof switch operates normally.

WARNING
The driver is always responsible for operating the moonroof properly, including the operation by all passengers. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the moonroof could result in serious injury or death.
. Do not allow children to operate the moonroof. Improper operation by children may cause an accident. If children or others get caught in the moonroof, it could cause serious injury.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the moonroof, place the ignition switch in the OFF position when leaving the vehicle, and do not leave children and the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle.
. Do not activate the auto-reverse function intentionally. If hands or face, etc. get caught in the moonroof, it could cause serious injury.

200 Instruments and controls

INTERIOR LIGHTS

CAUTION
. Do not place objects (such as newspapers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the sunshade when it is extending or retracting causing improper operation or damage to the sunshade.
. Do not push the sunshade arm with your hands, etc., as this may deform it. Improper operation or damage to the sunshade may result.
. Do not put any object into the sunshade inlet port as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade.
. Do not hang any object on the arm rail as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade.
. Do not forcefully pull the sunshade. Doing so may elongate the sunshade. Improper operation or damage to the sunshade may result.

BASIC INFORMATION
CAUTION
. Do not leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time to prevent the battery from being discharged.
. Turn off the lights when you leave the vehicle.

If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer.

WBC0062X
INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH
The interior lights can be turned ON regardless of door position. The lights will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ON position when any door is opened.
The interior lights can be set to operate when the doors are opened. To turn off the interior lights when a door is open, touch the switch, the interior lights will not illuminate, regardless of door position. The lights will go off when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, or the driver's door is closed and locked.

Instruments and controls 201

The brightness of the map lights can be adjusted in 4 levels by touching this switch.

WBC0063X

WBC0070X

MAP LIGHTS
Touch the light to turn the map lights on. To turn the light off, touch the light again
The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

REAR PERSONAL LIGHTS
To turn the rear personal light on, touch the light. Touch the light again to dim the light. To turn off the light, touch the light once again.
The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

202 Instruments and controls

CARGO LIGHT
The cargo light illuminates when the liftgate is opened.
The light will turn off after a period of time when the light remains illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

WAC1547X
REAR ROOM LIGHT
To turn on the rear room light, push the switch. To turn off the rear room light, push the switch again.
The light will turn off after a period of time when the light remains illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

WBC0183X
VANITY MIRROR LIGHT
The light over the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened.
When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.
The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

Instruments and controls 203

INFINITI LIGHT PATH (if so equipped)
INFINITI LIGHT PATH MAINTENANCE
If dirt adheres to the lens, the graphic may not be projected correctly. If this occurs, wipe the lens of the light .
WAC1470X
BASIC INFORMATION
The INFINITI Light Path is located on the left and right side of the vehicle. When the welcome light function (see "Welcome light function" (P.217)) is activated or the driver's door is opened within 60 seconds after the engine stopped, the light with a symbolic graphic will be projected on the ground for a period of time. If the welcome light function is turned off, the INFINITI Light Path will not light up. See "Vehicle Settings" (P.122) for turning on/off the welcome light function.
204 Instruments and controls

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ...................................................................................... 207 Intelligent Key .............................................................. 207 Valet hand-off ............................................................ 208
Doors ................................................................................... 209 Basic information ....................................................... 209 Flush Door Handle ..................................................... 209 Locking with inside lock knob ................................. 212 Unlocking with inside handle ................................... 212 Locking with power door lock switch ................... 213 Automatic door locks ................................................. 213 Child safety rear door lock ...................................... 214
Intelligent Key system ..................................................... 214 Basic information ........................................................ 214 Intelligent Key operating range ............................... 216 Door locks/unlocks precaution ............................... 216 Intelligent Key operation ........................................... 217 Walk away lock function .......................................... 219 Approach unlock function ........................................ 220 Battery saver system ................................................ 220 Warning lights and audible reminders ................. 220 Troubleshooting guide .............................................. 220 How to use remote keyless entry function ......... 221
Remote engine start ........................................................ 227 Basic information ........................................................ 227 Remote engine start operating range ................... 227

Remote starting the engine ................................... 227 Canceling a remote engine start ........................... 228 Conditions the remote engine start will not work ...................................................................... 228 Hood .................................................................................... 229 Liftgate .............................................................................. 230 Basic information ..................................................... 230 Operating power liftgate ...................................... 230 Motion-activated liftgate ...................................... 233 Garage mode system .............................................. 234 Auto closure .............................................................. 234 liftgate release lever ................................................. 235 Fuel-filler door .................................................................. 235 Basic information ...................................................... 235 Opening the fuel-filler door ................................... 235 How to refuel ............................................................. 236 When refueling from a portable fuel container ............................................................. 237 Tilt/telescopic steering ................................................... 237 Basic information ...................................................... 237 Electric operation ...................................................... 238 Sun visors ........................................................................... 238 Assist grips ......................................................................... 239 Mirrors ................................................................................ 239 Inside mirror ................................................................ 239
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 205

Outside mirrors ............................................................ 246 Vanity mirror ............................................................... 248 Memory seat ...................................................................... 249 Basic information ........................................................ 249 Memory storage function ......................................... 249

Linking the profiled user function to a stored memory position ....................................................... 250
Setting memory function ........................................ 251
System operation ...................................................... 251

206 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

KEYS

WAD0515X
1. Intelligent Key (2 sets) 2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key)
(2 sets) 3. Key number plate
INTELLIGENT KEY
Basic information
Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle's Intelligent Key system components and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System components. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by an INFINITI retailer prior to use with the

Intelligent Key system and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the INFINITI retailer.
A key number plate is supplied with your keys. Record the key number and keep it in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for duplicates by using the key number. INFINITI does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate.
A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can be duplicated without knowing the key number.
CAUTION
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it, please note the following.
-- The Intelligent Key is water resistant; however, wetting may

damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
-- Do not bend, drop or strike it against another object.
-- If the outside temperature is below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
-- Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
-- Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.
-- Do not use a magnet key holder.
-- Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set, personal computer or cellular phone.
-- Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water, and do not wash it in a washing machine. This could affect the system function.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 207

Intelligent Key. This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer.

WAD0516X
Mechanical key
To remove the mechanical key, release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key. To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position. Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the driver's door. (See "Doors" (P.209).)

VALET HAND-OFF
When you have to leave a key with a valet, give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings.
To prevent the glove box from being opened during valet hand-off, follow the procedures below.
1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key.
2. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key.
3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle.
See "Storage" (P.188).

CAUTION
Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key.

208 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

DOORS
BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
. Always have the doors locked while driving. Along with the use of seat belts, this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle. This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors, and will help keep out intruders.
. Before opening any door, always look for and avoid oncoming traffic.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

FLUSH DOOR HANDLE Basic information
WARNING
Be careful that your or the passenger's fingers or accessories are not caught in the moving parts. Injuries may occur.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 209

The door handles of this vehicle are retractable.
The door handles will extend outward when one of the following condition is met.
. You approach the vehicle with the Intelligent Key.
. The vehicle is unlocked. . A door is opened. . If vehicle detects a collision (depending
on the severity of the collision).
NOTE: . When you approach the vehicle from the
front, the door handle may not extend outward until you get close to the vehicle.
210 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

WAD0517X
. The door handles may not extend outward when you approach the vehicle under the following conditions. -- When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of the vehicle. -- When you place the Intelligent Key near the vehicle for a period of time. -- When the engine is running (except for the remote engine start function is performed). -- When 8 days have passed since the vehicle is locked. -- When you have locked the vehicle with the power door lock switch (see "Locking with power door lock switch" (P.213)) or the inside lock

knob (see "Locking with inside lock

knob" (P.212)).

. If the door handles do not extend outward when you approach the vehicle,

push the UNLOCK

button of the

Intelligent Key (see "Unlocking doors"

(P.223)).

. When the door handles do not extend outward when you approach the vehicle, first unlock the vehicle with the Intelligent Key. The approach extension function will be disabled when 8 days have passed since the vehicle was locked.
The door handles will be retracted when one of the following condition is met.
. You walk away from the vehicle with the Intelligent Key after the vehicle has been locked.
. About 5 minutes have passed after the vehicle has been locked. Door handles will not be retracted immediately after the vehicle is locked, as the occupants may re-enter the vehicle.
. When the vehicle reaches a certain speed.
. When the vehicle is locked by the power door lock switch (see "Locking with power door lock switch" (P.213)) or the automatic door locks (see "Automatic door locks" (P.213)).

. When the transmission is shifted in the R (Reverse) position.
NOTE:
When the "Ext. Door Switch" item has been turned off in the vehicle information display, the door handle will be retracted when the door is locked.
To extend outward the door handle from inside of the vehicle
If you need to extend outward the door handle from inside of the vehicle, for example when picking up a person, push the power door lock switch to the unlock position.
See "Locking with power door lock switch" (P.213).
If the door handle does not extend outward
If the door handle does not extend outward due to a discharged battery, you can unlock the door by the following procedure.

Step 1 -- 2 Step 3

WAD0518X WAD0586X

WAD0519X
Step 4
1. Push the front part of the door handle of the driver's door .
2. Pull the door handle out from its stored position .
3. Insert the mechanical key to the driver's door key cylinder .
4. Turn the key cylinder to the front of the vehicle .
5. To lock the door, use the inside lock knob.
NOTE:
Please be careful not to damage the paint surface when inserting the mechanical key.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 211

WAD0244X
LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB
To lock the door, push down the inside lock knob. Be sure not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle.

WBD0044X
UNLOCKING WITH INSIDE HANDLE
To unlock and open the door, pull once on the door handle to unlock it, and again to open it.

Driver's armrest

WBD0019X

212 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

WAD0355X
Front passenger's armrest

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
Basic information
Operating the power door lock switch (located on the driver's and front passenger's doors) will lock or unlock all the doors.
To lock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the lock position with the driver's and front passenger's doors open, then close the door.
When locking the door this way, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
To unlock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the unlock position .
Lockout protection
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system.
When any door is open, the doors are locked, and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed; a chime will sound and the lock will automatically unlock.
NOTE:
The doors may not lock when the Intelligent Key is in the same hand that is operating the

door lock/unlock sensor to lock the door. Put the Intelligent Key in a purse, pocket or your other hand.
CAUTION
The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions:
. When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the glove box.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the door pockets.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed inside or near metallic materials.
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS
. All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h).
. All doors unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or when the shift position is placed in the P (Park) position, if selected.

NOTE:
The Automatic door unlock feature can be changed using the "Vehicle Settings" menu on the vehicle information display. (See "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 213

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

WAD0521X
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK
Child safety rear door locks help prevent doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle.
When the levers are in the lock position , the rear doors can be opened only from the outside. To disengage, move the levers to the unlock position .

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
. Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
. The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.
The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function, touching lock or capacitive unlock sensor on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation.
Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system.

CAUTION
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle.
. Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves. Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions.
. When operating near a location where strong radio waves/noises are transmitted, such as a TV tower, power station and broadcasting station.
. When in possession of wireless equipment, such as a cellular phone, transceiver, and CB radio.
. When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials.
. When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer.

214 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

. When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter.
In such cases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key.
Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions, the battery's life is approximately 2 years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with a new one.
When the Intelligent Key battery is low, an indicator illuminates in the vehicle information display. (See "Key Battery Low warning" (P.129).)
Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves, if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves/noises, such as signals from a TV and personal computer, the battery life may become shorter.
For information regarding replacement of a battery, see "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.533).
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys, it is recommended that you contact an INFINITI retailer.

CAUTION
. Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the system function.
. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
. Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object.
. Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.
. Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
. If the outside temperature is below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
. Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment,

personal computers, cellular phone or wireless charger. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended that you contact an INFINITI retailer. The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For information about disabling the Intelligent Key function, it is recommended that you contact an INFINITI retailer.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 215

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE
The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the lock or capacitive unlock sensors .
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves/noises are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system's operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm) from each sensor .
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door
216 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

WAD0584X
glass or handle, the sensors may not function.
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to use the lock or capacitive unlock sensors to lock or unlock the doors.

WAD0522X
DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAUTION
. Do not use the lock or capacitive unlock sensors with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated. The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.
. After locking with the lock sensor, verify the doors are securely locked by testing them within 2 seconds.
. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the

doors.
. Do not pull the door handle before unlocking it by the capacitive unlock sensor.

Example

SPA2408 WAD0523X

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION
Basic information
You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the Intelligent Key out of your pocket or bag. When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors by touching the door handle lock sensors and capacitive sensors within the range of operation.
Welcome light function
. When you unlock the doors, the parking lights, tail lights and the license plate lights will illuminate for a period of time.
. With the doors locked and when approaching the vehicle with the Intelligent Key, the parking lights, tail lights and license plate lights illuminate. (If you approach the vehicle several times without unlocking the door, the light may not illuminate to prevent unintended activation of the function.)
. The welcome light function can be disabled. For information about disabling the welcome light function, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).
When you approach or leave the vehicle, unlock or lock the doors or the liftgate, the emblem light, parking lights, tail lights or puddle lights (if so equipped) will illuminate
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 217

for a period of time. The welcome light function can be disabled. For information about disabling the welcome light function, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).
Locking doors
1. Push the P (Park) button, place the ignition switch in the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you.
2. Close all doors.
3. Touch any door handle lock sensor while carrying the Intelligent Key with you.
4. All doors will lock.
5. The hazard indicator lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds twice.
NOTE: . Lock sensors for all doors can be deac-
tivated when the Ext. Door Switch feature is switched to OFF using the "Vehicle Settings" menu in the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Vehicle information display" (P.117). . When the "Ext. Door Switch" item has been turned off in the vehicle information display, the door handle will be retracted when the door is locked.
218 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

. Doors do not lock with the door handle lock sensor with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you. However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, doors can be locked with another Intelligent Key.
. Touching the door lock sensor while wearing gloves may delay or prevent lock operation. Remove the gloves and touch the lock sensor again.
. If the door handle becomes wet while the Intelligent Key is within the effective range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In this case, follow the following correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
-- Place the Intelligent Key in a location 6 ft. (2 m) or more away from the vehicle. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)
-- If the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle and a door handle becomes wet during a car wash, a buzzer will sound outside the vehicle. To turn off the alarm, away the key from the inside vehicle.
. The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes in contact with ice, snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor and attempt to operate it again.
. If the door handle becomes wet, such as rain, the door may delay or prevent lock

operation. In this case, try to touch firmly the sensor for at least 1 second.
WARNING
After locking the doors using the lock sensor, make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles within 2 seconds. Failure to follow these instructions may result in inadvertently unlocking the doors, which may decrease the safety and security of your vehicle.
CAUTION
. When locking the doors using the lock sensor, make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession before operating the lock sensor to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle.
. The lock sensor is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been detected by the Intelligent Key system.

Lockout protection: To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system.
When any door is open, the doors are locked, and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed; a chime will sound and the lock will automatically unlock.
NOTE:
The doors may not lock when the Intelligent Key is in the same hand that is operating the lock sensor to lock the door. Put the Intelligent Key in a purse, pocket or your other hand.
CAUTION
The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions:
. When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the glove box or a storage bin.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the door pockets.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed

inside or near metallic materials.
Unlocking doors
1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
2. Wrap your hand around the door handle to activate the capacitive unlock sensor . . When unlocking from the driver's door handle, the driver's door will unlock. Unwrap your hand from the driver's door handle and touch the lock sensor within 60 seconds to unlock all doors.
For unlocking all doors, you can also use the power door unlock switch located on the inside of the driver's door.
. When unlocking from the front passenger door or rear doors, all vehicle doors will unlock.
. To allow driver and passenger doors to unlock at the same time from driver's door handle, turn off the Selective Unlock feature in the vehicle settings menu. For additional information, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).
3. The hazard indicator lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once.

NOTE:
Lock sensors for all doors can be deactivated when the Ext. Door Switch feature is switched to OFF using the "Vehicle Settings" menu on the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Vehicle information display" (P.117).
If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors, that door may not be unlocked. Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door. If the door does not unlock after returning the door handle, touch the door handle lock sensor to unlock the door.
All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after touching the lock sensor.
. Opening any door.
. Pushing the ignition switch.
WALK AWAY LOCK FUNCTION
When you walk away from the vehicle with the Intelligent Key, the vehicle will be locked automatically by the walk away lock function (the operation range is around 7 ft (2 m)). This function is disabled by the default setting. You can enable this function by the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 219

NOTE: . When the doors are locked by the walk
away lock function, the hazard indicator flashes twice. Be sure to confirm the door locks before you leave the vehicle.
. The walk away lock function may not operate under the following conditions: -- When the door(s) and/or the liftgate are not closed securely. -- When the engine is running. -- When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of the vehicle. -- When you place the Intelligent Key outside of the vehicle for a period of time. (When a door is opened and closed, the walk away lock function will be reactivated.)
APPROACH UNLOCK FUNCTION
When you approach the vehicle with the Intelligent Key, the vehicle will be unlocked automatically by the approach unlock function (the operation range is around 3 ft (1 m)). This function is disabled by the default setting. You can enable this function by the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).
NOTE: . When you approach the vehicle from the
front, the approach unlock function may not operate unless you get close to the
220 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

door.
. The approach unlock function may not operate under the following conditions:
-- When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of the vehicle.
-- When you place the Intelligent Key outside of the vehicle for a period of time. (When a door is unlocked and locked, the approach unlock function will be reactivated.)
-- When the engine is running (except the remote engine start function is performed).
-- When 8 days have passed since the vehicle was locked.
-- When you lock the vehicle with the power door lock switch.
. When both the approach unlock function and the selective unlock function are turned on, only the driver's door will be unlocked when you approach the vehicle.
BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
When all the following conditions are met for a period of time, the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge.
. The ignition switch is in the ON position. (See "Push-button ignition switch positions" (P.317).)

WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen, chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and the warning display appears on the vehicle information display.
When a chime or beep sounds or the warning display appears, be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key.
See "Troubleshooting guide" (P.220) and "Vehicle information display" (P.117).
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle. If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehicle system may respond differently than expected.
Symptom: When stopping the engine > The Shift to P range warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds continuously.
. Possible cause: The shift position is not in the P (Park) position.
. Remedy: Push the park button to engage the P (Park) position.

Symptom: When stopping the engine > "No Key Press and Hold to Stop Engine" message appears on the display.
. Possible cause: The Intelligent Key is not inside the vehicle.
. Remedy: Carry the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and push the ignition switch once to stop the engine.
. Possible cause: There is not the Intelligent Key or the battery charge is low.
. Remedy: Push and hold the ignition switch for more than 2 seconds to stop the engine.
Symptom: When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle > The No Key Detected warning appears on the display, the outside chime sounds three times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds.
. Possible cause: The engine is running. . Remedy: Place the ignition switch in the OFF
position.
Symptom: When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle > The Rear Door Alert warning message appears on the display, the horn sounds three times, pauses, and sounds three more times, or a Check Rear Seat for All Articles warning appears on the display.
. Possible cause: The Rear Door Alert is activated.
. Remedy: Check the rear seat for all articles, clear the Rear Door Alert warning message by using the steering switches.

Symptom: When touching the lock sensor to lock doors > The outside chime sounds for a few seconds.
. Possible cause: The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.
. Remedy: Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
Symptom: When pushing the ignition switch to start the engine > The Key Battery Low warning appears on the display.
. Possible cause: The Intelligent Key battery charge is low.
. Remedy: Replace the battery with a new one. (See "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.533).)
Symptom: When pushing the ignition switch > The Key System Error warning appears on the display.
. Possible cause: It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system.
. Remedy: It is recommended that you contact an INFINITI retailer.

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION
Basic information
WARNING
. Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
. The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.

CAUTION
. Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 221

water or salt water. This could affect the system function.
. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
. Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object.
. Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.
. Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
. If the outside temperature is below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
. Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal computers, cellular phone or wireless charger.
The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless entry function of the Intelligent
222 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Key. The remote keyless entry function can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The operating distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle.)
The remote keyless entry function will not operate:
. When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range.
. When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.
The remote keyless entry function can also operate the vehicle alarm.

WAD0525X
LOCK button UNLOCK button Power liftgate button PANIC button Remote engine start button When you lock or unlock the doors or the liftgate, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn will sound as a confirmation. For details, see "Setting hazard indicator and horn mode" (P.225).
Locking doors
1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.

2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.*

3. Close all the doors.

4. Push the LOCK Intelligent Key.

button on the

5. All the doors and the liftgate will lock.
6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.
*: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
To confirm that the doors have been securely locked, check the inside lock knob. When the inside lock knob is retracted, the door is locked.

Unlocking doors
1. Push the UNLOCK Intelligent Key once.

button on the

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The driver's door will unlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK within 1 minute.

button again

4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All the doors and the liftgate will unlock.
All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK
button while the doors are locked.

. Opening any door (including the liftgate).

. Pushing the ignition switch.

During this 1-minute time period, if the

UNLOCK

button is pushed, all doors

will be locked automatically after another 1

minute.

NOTE:

The unlocking operation can be changed in "Selective Unlock" under the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).

Opening/closing liftgate

1. Push the power liftgate more than 1 second.

button for

2. The liftgate will automatically open.
The outside chime sounds 3 times for approximately 3 seconds.
To close the liftgate, push the power liftgate button for more than 1 second.

The liftgate will automatically close.

If the button is pushed while the liftgate

is being opened or closed, the liftgate will

immediately stop. Pushing the

button

again will reverse the direction of the

liftgate. However, when the liftgate is near

the fully open position, it moves in the

closing direction and when the liftgate is near the fully close position, it moves in the opening direction.

Using panic alarm

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC

button on the

Intelligent Key for more than 0.5 sec-

onds.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlight will stay on for 25 seconds.
3. The panic alarm stops when: . It has run for 25 seconds, or . Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key is pushed.

Trailer light check
This functionality allows the customer to confirm trailer light operation, without the need of a second person to press the brake pedal or activate each turn signal light. The trailer light check can be performed by the Intelligent Key or through the Towing Settings in the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Towing Settings" (P.124).
To activate the trailer light check function with your Intelligent Key, perform the fol-
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 223

lowing: 1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle. 2. Press and release the LOCK button.

3. Within 2 seconds, press and hold the

LOCK

button again for at least 2

seconds, until the horn beeps once and

the park lights turn on.

The following events will occur:
. The left turn signal light on the vehicle and the trailer will flash for 5 seconds.
. The right turn signal light on the vehicle and the trailer will flash for 5 seconds.
. The stop lights on the vehicle and the trailer will turn ON for 5 seconds.
. Repeat 4 times in total (when the engine is running).
The front parking lights and the tail lights remain on during events above occur.
NOTE:
If the trailer lights do not work properly, check the connections and bulbs. If the vehicle lights do not turn on, see "Exterior and interior lights" (P.537). If the trailer light check routine fails to start, ensure the following vehicle conditions: . The vehicle is NOT moving, 0 MPH (0
km/h)

. Brake pedal is NOT depressed
. Left or right turn signal is OFF . Trailer light check configuration is NOT
disabled and available in the Towing Settings of the vehicle information display . The hazard switch is NOT turned ON . The shift position is in P (Park) position
. Vehicle is within Remote Keyless Entry range
Remote engine start
The remote engine start button is on the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start function. This function allows the engine to start from outside the vehicle. See "Remote engine start" (P.227).

WAD0526X
Intelligent Key button operation light
The light blinks only when you push any button on the Intelligent Key. The light illumination only signifies that the Intelligent Key has transmitted a signal. You may look and/or listen to verify that the vehicle has performed the intended operation. If the light does not blink, your battery may be too weak to communicate to the vehicle. If this occurs, the battery may need to be replaced.
For additional information regarding the replacement of a battery, see "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.533).

224 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Sleep mode

The sleep mode temporarily disables the locking/unlocking of the vehicle by using the door handle lock sensor or capacitive unlock sensor, and starting of the engine.

. While pushing the LOCK

button,

push the UNLOCK button twice.

The Intelligent Key button operation light illuminates for a period of time. While the Intelligent Key button operation light is illuminated, push the LOCK
button. Then the Intelligent Key button operation light flashes twice. This indicates that the vehicle is in the sleep mode.

. To cancel the sleep mode, push any button on the Intelligent Key.

Setting hazard indicator and horn

mode

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the

LOCK

button is pushed, the hazard

indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps

once. When the UNLOCK

button is

pushed, the hazard indicator flashes once.

If horns are not necessary, the system can be

switched to the hazard indicator mode.
In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicator
flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 225

Hazard indicator and horn mode:

Operation Touching the lock or capacitive unlock
sensor
Walk away lock or approach unlock

Pushing

button

DOOR LOCK
HAZARD - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - twice
HAZARD - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - twice
HAZARD - twice HORN - once

Hazard indicator mode:

Operation Touching the lock or capacitive unlock
sensor
Walk away lock or approach unlock

Pushing

button

DOOR LOCK
HAZARD - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - none
HAZARD - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - none
HAZARD - twice HORN - none

DOOR UNLOCK HAZARD - once OUTSIDE CHIME - once HAZARD - once OUTSIDE CHIME - once HAZARD - once HORN - none
DOOR UNLOCK HAZARD - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none HAZARD - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none HAZARD - none HORN - none

Switching procedure:

To switch the hazard indicator and horn

(chime) operation, push the LOCK

and

UNLOCK

buttons on the Intelligent

Key simultaneously for more than 4 seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times.
. When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once.

The horn operation can also be turned on or off in the vehicle information display. See "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).

226 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

REMOTE ENGINE START

WAD0527X
BASIC INFORMATION
The remote engine start button is on the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start function. This function allows the engine to start from outside the vehicle.
Some systems, such as the air conditioner system, will turn on during a remote engine start, if the system was on the last time the ignition switch was turned off.
Laws in some local communities may restrict or prohibit the use of remote engine start, or the amount of time a parked vehicle engine may idle. For example, some laws require a person using remote engine start to have the vehicle in view or may restrict idling time

except in freezing temperatures. Check local regulations for any requirements.
Other conditions may affect the remote engine start function. See "Conditions the remote engine start will not work" (P.228).
Other conditions can affect the performance of the Intelligent Key transmitter. See "Intelligent Key system" (P.214) for additional information.
REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATING RANGE
WARNING
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
. Do not use remote engine start in closed spaces such as a garage. Do

not breathe exhaust gases; they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.
CAUTION
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or other strong radio wave sources are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
The remote engine start function can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the vehicle. The remote engine start operating range is approximately 197 ft (60 m) from the vehicle.
REMOTE STARTING THE ENGINE
To use the remote start function to start the engine, perform the following: 1. If the doors are unlocked, push the LOCK
button to lock all doors.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 227

2. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle. 3. Push the LOCK button again.

4. Within 5 seconds push and hold the

remote engine start

button until

the turn signal lights flash and the tail

lights illuminate. If the vehicle is not

within view, push and hold the remote

engine start

button for at least 2

seconds.

The following events will occur when the engine starts:
. The front parking lights will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running.
. The doors will be locked and the air conditioner system may turn on.
. The engine will continue to run for about 20 minutes.
Depress and hold the brake pedal, then place the ignition switch in the ON position before driving. For further instructions, see "Driving the vehicle" (P.320).
The vehicle needs to be driven at speeds of 4 MPH (7 km/h) before the remote engine start procedure can be used again.

228 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINE START
To cancel a remote engine start, perform one of the following:
. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle and push the remote engine start button until the front parking lights turn off.
. Turn on the hazard indicator flashers. . Cycle the ignition switch ON and then
OFF.
. The 20 minute timer has expired. . The engine hood has been opened. . The shift position is shifted out of the P
(Park) position.
. The theft alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle.
. The ignition switch is pushed without an Intelligent Key in the vehicle.
. The ignition switch is pushed with an Intelligent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedal is not depressed.
. The accelerator pedal is depressed. . The vehicle moves after a remote engine
start. (The hazard indicator flashers blink once and the engine is stopped.)

CONDITIONS THE REMOTE EN-

GINE START WILL NOT WORK

The remote engine start will not operate if any of the following conditions are present:

. The ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

. The hood is not securely closed.
. The hazard indicator flashers are on.
. The engine is still running. The engine must be completely stopped.

. The remote engine start

button is

not pushed and held for at least 2

seconds.

. The remote engine start

button is

not pushed and held within 5 seconds of

pushing the LOCK button.

. The doors are not closed and locked. (The hazard indicator flashers blink twice to indicate the function is not operated.)
. The liftgate is open. (The hazard indicator flashers blink twice to indicate the function is not operated.)
. The Key System Error warning message remains on in the vehicle information display.
. The theft alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle. (The hazard indicator flashers blink twice to indicate the function is not operated.)

HOOD
. The remote engine start has already been used once. (To use the remote engine start function again, the vehicle needs to be driven at speeds of 4 MPH (7 km/h).)
. The shift position is not in the P (Park) position.

1. Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver's side instrument panel; the hood will then spring up slightly.
2. Pull the lever sideways at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood.
3. When closing the hood, slowly close the hood down and make sure it locks into place.

WAD0528X
WARNING
. Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving. Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident.
. If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment, to avoid injury do not open the hood.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 229

LIFTGATE
BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
. Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving.
. Do not drive with the liftgate open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. For additional information, refer to "Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)" (P.307).
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
. Always be sure that hands and feet are clear of the door frame to avoid injury while closing the liftgate.
230 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CAUTION
Do not use accessory carriers that attach to the liftgate. Doing so will cause damage to the vehicle.

. If the power open or close operation is performed consecutively, the safety mode activates and the operation cannot be performed for a certain period of time. In this case, wait for a while and then perform the operation.

OPERATING POWER LIFTGATE
Basic information
To operate the power liftgate, the vehicle must be in the P (Park) position.
The power liftgate will not operate if the battery voltage is low.
If the liftgate is open approximately 5.9 in (150 mm) or less from the fully closed position, power liftgate cannot be performed by any switch operations. To operate the power liftgate, manually close the liftgate.
The power liftgate operation can be activated or deactivated in the vehicle information display. (See "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).)
NOTE: . When washing, waxing or maintaining
your vehicle, placing or replacing the body cover, or splashing water to the area around the kick motion sensor, turn off the power liftgate.

WAD0530X
Power liftgate switch -- Instrument panel
WAD0531X
Liftgate opener switch

WAD0532X
Power liftgate button - Key (example)

WAD0533X
Power liftgate close and lock switches -- Liftgate
Power open (using switches)
When the liftgate is fully closed, the liftgate will fully open automatically by:
. pushing the power liftgate switch on the instrument panel for more than 1 second
. pushing the liftgate opener switch . pushing the power liftgate button on
the key for more than 1 second The outside chime sounds when the liftgate starts opening.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 231

NOTE:

The liftgate can be opened by the power

liftgate switch or the power liftgate

button

even if the liftgate is locked.

The liftgate can be unlocked and opened

independently of the other doors, even

when they are locked. The liftgate must be

unlocked (or the Intelligent Key must be

within range) to open with the liftgate

opener switch .

Power close (using switches)
When the liftgate is fully opened, the liftgate will fully close automatically by:
. pushing the power liftgate switch on the instrument panel for more than 1 second
. pushing the power liftgate button on the key for more than 1 second
. pushing the power liftgate close switch on the lower part of the liftgate
The outside chime sounds when the liftgate starts closing.
Power close and lock
When the liftgate is fully opened and the Intelligent Key is carried with you near the liftgate, all the doors and the liftgate will lock and the liftgate will fully close automatically by pushing the power liftgate lock

232 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

switch on the lower part of the liftgate.
The outside chime sounds when the liftgate starts closing.
Stop and reverse function
The power liftgate will stop immediately if one of the following actions is performed during power open or close.
. pushing the power liftgate switch . pushing the liftgate opener switch . pushing the power liftgate close switch
on the lower part of the liftgate . pushing the power liftgate button on
the key And then the power liftgate will move in the reverse direction if one of the above actions is performed again.
The outside chime sounds when the liftgate starts to reverse.
Auto reverse function
The auto-reverse function enables the liftgate to automatically reverse when something is caught in the liftgate as it is opening or closing. When the control unit detects an obstacle, the liftgate will reverse and stop.
If a second obstacle is detected, the liftgate motion will stop.
A pinch sensor is mounted on each side of the liftgate. If an obstacle is detected by the

pinch sensor during power close, the liftgate will reverse and stop.
NOTE:
If the pinch sensor is damaged or removed, the power close function will not operate.
WARNING
There is a small distance immediately before the closed position that cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers keep their hands, etc., clear from the liftgate opening before closing the liftgate.
Manual mode
If power operation is not available, the liftgate can be operated manually. Power operation may not be available if the battery voltage is low or if the liftgate is open approximately 5.9 in (150 mm) or less from the fully closed position. When the power liftgate is turned off, the liftgate can be opened manually by pushing the liftgate opener switch. If the power liftgate opener switch is pushed during power open or close, the power operation will be canceled and the liftgate can be operated manually. This will allow normal power operation functions to resume.

WAD0534X WAD0535X

MOTION-ACTIVATED LIFTGATE
Basic information
The liftgate can be operated using a quick kicking motion under the left side of the rear bumper.
The kick motion sensor is located on the left side of the rear bumper. When you move your foot under and then away from the operating range similar to a kicking motion, while carrying the Intelligent Key with you, the liftgate will open or close automatically.
Proper operation technique
. While at the rear of the vehicle, begin making a quick forward kicking motion.
. Raise your foot straight under the left of the rear bumper then immediately return your foot to the ground in a continuous motion.
. You do not need to hold your foot under the bumper or move it side to side. Immediately return your foot to the ground.
. The kicking motion should be straight, smooth and consistent.
. After your kick motion is complete, step back and allow the liftgate to open/ close.

. Three beeps will sound and the liftgate will begin moving within 2 seconds after the kick.
WARNING
Prevent unintentional liftgate opening/ closing. There may be conditions when opening/closing the liftgate is not desired. Keep the Intelligent Key out of range of the liftgate, 7 ft (2 m) or more or inside the vehicle, when washing or working around the back of the vehicle.
NOTE: . The kick motion sensor may not function
under the following conditions: -- When operating near a location
where strong radio waves/noises are transmitted, such as a TV tower, power station or broadcasting station. -- When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter. . The power liftgate may not operate when your foot remains in the operating range .

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 233

CAUTION
. When the Intelligent Key is carried with you near the liftgate, even someone, who does not carry the Intelligent Key, may be able to open or close the liftgate with a kick motion.
. Do not perform a kick motion near the exhaust system components while they are hot. You may severely burn yourself.
. Do not perform a kick motion on an unstable place (for example, on a slope or a muddy ground, etc.).
Power open or close function
The liftgate will fully open automatically using the kick motion sensor.
1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
2. Move your foot under and away from the rear bumper similarly to a kicking motion within the operation range of the kick motion sensor.
3. The liftgate will automatically open or close.

Stop and reverse function
The power liftgate will stop immediately if a kick motion is performed during power open or close. The liftgate can be stopped even if you do not carry the Intelligent Key.
And then the power liftgate will move in the reverse direction if a kick motion is performed again. The power liftgate can be reversed when you carry the Intelligent Key.
GARAGE MODE SYSTEM
The liftgate can be set to open to a specific height by performing the following:
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Pull the liftgate down to the desired position and hold the liftgate (the liftgate will have some resistance when being manually adjusted).
3. While holding the liftgate in position, press and hold the power liftgate close and lock switch located on the liftgate for approximately 3 seconds or until 2 beeps are heard.
The liftgate will open to the selected position setting. To change the position of the liftgate, repeat steps 1-3 for setting the position of the liftgate.

CAUTION
Do not set the height of the liftgate below approximately 1/3 of the way to the floor using garage mode. Even if you set the height below approximately 1/3 of the way to the floor, the height will automatically be set to approximately 1/3 of the way to the floor.
AUTO CLOSURE
When the liftgate reaches the secondary position, the closure motor engages and pulls the liftgate to its primary latch position. Do not apply excessive force when the auto closure is operating. Excessive force applied may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
CAUTION
. The liftgate will automatically close from the secondary position. To avoid pinching, keep hands and fingers away from liftgate opening.
. Do not let children operate the liftgate.

234 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

FUEL-FILLER DOOR
BASIC INFORMATION
CAUTION
. Avoid applying direct water pressure, such as high-pressured sprayer, on or around the fuel-filler door.
. Be sure to close the fuel-filler door before using an automatic car wash or a high-pressured car wash.

WAD0536X
LIFTGATE RELEASE LEVER
If the liftgate cannot be opened with the power door lock switch due to a discharged battery, follow these steps.
1. Fold the 3rd row seats down. (See "3rd row seats" (P.28).)
2. Insert a suitable tool in the access opening. Move the release lever to the left. The liftgate will be unlatched.
3. Push the liftgate up to open.
It is recommended that you contact an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for repair.

WAD0537X
OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR
To open the fuel-filler door, push the right side of the door.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 235

Close the fuel-filler door after refueling.
If you need to refuel from a portable fuel container, use the funnel supplied with your vehicle. (See "When refueling from a portable fuel container" (P.237).)

JVP0524X
HOW TO REFUEL
The fuel tank is not equipped with a fuelfiller cap. After opening the fuel-filler door, insert the fuel pump nozzle directly into the fuel-filler opening. When the fuel pump nozzle is pulled out, the fuel-filler opening will be sealed.
To refuel:
Be sure to insert the fuel pump nozzle slowly into the fuel-filler opening as far as it will go before fueling.
Never move the nozzle during refueling. Pull out the nozzle approximately 5 seconds after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically (initial shut-off).
236 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CAUTION
. Do not attempt to open the flaps on the fuel-filler opening using any tool other than the fuel pump nozzle.
. This fuel-filler opening is only conformable to normal fuel pump nozzles at gas stations. Using a nozzle with a small diameter may damage the opening and the fuel system.
. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it away with water to avoid paint damage.
WARNING
. Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions. You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled. Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refuel-

ing.
. Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
. Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle.
. Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers:
-- Always place the container on the ground when filling.
-- Do not use electronic devices when filling.
-- Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it.
-- Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid.

TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING

WAD0538X
WHEN REFUELING FROM A PORTABLE FUEL CONTAINER
If you need to refuel from a portable fuel container, use the funnel stored in the bag (located under the luggage board). Be sure to insert the funnel into the fuel-filler

opening slowly and fully. Insert the nozzle of the portable fuel container into the opening along the funnel and fill the fuel tank.
After refueling, remove the funnel from the fuel-filler opening. Wipe the funnel clean and return it to the bag.
CAUTION
. Do not insert the nozzle of the portable fuel container directly into the fuel-filler opening. Doing so may damage the opening and the fuel system.
. Use only the funnel provided with your vehicle. Otherwise, the fuelfiller opening and the fuel system may be damaged.

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.
. Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort. The driver's air bag inflates with great force. If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel. Always use the seat belts.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 237

SUN VISORS

2. To block glare from the side, remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side .
3. Slide the sun visor in or out as needed.

WAD0539X
ELECTRIC OPERATION
Tilt or telescopic operation
Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or down, forward or rearward to the desired position.
Entry/Exit function operation: The memory seat system will make the steering wheel move up automatically when the driver's door is opened with the ignition switch in the OFF position. This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily. For more information, see "Memory seat" (P.249).
238 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

WAD0250X
1. To block glare from the front, swing down the main sun visor .

CAUTION
. Do not store the sun visor before returning the extension to its original position.
. Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward.

ASSIST GRIPS

MIRRORS

WAC1413X
The assist grips are located above the front passenger's and rear side windows.
CAUTION
Do not use the assist grip when getting into or out of the vehicle. This may damage the assist grip and cause you to fall.

SPA2447
INSIDE MIRROR Basic information
Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position.

WBD0056X
Automatic anti-glare type (if so equipped)
The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle.
The anti-glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
Do not hang any objects on the mirror or apply glass cleaner. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor , resulting in improper operation.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 239

Smart Rear View Mirror (if so equipped)
WARNING
. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the Smart Rear View Mirror could result in serious injury or death.
-- The Smart Rear View Mirror is a convenience feature but it is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation. The system has areas where objects cannot be viewed. Check the blind spot of the Smart Rear View Mirror before vehicle operation. The driver is always responsible for safe driving.
-- Do not disassemble or modify the Smart Rear View Mirror, the camera unit or wirings. If you do, it may result in accidents or fire. In case you notice smoke or smell coming from the Smart Rear View Mirror, stop using the system immediately. It is recommended that you see an INFINITI retailer for servicing.
-- Do not adjust the Smart Rear View Mirror while driving. Doing
240 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

so can be a distraction and it could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury.
-- Do not gaze into the Smart Rear View Mirror display during driving. It may cause a distraction and it could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury.
-- Do not put a cigarette or flames to the Smart Rear View Mirror, the camera unit or wirings. It may cause a fire.
. Be sure to adjust the Smart Rear View Mirror before driving. Switch the system to the conventional rearview mirror mode and be properly seated on the driver's seat. Then adjust the mirror so as to see the rear window properly. Driving without adjusting the mirror may cause difficulty in watching the display at Smart Rear View Mirror mode (camera view mode) due to the reflection from the surface of the mirror.
. If the indicator light goes off when the Smart Rear View Mirror mode (camera mode) is used, immediately switch the system to the conven-

tional rearview mirror mode. If you switch the mode to the Smart Rear View Mirror mode again and the indicator does not illuminate, the system may be malfunctioning. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for servicing.
. When strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from following vehicles) enters the camera, a light beam or a glaring light may appear on the monitor screen of the Smart Rear View Mirror. In that case, switch the system to the conventional rearview mirror mode appropriately.
. If you find it difficult to use the Smart Rear View Mirror mode due to reasons such as ambient brightness, please switch to the conventional rearview mirror mode accordingly.
. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the exterior glass surface covering the camera, the Smart Rear View Mirror may not display objects clearly. Use of the rear window wiper/washer may improve visibility, but if not, switch the Smart Rear View Mirror to the conventional rearview mirror mode until a time the glass covering the camera can be cleaned.

When the Smart Rear View Mirror mode is selected, the indicator is displayed and the indicator light illuminates.

WAD0540X
MENU button Left button Right button Mode select button Indicator Indicator light Mode select lever
Components: Smart Rear View Mirror provides a clear rearview from a camera located on the rear of the vehicle. Smart Rear View Mirror has two modes: conventional rearview mirror mode and Smart Rear View Mirror mode (camera view mode). You can switch these two modes by the mode select lever .

WAD0541X
How to change the mode: The mode can be switched when the ignition switch is in the ON position. . Pull the mode select lever to switch to
the Smart Rear View Mirror mode (camera view mode). . Push the mode select lever to switch to the conventional rearview mirror mode.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 241

WAD0542X
How to make settings of Smart Rear View Mirror:
You can choose display settings of the Smart Rear View Mirror such as brightness, camera angle, textual indication ON or OFF and language.
When the Smart Rear View Mirror mode is on, setting menu can be selected by pushing the MENU button . Push or to select an item and then push the button.

WAD0543X
Brightness The brightness of the display screen can be adjusted. . Push the left button to dim the screen. . Push the right button to brighten the
screen.

WAD0543X

Down/Up

The vertical camera angle of the display screen can be adjusted.

. Push the left button camera angle.

to down the

. Push the right button to up the camera angle.

242 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

WAD0543X
Left/Right The horizontal camera angle of the display screen can be adjusted.
. Push the left button to move the camera angle to the left.
. Push the right button to move the camera angle to the right.

WAD0543X
Rotation The camera angle of the display screen can be rotated.
. Push the left button to rotate the camera angle to the left.
. Push the right button to rotate the camera angle to the right.

WAD0543X
Indication
The textual indication can be turned on or off on the Smart Rear View Mirror display screen.
. Push the left button to disable the textual indication on the display screen.
. Push the right button to enable the textual indication on the display screen.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 243

WAD0543X
Dimming Mirror The mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle. You can enable or disable the automatic anti-glare mode. . Push the left button to disable the
automatic anti-glare mode. . Push the right button to enable the
automatic anti-glare mode.
244 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

WAD0543X
Language
The language of the textual indication can be selected on the Smart Rear View Mirror display screen.
Select the language by using the or button. The language setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted.

WAD0543X

Switch Backlight

The illumination of the buttons can be turned on or off.

. Push the button illumination.

to turn off the

. Push the button illumination.

to turn on the

License

The license information is displayed.

Smart Rear View Mirror system precautions:

NOTE: . Long-term use of this system in stop-
ping engine may cause battery to be discharged.

. Do not attach an antenna of wireless device near the Smart Rear View Mirror. Electric wave from wireless device may cause disturbed image in Smart Rear View Mirror.
. Do not push buttons excessively or operating the lever roughly may cause a system failure or the Smart Rear View Mirror itself to drop.
. Never turn the body of Smart Rear View Mirror by 90° or more. It may damage the Smart Rear View Mirror.
. Do not apply strong shocks to the body of Smart Rear View Mirror. It may cause a system failure.
. Do not apply heavy load to the camera and camera-cover on the rear of the vehicle. It may cause the camera to be removed or may cause a system failure.
. If it is difficult to see the Smart Rear View Mirror display screen because of a strong external light, switch the mode to the conventional rearview mirror mode for better use.
. Close the sunshade (if so equipped) when the Smart Rear View Mirror display screen is unclear due to strong external light.

JVP0559X
Flicker image (example)
. When LED headlights are viewed on the Smart Rear View Mirror display, the images may flicker. This is normal.
. Due to diffused reflection from external environment, images on the screen may flicker. This is not a malfunction.
. A quick movement of a thing may not be able to display on the camera view screen. This is not a malfunction.
. Turn on the headlights at twilight or in a tunnel, etc.
. The Smart Rear View Mirror mode (camera view mode) display is different from the conventional rearview mirror. Objects in the display may differ from

actual distance. Do not solely rely on the Smart Rear View Mirror. Always rely on your own operation to avoid accidents.
. If the brightness of the camera view display is adjusted to excessive bright level, it may cause an eyestrain in the driving. Adjust the brightness properly.
. Use the rear window wiper when it rains. If the camera view image is still unclear when the rear window wiper is in operation, check the deterioration of the rear window wiper blade.
. When using the rear window wiper, images on the screen may flicker. This is not a malfunction.
. Defog the rear window with defroster when rear window is fogged. Use the conventional rearview mirror mode until the rear window is fully defogged.
. The display of the Smart Rear View Mirror may become hot. This is not a malfunction.
. The color of an object in the distance or in the dark may be difficult to be recognized. This is not a malfunction.
System maintenance (Smart Rear View Mirror):
. Always keep the mirror and camera area of the rear window clean.
. Clean the mirror and the camera lens with a dry soft cloth.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 245

. When cleaning the camera area of the rear window, use a soft cloth dampened with water and a neutral detergent. Then dry it with a dry soft cloth.
. If the image on the Smart Rear View Mirror display screen is still unclear even after cleaning the camera area of the rear window, an oil film may be adhering to the rear window glass. Clean the rear window glass with an oil film remover.
. Never use alcohol, benzine, thinner, or any similar material to clean the mirror or camera lens. It will cause a discoloration, deterioration or a system malfunction.
. Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) on the camera area of the rear window.
License information:
This product includes the following software.
(1) Software developed by or for Panasonic Automotive Systems Co., Ltd. (Panasonic)
(2) Third-party software licensed to Panasonic
(3) Open source software
Regarding (3) Open source software, it includes open source software (OSS), including various software to which license information applies.

Refer to the license web site at: http://car. panasonic.jp/oss/m03xsn9d
OUTSIDE MIRRORS
Basic information
WARNING
Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when moving to the right. Using only this mirror could cause an accident. Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects.

WAD0229X
Adjusting outside mirrors
The outside mirror control switch is located on the driver's armrest.
The outside mirror will operate when the ignition switch is in the ON or Auto ACC position.
Push either the right or left switch to select the right or left side mirror (the indicator light on the selected mirror switch illuminates), then adjust using the control switch.
Defrosting outside mirrors
The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is operated.

246 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

(See "Rear window and outside mirror defroster" (P.166).)

CAUTION

Example

WAD0308X

Foldable outside mirrors
The outside rearview mirror remote control operates when the ignition switch is in the ON or Auto ACC position.
The outside rearview mirrors automatically fold when the outside rearview mirror folding switch is pushed in. To unfold, push the switch again.

WARNING
Do not drive with the mirrors stored. You will be unable to see behind the vehicle.

. Continuously performing the fold/ unfold operation of the outside rearview mirror may cause the switch to stop the operation.
. Do not touch the mirrors while they are moving. Your hand may be pinched, and the mirror may malfunction.
. If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand, there is a chance that the mirror will move forward or backward during driving. If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand, be sure to adjust them again electrically before driving.
Automatic fold:
The outside rearview mirrors automatically fold when the doors are locked with the Intelligent Key or the lock sensors. The mirrors unfold when the doors are unlocked with the Intelligent Key or the capacitive unlock sensors, or when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. For information about disabling the automatic fold function, see "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 247

Reverse tilt-down feature
When backing up the vehicle, the right and left outside mirrors will turn downward automatically to provide better rear visibility.
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Shift the transmission to the R (Reverse) position.
3. Choose either the right or left outside mirror by operating the outside mirror control switch.
4. The outside mirror surfaces move downward.
When one of the following conditions has occurred, the outside mirror surfaces will return to their original positions.
. The sift position is in any position other than R (Reverse).
. The outside mirror control switch is set to the center position.
. The ignition switch is placed in to the OFF position.
Automatic anti-glare
The outside rearview mirrors (for driver's side, and if so equipped for the front passenger's side) are designed so that its automatically change reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you.
248 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

The anti-glare system will be automatically turned on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position.

WAD0238X
VANITY MIRROR
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover.

MEMORY SEAT

BASIC INFORMATION
The memory seat system has the following features:
. Memory storage function . Linking the profiled user function to a
stored memory position . Setting memory function

WAD0544X
Memory seat switch (driver's side shown; passenger side similar)
MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION
Basic information
Two positions for the driver's seat, front passenger's seat (if so equipped), steering wheel and outside mirrors can be stored in the memory switch. Follow these procedures to use the memory system.
1. Adjust the driver's seat, front passenger's seat (if so equipped), steering wheel and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch. For additional information, refer to "Seats" (P.17), "Tilt/telescopic

steering" (P.237) and "Outside mirrors" (P.246).
2. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds, push the memory switch (1 or 2).
3. The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approximately 5 seconds.
4. The chime will sound if the memory has been stored.
NOTE: . The memory storage procedure will be
canceled if the following operations are performed after the SET switch is pushed: -- Push the ignition switch to start the
engine. -- Operate the seat, steering column or
the outside mirror. . If a new memory position is stored in the
same memory switch, the previous memory position will be overwritten by the new stored position.
Confirming memory storage
Push the SET switch. If a memory position has been stored in the switch (1 or 2) then the indicator light for the respective switch will stay ON for approximately 5 seconds.
The other switch lights up for a moment and
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 249

then goes out.
Recalling switch memory positions
NOTE:
For safety, the recall must be performed when the transmission is in the P (Park) position. To recall the manually stored positions, push the memory switch (1 or 2).
Push the switch on the driver's side door: The driver's seat, steering wheel and outside mirrors will move to the positions stored in the memory.
Push the switch on the front passenger's side door: The front passenger's seat will move to the position stored in the memory.
NOTE:
The recalling may not work if certain period of time has passed after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

LINKING THE PROFILED USER FUNCTION TO A STORED MEMORY POSITION
Basic information
The profiled user function can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure.
1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position while carrying the Intelligent Key that was registered to the vehicle with a user.
NOTE: Make sure the single Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. If multiple keys are inside the vehicle, the vehicle may detect a wrong Intelligent Key.
2. Adjust the position of the driver's seat, steering wheel and outside mirrors. (See "Seats" (P.17), "Tilt/telescopic steering" (P.237) and "Outside mirrors" (P.246).)
3. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
The next time you sign in (selecting the user on the display) after placing the ignition switch in the ON position while carrying the Intelligent Key, the system will automatically adjust to the memorized driving position. (See the separate INFINITI InTouch® Own-

er's Manual for the profiled user settings.)
Entry/Exit function
This system is designed so that the driver's seat and steering wheel will automatically move when the shift position is in the P (Park) position. This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver's seat more easily.
The driver's seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up:
. When the driver's door is opened with the ignition switch placed in the OFF position.
. When the ignition switch is changed from ON to OFF with the driver's door open.
The driver's seat and steering wheel will return to the previous position:
. When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position while the shift position is in the P (Park) position.
The entry/exit function can be canceled through "Vehicle Settings" in the vehicle information display by performing the following:
. Switch the "Exit Seat Slide" or "Exit Steering" from ON to OFF. For additional information, refer to "Vehicle Settings" (P.122).

250 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SETTING MEMORY FUNCTION
The status of the following settings can be linked to the Intelligent Key and the memorized settings can be available for each Intelligent Key.
. Air conditioner system . Navigation system . Audio system . Seat position To use the memory function, lock the doors with the Intelligent Key that is linked to the settings.
To enable the memorized settings:
1. Carry the Intelligent Key that is linked to the settings, and unlock the doors by touching the driver's door capacitive unlock sensor or "UNLOCK" button on the Intelligent Key.
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. The memorized settings are available.
SYSTEM OPERATION
The memory seat system may not start operating or may stop operating under the following conditions:
. When the vehicle speed exceeds approximately 2 MPH (3 km/h) (driver's seat).

. When the transmission is moved from P (Park) to any other position (driver's seat).
. When the tilt/telescopic operation lever of the steering wheel is operated (driver's seat).
. When the switch for the driver's seat or front passenger's seat (if so equipped) is pushed, or any of the memory switches are pushed while the memory seat system is operating.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 251

MEMO 252 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual ........................... 255 Safety note ......................................................................... 255 3D Around View® Monitor ............................................ 256
Basic information ........................................................ 256 3D Around View® Monitor system operation ..... 258 Difference between predictive and actual distances ........................................................... 266 How to park with predictive course lines ............ 268 How to switch the display ........................................ 270 Adjusting the screen ................................................... 272 Setting the vehicle color ............................................ 272 Camera widgets .......................................................... 272 3D Around View® Monitor system limitations ..... 272 System maintenance .................................................. 274 Moving Object Detection (MOD) ................................ 275 Basic information ........................................................ 275 MOD system operation ............................................. 276 Turning MOD on and off .......................................... 278 MOD system limitations ........................................... 278 System maintenance .................................................. 279 Ventilators .......................................................................... 279 Center ventilators ....................................................... 279 Side ventilators ........................................................... 280 Rear ventilators .......................................................... 280

Heater and air conditioner ........................................... 280 Basic information ..................................................... 280 Automatic air conditioner ....................................... 282 Rear automatic air conditioning system ............ 284 Biometric cooling (if so equipped) ........................ 287 Air conditioner settings .......................................... 288 Operating tips ............................................................ 289 Linking Intelligent Key ............................................. 289 In-cabin microfilter ................................................... 289 Servicing climate control ......................................... 289
Driving recorder (if so equipped) ................................ 290 Basic information ..................................................... 290 Precautions of the driving recorder .................... 290 About microSD card ................................................. 292 About copyright ......................................................... 293 Driving recorder system interface ........................ 293 Informational icons ................................................... 295 File menu ..................................................................... 296 In Car Camera menu ................................................ 297 Driving recorder settings ........................................ 298 Features available in MyINFINITI app ................ 299 Radio approval information ................................... 299
Antenna .............................................................................. 301 Window antenna ....................................................... 301

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 253

Satellite radio antenna .............................................. 301
GNSS antenna (for ProPILOT Assist 2.1) (if so equipped) .................................................................. 301

Car phone or CB radio .................................................. 302

254 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

INFINITI INTOUCH® OWNER'S MANUAL
. Voice recognition . General system information
WAE1106X
Refer to the digital INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual using the QR code on this page (US only), or your printed INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual. This manual includes the following information. . Navigation system . Audio system . Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System . Apple CarPlay® . Android AutoTM . INFINITI InTouch® Services . SiriusXM® Radio . Apps menu . Other settings

SAFETY NOTE
WARNING
. Do not disassemble or modify this system. If you do, it may result in accidents, fire, or electric shock.
. Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality, such as a frozen screen or lack of sound. Continued use of the system may result in accident, fire or electric shock.
. In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware, spill liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell coming from it, stop using the system immediately. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for servicing. Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents, fire, or electric shock.
. Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to view the images on the touch screen display.
Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme temperature conditions [below -4°F (-20°C) and above 158°F (70°C)]. Operating this system under these conditions may result in system malfunctions.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 255

3D AROUND VIEW® MONITOR

3D Around View® Monitor system could result in serious injury or death.
. The 3D Around View® Monitor is a convenience feature and is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be viewed. The four corners of the vehicle in particular, are areas where objects do not always appear in the bird's-eye, front, rear, 3D, Invisible Hood, Ultra Wide and rear zoom views. Always check your surroundings to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always operate the vehicle slowly.
. The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers.

1. CAMERA/ button

BASIC INFORMATION

WAE1042X

WARNING
. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for the proper use of the
256 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

CAUTION
Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.
The 3D Around View® Monitor system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking.

The monitor displays various views of the position of the vehicle in a split screen format. Not all views are available at all times.
Available views:
. Front view A view of the front of the vehicle
. Rear view A view of the rear of the vehicle
. Bird's-eye view The surrounding view of the vehicle from above
. Front-side view The view around and ahead of the driver's side and the front passenger's side wheel
. Front-wide view A wider area view of the front view
. Rear-wide view A wider area view of the rear view
. 3D view A 360-degree view around the vehicle
. Invisible Hood View A view of the front of the vehicle with the transparent engine hood
. Ultra Wide view A huge field of vision across both the vehicle information display and the touch screen display for the front-wide view

and the Invisible Hood View
. Rear zoom view
An enlarged view of the rear of the vehicle

WAE1043X
To display the multiple views, the 3D Around View® Monitor system uses cameras located on the front grille, on the vehicle's outside mirrors and one just above the vehicle's rear license plate.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 257

3D AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION
Basic information
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, push the CAMERA/ button or shift the transmission to the R (Reverse) position to operate the 3D Around View® Monitor.
The screen displayed on the 3D Around View® Monitor will automatically return to the previous screen 3 minutes after the CAMERA/ button has been pushed with the transmission in a position other than the R (Reverse) position.
Available views
WARNING
. The distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a paved, level surface. The apparent distance viewed on the monitor may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.

. Use the displayed lines and the bird'seye view as a reference. The lines and the bird's-eye view are greatly affected by the number of occupants, fuel level, vehicle position, road condition and road grade.
. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines and the bird's-eye view may be displayed incorrectly.
. When driving the vehicle up a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are farther than they appear. When driving the vehicle down a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear.
. Objects in the rear view will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors.
. Use the mirrors or actually look to properly judge distances to other objects.
. The distance between objects viewed in the rear view differs from actual distance because a wide-angle lens is used.
. On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the

258 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

actual course line.
. The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course.

Front view Rear view

WAE0853X

Front and rear view:
Guiding lines that indicate the approximate vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line , are displayed on the monitor.
Vehicle width guide lines :
Indicate the vehicle width.
Predictive course lines :
Indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned.
Distance guide lines:
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
. Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Blue line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) . Blue line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) . Blue line : approximately 10 ft (3 m) The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 12 MPH (20 km/h).

Example

WBE0009X

Bird's-eye view:
The bird's-eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle position and the predictive course to a parking space.
The vehicle icon shows the position of the vehicle. Note that the distance between objects viewed in the bird's-eye view differs from the actual distance.
The predictive course lines indicate the predicted course when operating the vehicle.

WAE1008X

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 259

WARNING
. Objects in the bird's-eye view will appear farther than the actual distance.
. Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle, may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views.
. Objects that are above the camera cannot be displayed.
. The view for the bird's-eye view may be misaligned when the camera position alters.
. A line on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being straight at the seam of the views. The misalignment will increase as the line proceeds away from the vehicle.

WBE0048X
Front passenger's side
Front-side view:
Guiding lines:
Guiding lines that indicate the approximate width and the front end of the vehicle (both the driver's and front passenger's sides) are displayed on the monitor.
The front-of-vehicle line shows the front part of the vehicle.
The side-of-vehicle line shows the vehicle width including the outside mirrors.
The extensions of both the front and side lines are shown with a blue line.

CAUTION
The turn signal light may look like the side-of-vehicle line. This is not a malfunction.

260 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Front-wide view Rear-wide view

WAE1112X WAE1011X

Front-wide/rear-wide view:
While the front view/rear view shows a normal view on the split screens, the frontwide view/rear-wide view shows a wider area on the entire screen and allows checking of the blind corners on the right and left sides.
Vehicle width guide lines :
Indicate the approximate vehicle width.
Predictive course lines :
Indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned.
Distance guide lines:
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
. Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Blue line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) . Blue line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) . Blue line : approximately 10 ft (3 m) The front-wide view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 12 MPH (20 km/h).
Saved Locations:
You can save the points where the frontwide view will automatically pop up. This can be useful when the driver needs to check the blind corners at intersections with poor visibility, for example.

WAE1068X
How to save the location: When the camera screen is displayed, touch
key.
See "Camera" (P.154) for more information.
Towing mode
When the TOW mode has been selected in the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector, the rear view continues to be displayed if the transmission has shifted out from the R (Reverse) position. If one of the following condition is met, the rear view will be canceled
. Vehicle speed exceeds 6 MPH (10 km/h) . 8 seconds have passed

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 261

. Vehicle moves forward more than 26 feet (8 m)
See "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.332) for the details of TOW mode.
4WD mode (if so equipped)
While the transmission is not in the R (Reverse) position, when the "4H" is selected in the INFINITI all-mode 4WD®, the Invisible Hood View will automatically be displayed. If the vehicle speed exceeds 12 MPH (20 km/h), the view screen display will be canceled. If the vehicle speed decreased slower than 10 MPH (16 km/h), the view screen will be displayed again. See "INFINITI all-mode 4WD®" (P.451) for the details of the 4WD system.
262 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Ultra Wide view
The Ultra Wide view provides the driver with a huge field of vision across both the vehicle information display and the touch screen display. The Ultra Wide view can be used for the front-wide view (see "Front-wide/rearwide view" (P.261)) and the Invisible Hood View (see "Invisible Hood View" (P.265)).
How to ON/OFF the Ultra Wide view:
When the camera screen is displayed, touch icon to activate or deactivate the Ultra
Wide view.

Example

WAE1056X

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 263

WAE1057X

3D view
The 3D view shows the 360-degree view around the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle position and the predictive course to a parking space.
When touching the rotation icon , the vehicle image and the surrounding area image will pop up and turn 360° to check the vehicle surroundings.
The vehicle image can also be rotated by swiping the vehicle image itself.
8 different camera directions can be selected by touching the camera position icon
.
When the vehicle speed exceeds 10 MPH

(16 km/h), the three cameras that are shooting in the direction of travel can only be selected. The predictive course lines indicate the predicted course when operating the vehicle.
WARNING
. The distance between objects viewed in the 3D view differs from the actual distance.
. There are some areas where the system will not show objects. See "3D Around View® Monitor system limitations" (P.272) for more details.

264 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Automatic 360° Moving:
When you push the CAMERA/ button at the first time after the ignition switch has been placed in the ON position, the vehicle image and the surrounding area image will pop up and turn 360° automatically (Auto 360° Moving) to check the vehicle surroundings.
How to ON/OFF the Auto 360° Moving feature
When the camera screen is displayed, touch to open the "Settings" menu, then
select "Automatic 360° Moving" and enable or disable this feature.

km/h).
Vehicle outline :
Indicates the vehicle outline of the front area.
Wheel area lines :
Indicate the wheel outlines of the front wheels.

Example

WAE1113X

How to ON/OFF the Invisible Hood View:
When the camera screen is displayed, touch icon to activate the Invisible Hood View.
To deactivate the Invisible Hood View, select other camera view or push the return key .

Invisible Hood View
The Invisible Hood View allows user to see the road surface underneath the virtually transparent vehicle body. This may be useful for aligning the front wheels with the rails of the automatic car wash, or help to avoid hitting the side of the vehicle against curbs when operating at low speeds, for example.
NOTE:
The image of the road surface under the body is a composite from the front camera images, and does not actually show the road surface under the vehicle body.
Vehicle width guide lines :

Indicate the approximate vehicle width.
Predictive course lines :
Indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned.
Distance guide lines:
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
. Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Blue line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) . Blue line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) . Blue line : approximately 10 ft (3 m) The Invisible Hood View will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 12 MPH (20

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 265

corner of the screen.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES

WAE1059X
Rear zoom view
The rear zoom view shows an enlarged portion of the rear ground area. This provides a clear limited rear view with the predictive center line, that can be useful when docking a trailer to the vehicle, for example.
Predictive center line :
Indicate the predictive center line of the vehicle.

Basic information
The displayed guide lines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guide lines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.

How to ON/OFF the rear zoom view :
When the camera screen is displayed, touch icon to activate the rear zoom view. To deactivate the rear zoom view, select other camera view or the return key on the left

266 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

WAE1013X
Backing up on a steep uphill
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is farther than it appears on the monitor.

WAE1014X
Backing up on a steep downhill
When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.

WAE1015X

WAE1016X

Backing up near a projecting object
The predictive course lines do not touch the object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course.

Backing up behind a projecting
object
The position is shown farther than the position in the display. However, the position is actually at the same distance as the position . The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 267

the object projects over the actual moving course.
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES
Basic information

may be displayed incorrectly.

WARNING
. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly.
. On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line.
. If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures:
-- Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is running.
-- Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes.
. When the steering wheel is turned with the ignition switch in the ON position, the predictive course lines

268 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

WAE1017X
1. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle.
2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen when the transmission is shifted to the R (Reverse) position.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the space completely, place the shift position in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

WAE1018X
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predictive course lines enter the parking space .
4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines parallel to the parking space while referring to the predictive course lines.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 269

WAE1060X

Example

My Parking Locations
My Parking Locations allows driver to ensure that there is enough space to open the door at your usual parking spot, such as your home garage.
How to register the parking location: After parking the vehicle in the correct parking position, perform the following procedures.
1. Push "CAMERA/ " button
2. Touch to display "Settings" menu.

3. Touch "My Parking Locations" menu.
4. Touch your preferable parking location from the list, then touch "Register".
How to adjust the parking space frame:
Touch the arrow keys displayed on the screen to adjust the parking space frame .
For example, touch the key to expand the parking spot frame toward . When the adjustment has been completed, touch to register the parking spot.
To clear the registered parking space frame, touch .

After the registration, the display view will switch and the parking guide will appear

270 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

automatically when the vehicle approaches to the registered parking spot and you select the transmission R (Reverse) position to display the bird's-eye view.
HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY
With the ignition switch placed in the ON position, push the CAMERA/ button or shift the transmission to the R (Reverse) position to operate the 3D Around View® Monitor.
The 3D Around View® Monitor displays different split screen views depending on the position of the transmission. Push the CAMERA/ button or touch the screen icon at the bottom of the display to switch between the available views.
If the transmission is in the R (Reverse) position, the available views are:
. Rear view/bird's-eye view split screen . Rear view/front-side view split screen . Rear-wide view . Rear zoom view 3D view is not available in the R (Reverse) position.
If the transmission is out of the R (Reverse) position, the available views are:
. Front view/bird's-eye view split screen

. Front view/front-side view split screen . Front-wide view . Invisible Hood View . 3D view (touch the screen icon) . Ultra Wide view

WAE1061X

Screen icons (example)

Bird's-eye view (with front or rear view)
Front side view* (with front or rear view)
Wide view*
Invisible Hood View
3D view (3D view is not available in the R (Reverse) position)
Expand/contract (for Ultra Wide view)

The display will switch from the 3D Around View® Monitor screen when:
. The transmission is in the D (Drive) position and the vehicle speed increases above approximately 12 MPH (20 km/h).
. A different screen is selected.
. 3 minutes have passed without doing any operation.

Save Location (for front-wide view pop-up)

Rear zoom view

*: The shape changes when the transmission is in the R (Reverse) position.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 271

WAC1423X
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN
1. Touch " " key on the touch screen display.
2. Touch "Vehicle" key. 3. Touch "Camera" key. 4. Touch "Display Settings" key. 5. Touch the "+" or "-" key of the desired
item on the touch screen display. You can change the brightness, contrast, tint, color, and black level. The "Display Settings" key can also be selected directly on the 3D Around View® Monitor display by touching " " key.

NOTE:
Do not adjust the display settings of the 3D Around View® Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.
SETTING THE VEHICLE COLOR
The color of the vehicle shown on the bird'seye view and the 3D view can be changed. To change the color, perform the following operation.
1. Push the CAMERA/ button.
2. Select a view while the transmission is not in the R (Reverse) position.
3. Touch " " key on the touch screen display.
4. Touch the "Vehicle Color" key.
5. Touch the desired color.
CAMERA WIDGETS
The camera-related widgets can be set on the home menu screen of the touch screen display. See the separate INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual for more details about customizing the home menu screen.

272 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

3D AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
Basic information
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for 3D Around View® Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. Do not use the 3D Around View® Monitor with the outside mirrors in the stored position, and make sure that the liftgate is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the 3D Around View® Monitor.
. The apparent distance between objects viewed on the 3D Around View® Monitor differs from the actual distance.
. The cameras are installed on the front grille, the outside mirrors and above the rear license plate. Do not put anything on the cameras.
. When washing the vehicle with high pressure water, be sure not to spray it around the cameras. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit

causing water condensation on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric shock.
. Do not strike the cameras. They are precision instruments. Doing so could cause a malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock.

WAE1105X
There are some areas where the system will not show objects and the system does not warn of moving objects. When in the front or the rear view display, an object below the bumper or on the ground may not be viewed
. When in the bird's-eye view, a tall object near the seam of the camera viewing areas will not appear in the monitor.

The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction:
. There may be a delay when switching between views.
. When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly.
. When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly.
. The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.
. The colors of objects on the 3D Around View® Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.
. Objects on the 3D Around View® Monitor may not be clear and the color of the object may differ in a dark environment.
. There may be differences in sharpness between each camera view of the bird'seye view.
. Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 273

WAE1019X
System temporarily unavailable
When the " " icon is displayed on the screen, there will be abnormal conditions in the 3D Around View® Monitor. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer.

WAE1021X
When the " " icon is displayed on the screen, the camera image may be receiving temporary electronic disturbances from surrounding devices. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer.

274 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras , the 3D Around View® Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)
dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

1. CAMERA/ button

BASIC INFORMATION

WAE1042X

WARNING
. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 275

Moving Object Detection system could result in serious injury or death.
. The MOD system is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation and is not designed to prevent contact with objects surrounding the vehicle. When maneuvering, always use the outside mirror and rearview mirror and turn and check the surroundings to ensure it is safe to maneuver.
. The system is deactivated at speeds above 5 MPH (8 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds.
. The MOD system is not designed to detect the surrounding stationary objects.
The MOD system can inform the driver of moving objects near the vehicle when driving out of garages, maneuvering in parking lots and in other such instances.
The MOD system detects moving objects by using image processing technology on the image shown in the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATION

The MOD system will turn on automatically under the following conditions:

. When the transmission is in the R (Reverse) position.

. When the CAMERA/

button is

pushed to activate the 3D Around View®

Monitor system on the display.

. When vehicle speed decreases below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h).
The MOD system operates in the following conditions when the camera view is displayed:
. When the transmission is in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position and the vehicle is stopped, the MOD system detects the moving objects in the bird's-eye view. The MOD system will not operate if either door is opened. If outside mirrors are folded, MOD may not operate properly.
. When the transmission is in the D (Drive) position, and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the front view, front-wide view or Invisible Hood View.
. When the transmission is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h),

276 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

the MOD system detects moving objects in the rear view or rear-wide view. The MOD system will not operate if the liftgate is open.
The MOD system does not detect moving objects in the front-side view and the 3D view. The MOD icon is not displayed on the screen when in this view.
When the MOD system detects a moving object near the vehicle, the orange frame will be displayed on the view where the object is detected and a chime will sound once. While the MOD system continues to detect moving objects, the orange frame continues to be displayed.
NOTE:
While the RCTA chime is beeping, the MOD system does not chime.

WAE1022X
Front and bird's-eye views
WAE1024X
Rear and bird's-eye views

WAE1025X

WAE1111X

Rear and front-side views

Rear-wide view
In the bird's-eye view, the orange frame is displayed on each camera image (front, rear, right, left) depending on where moving objects are detected.

The orange frame is displayed on the front view, rear view, front-wide view, Invisible Hood View and rear-wide view.

A green MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is operative. A gray MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD icon is not displayed.

WAE1110X

Front-wide view

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 277

TURNING MOD ON AND OFF
The MOD system can be turned on and off using the vehicle information display. (See "Driver Assistance" (P.119).)
MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for MOD. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. Do not use the MOD system when towing a trailer. The system may not function properly.
. Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume or open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.
. The MOD system performance will be limited according to environmental conditions and surrounding objects such as:
-- When there is low contrast between background and the moving objects.

-- When there is blinking source of light.
-- When strong light such as another vehicle's headlight or sunlight is present.
-- When camera orientation is not in its usual position, such as when the outside mirror is folded.
-- When there is dirt, water drops or snow on the camera lens.
-- When the position of the moving objects in the display is not changed.
. The MOD system might detect flowing water droplets on the camera lens, white smoke from the muffler, moving shadows, etc.
. The MOD system may not function properly depending on the speed, direction, distance or shape of the moving objects.
. If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is installed, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly.
. When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not

278 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

display objects clearly. This is not a malfunction.
NOTE:
The green MOD icon will change to orange if one of the following has occurred. . When the system is malfunctioning. . When the component temperature
reaches a high level. . When the rear view camera has detected
a blockage.
If the icon light continues to illuminate in orange, have the MOD system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

VENTILATORS
mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

WAE1043X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration.
. Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras , the MOD system may not operate properly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth dampened with a diluted

WAE1045X
CENTER VENTILATORS
Open or close the vents, and adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob as illustrated.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 279

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

BASIC INFORMATION

WARNING

WAE1046X
SIDE VENTILATORS
Open or close the vents, and adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob as illustrated.

SAA3055
REAR VENTILATORS
Open or close the vents, and adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob as illustrated.

. The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running.
. Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either.
On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.
. Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up.
. Do not adjust the heating and air conditioning controls while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

Start the engine and operate the climate control system.

280 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

NOTE: . Odors from inside and outside the
vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit. Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the ventilators.
. When parking, set the heater and air conditioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compartment. This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle.
While the engine is stopped by the Idling Stop System, activating the front defroster will cause the engine to automatically restart. While the engine is running, activating the front defroster will prevent the Idling Stop System from automatically stopping the engine.
When the engine is stopped by the Idling Stop System, heater and air conditioner performance may be reduced. To keep full heater and air conditioner performance, restart the engine by pushing the Idling Stop OFF switch. (See "Idling Stop System" (P.474).)

WAE1047X
You can use the Front Control Panel to operate the automatic air conditioner including defrosting and defogging.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 281

WAE1048X

Example

1. Temperature control keys (driver's side) 6. Air intake control key

2. Temperature display (driver's side) 3. A/C (air conditioner) key 4. AUTO (automatic) key 5. ON/OFF key

7. BIO COOL (Biometric cooling) icon (if so equipped)
8. Plasmacluster® icon (if so equipped)
9. Temperature display (front passenger's side)

282 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

10. Temperature control keys (front passenger's side)

11. Fan speed control keys

12. Air flow control keys

13. SYNC (synchronize) key

14. Heated steering wheel key (if so equipped)

(See "Heated steering wheel " (P.174).)

15. Front ventilated (if so equipped)/heated seats control keys

(See "Ventilated seats" (P.177) or "Heated seats" (P.174).)

16.

(front defroster) key

17. (rear window defroster) key

18. FRONT air conditioner key 19. REAR air conditioner key 20.Rear air conditioner lock icon

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER

Basic information

Automatic operation
Cooling and/or dehumidified heating (AUTO): This mode may be used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a con-

stant temperature. Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically.
1. Touch the AUTO key. (The color of the key will turn orange.)
2. Touch the temperature control keys on the corresponding side to set the desired temperature. . You can individually set temperatures for the driver's side and front passenger's side when the color of the SYNC key is white.
A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Heating (A/C OFF):
The air conditioner does not activate in this mode. Use this mode when you only need to heat.
1. Touch the AUTO key. (The color of the key will turn orange.)
2. Touch the A/C key. (The color of the key will turn white.)
3. Touch the temperature control keys on the corresponding side to set the desired temperature. . You can individually set temperatures for the driver's side and front passenger's side when the color of the SYNC key is white.

. The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically. Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically.

NOTE: . Do not set the temperature lower than
the outside air temperature or the system may not work properly.
. Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging:

1. Touch the

key. (The color of the

key will turn orange.)

2. Touch the temperature control keys on the corresponding side to set the desired temperature. . To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows, use the fan speed control key to set the fan speed to maximum. . As soon as possible after the windshield is cleared, touch the AUTO key to return to the automatic mode.
Manual operation
Fan speed control:
Touch the fan speed control keys to manually control the fan speed.

Air intake control: The air intake control mode will change each time the air intake control key is touched.
. When the air recirculates inside the vehicle, the color of the air intake control key is orange.
. When the air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle, the color of the air intake control key is white.
. When the " " icon is displayed in the climate control screen, the air intake will be controlled automatically.
Air flow control: Touching the air flow control keys manually control air flow and selects the air outlet:
-- Air flows mainly from center and side ventilators.
-- Air flows mainly from the foot outlet and partly from the defroster.
-- Air flows mainly from the defroster.
Synchronize temperature settings: Touch the SYNC key. (The color of the key will turn orange.)
When the SYNC mode is active, the driver's side temperature control keys will control the driver's side, front passenger's side and rear temperatures.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 283

When the front passenger's side or rear temperature setting is changed, it will cancel the SYNC mode of the operated individual zone. (The color of the key will turn white.)
Changing both the front passenger's side temperature setting and the rear temperature setting will completely turn off the SYNC mode.
Turning the system on/off
Touch the ON/OFF key.
Advanced Climate Control System (if so equipped)
The Advanced Climate Control System keeps the air inside of the vehicle clean, using the ion control and the automatic air intake control with exhaust gas detecting sensor.
Ion control:
This unit generates highly concentrated Plasmacluster® ions into the air blown from the ventilators and reduces odor absorbed into the interior trim. The high-density Plasmacluster® ions generated in the air conditioner's air stream not only suppress airborne bacteria and reduce the adherence of odors to the interior trim, but also have a proven skin moisture preserving effect.

When the air conditioner is turned on, the system generates Plasmacluster® ions auto-

matically.

When the unit generates the Plasmacluster®

ions, the

is displayed in white on the

display screen. When the Plasmacluster®

ions are not generated, the

is not

displayed.

Plasmacluster® and Plasmacluster® ion are registered trademarks of Sharp Corporation.
Exhaust gas detection sensor:
This vehicle is equipped with an exhaust gas detection sensor. When the automatic intake air control is ON, the sensor detects exhaust gas such as gasoline or diesel. When gas is detected, the system automatically changes from the outside air circulation mode to the recirculation mode.
When the air intake control key is selected under the following conditions, the color of the key will turn orange and the exhaust gas detection sensor will turn on.

. The air flow control is not in the front defroster mode. (The color of the front defroster key is white.)
. The outside temperature is about 32°F (0°C) or more.

284 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Example

WAE1049X

REAR AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Basic information
The rear air conditioning system can be controlled by the Front Control Panel. When the FRONT air conditioning system is on, touch the REAR air conditioner key on the Front Control Panel, then touch the ON/ OFF key to turn on the rear automatic air conditioning system. (The color of the key will turn orange.)
To control the rear automatic air conditioning system with the front air conditioner control panel, touch the REAR key. (The

color of the key will turn orange.)
The rear automatic air conditioning system can also be adjusted by using the rear air conditioner control switches located on the rear of the center console (see "Rear air conditioner control switches operation" (P.286), or the Rear Control Panel (if so equipped) (see "Rear Control Panel operation" (P.286)).
Front Control Panel operation
Automatic operation:
1. Touch the REAR air conditioner key , then touch the ON/OFF key . (The color of the key will turn orange.)
2. Touch the "AUTO" key . (The color of the AUTO key will turn orange.)
3. Touch the temperature control keys (driver's side) to set the desired temperature.
Cooling and dehumidified heating:
1. Touch the REAR air conditioner key , then touch the ON/OFF key . (The color of the key will turn orange.)
2. Touch the temperature control keys (driver's side) to set the desired temperature.
3. Touch the A/C key . (The color of the key will turn orange.)

NOTE:
When the front air conditioner is off, the rear automatic air conditioning system only operates the fan. When you would like to use the air conditioner, be sure to touch the A/C key on the front air conditioner control panel. (The color of the key will turn orange.)
Manual operation:
Perform the following when the REAR air conditioner key and the ON/OFF key are illuminated in orange.
. Temperature control Touch the temperature control keys (driver's side) to set the desired temperature.
. Fan speed control Touch the fan speed control keys to manually control the fan speed.
. Air flow control Touch the air flow control keys to change the air flow mode.
: The air outlet is fixed at foot level.
: The air outlet is fixed at the head level.

Air intake control:
The air intake control mode will change each time the air intake control key is touched.
. When the air recirculates inside the vehicle, the color of the air intake control key is orange.
. When the air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle, the color of the air intake control key is white.
Rear air conditioner control lock:
Touch the REAR lock key to lock the rear air conditioner control by the Rear Control Panel (if so equipped) or the rear air conditioner control switches.
To unlock it, touch the key again.
For models with Rear Control Panel:
Touching REAR lock key will also lock seat movement operations by the Rear Control Panel. (See "Rear Control Panel lock function" (P.153).)

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 285

Example 1. Fan speed control switch 2. Temperature control switch 3. AUTO (automatic) switch 4. Air flow control switch 5. ON/OFF switch

WAE1050X

Rear air conditioner control switches operation
When the rear air conditioner lock icon on the Front Control Panel is off (illuminated in white), the rear seat passengers can adjust the rear automatic air conditioning system using the control switches on the rear of the center console.
1. Fan speed control switches
Rear fan speed control up/down
2. Temperature control switches
Rear temperature control up/down
3. AUTO (automatic) switch
Rear automatic air conditioning system on, AUTO mode on
4. Air flow control switches
Rear air flow mode change
5. ON/OFF switch
Rear automatic air conditioning system on/off

WAE1051X
Rear Control Panel operation (if so equipped)
1. Temperature control keys 2. AUTO (automatic) key 3. ON/OFF key 4. Fan speed control keys 5. Air flow control keys When the rear air conditioner lock icon on the Front Control Panel is off (illuminated in white), the rear seat passengers can adjust the rear automatic air conditioning system using the Rear Control Panel.
Touch "Climate" key, then touch the key of

286 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

the item you wish to select/adjust.
See "Rear Control Panel" (P.152) for more details of the Rear Control Panel.
Turning the system on/off
Use the following methods to turn on/off the rear automatic air conditioning system.
. Operating the Front Control Panel: Touch the ON/OFF key on the REAR air conditioner display.
. Operating the rear air conditioner control switch: Push the ON/OFF switch on the rear of the center console.
. Operating the Rear Control Panel: Touch the "Climate" key, then touch the ON/OFF key on the REAR air conditioner display.

Example

WAE1052X WAE1053X

BIOMETRIC COOLING (if so equipped)
Basic information
Using the infrared (IR) sensor , the biometric cooling controls air flow volume in accordance with the passenger's temperature of their faces depending on the conditions.
. When the front passenger's seat is occupied (the seat belt buckle has latched) and the system detects that the front passenger's surface temperature is high, the air flow volume to the front seat will be increased.
. When a 2nd row seat is occupied (the seatbelt buckle has latched), the rear air conditioning system will start operation automatically (if the front air conditioner is in operation).
. When a 2nd row seat is occupied (the seat belt buckle has latched) and the system detects that the 2nd row seat passenger's surface temperature is high, the air flow volume to the 2nd and 3rd row seat passengers will be increased.
Turning the biometric cooling on/ off
To activate/deactivate the biometric cooling

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 287

function, perform the following steps.

1. Touch

key on the touch screen

display to display "All Settings" menu.

2. Touch "Vehicle" key.
3. Touch "Climate" key.
4. Touch "Biometric Cooling (BIO COOL)" key and select ON/OFF.
When this function is activated, the key appears in white.
NOTE: . Wearing sunglasses, having a beard,
etc., may affect the ability of accurate measurement of facial body temperature and, as a result, the control expected by the passenger may not be possible.
. System does not have the capability to identify individual passengers. Also body temperature readings do not leave the vehicle.

Example

WAC1423X

AIR CONDITIONER SETTINGS
Some of the air conditioning related items can be operated using the touch screen display. See the INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual for basic usage of the Touch screen display.
1. Touch key on the touch screen display to display "All Settings" menu.

2. Touch "Vehicle" key. 3. Touch "Climate" key. See "Climate" (P.155) for more details.

288 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

WAE1054X WAE1055X

OPERATING TIPS
When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low, the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate. However, this is not a malfunction. After the coolant temperature warms up, the air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally.
The sensors and located on the instrument panel help maintain a constant temperature. Do not put anything on or around the sensors.
LINKING INTELLIGENT KEY
The air conditioner system settings can be memorized for each Intelligent Key. See "Setting memory function" (P.251).
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
Models without Advanced Climate Control System:
The climate control system is equipped with an in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen, dust, etc.
Models with Advanced Climate Control System:
The climate control system is equipped with a natural grape seed polyphenol filter which collects and neutralizes dirt, pollen, dust, etc.
To make sure the air conditioner heats,

defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the filter in accordance with the specified maintenance intervals listed in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section. If replacement is required, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditioner.
SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROL
The climate control system in your vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind. This refrigerant will not harm the earth's ozone layer. However, special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your air conditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your climate control system. (See "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.572) for climate control system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations.)
An INFINITI retailer will be able to service your environmentally friendly climate control system.

WARNING
The system contains refrigerant under high pressure. To avoid personal injury, any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 289

DRIVING RECORDER (if so equipped)

BASIC INFORMATION
The driving recorder saves footage of the front and rear of the vehicle as videos and photos, which can be viewed on the touch screen display or your smartphone.
The driving recorder is also capable of sound and video recording in the vehicle.
For the driving recorder setting, see "Dash Cam" (P.154).
. The recording function of the driving recorder includes general recording, which records continuously at fixed intervals, and Record Event, which starts recording by manual operation or an impact to the vehicle.
. If the general recording data exceeds the recording area of the microSD card, the oldest data will be automatically overwritten. INFINITI recommends that you back up the recording data regularly.
. Record Event and photo data will not be overwritten. If the recording area of the microSD card is exceeded, data cannot be saved and a message will be displayed on the driving recorder screen. INFINITI recommends that the unnecessary data should frequently be deleted .
All recording functions are turned off at the first start. INFINITI recommends turning them on in the touch screen display setting

menu before you start driving.
PRECAUTIONS OF THE DRIVING
RECORDER
. Immediately after turning on the ignition switch, the driving recorder is not activated and cannot start recording. Please wait until the driving recorder starts up.
. Immediately after inserting the microSD card, recording will not be possible as the microSD card will be read. Please wait until the loading of the microSD card has finished.
. If the temperature inside of the vehicle is too hot or too cold, the recording function and Wi-Fi communication function may stop to protect equipment. Adjust the temperature inside the vehicle to an appropriate temperature using the air conditioner, etc.
. There may be differences in the time information of the recording files between the front camera, rear camera and inside camera.
. In the following cases, recording may start unexpectedly.
-- A strong impact is applied to the vehicle body
-- The door is opened or closed forcefully

. The Record Event function is designed to activate in the event of a collision. However, it may not start recording if the impact is minor.
. The recording may not be possible due to sounds inside the vehicle or surrounding noises.
. Depending on the surrounding brightness and distance to the object, the image may not be shown clearly.
. If an LED traffic light, etc., has been recorded, it may appear blinking or the color may not be discernible.
. Recorded footages are not guaranteed to be effective as evidence of traffic accidents, etc.
. The quality or recording of video/audio may not be guaranteed in every circumstance.
Data and Content Warning: Any data, recordings, or other content ("Content") captured by the driving recorder may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to many factors, including but not limited to, the passage of time, changing environmental circumstances, technological corruption, or digital manipulation or extraction.
Content Warranty: Any Content captured by the driving recorder is provided to you "as is" and you agree to use it at your own risk. INFINITI (and its licensors and suppliers)

290 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

make no guarantees, representations, or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Content, or that the Content or any server that may be required to operate the driving recorder will be uninterrupted or error free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: THE DRIVING RECORDER AND CONTENT ARE PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" AND "WITH ALL FAULTS" BASIS, AND INFINITI (AND ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY INFINITI (OR ANY OF ITS LICENSORS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH ADVICE OR INFORMATION.
Disclaimer of Liability: INFINITI (AND ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL

NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE CONTENT AND/OR USE OR POSSESSION OF THE DRIVING RECORDER; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE CONTENT AND/OR THE DRIVING RECORDER, ANY DEFECT IN THE CONTENT AND/OR DRIVING RECORDER, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF INFINITI HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. YOU ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE OF THE CONTENT AND/OR DRIVING RECORDER. TO THE EXTENT INFINITI IS NOT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW TO EXCLUDE ITS LIABILITY PURSUANT TO THE ABOVE, INFINITI TOTAL AGGREGATE LIABILITY TO YOU SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT OF US $100.00. Some states, territories, and countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages lim-

itations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.
WARNING
Taking your eyes off the road for too long or too often while using any driving recorder functionalities or related features can cause a crash or other serious injuries. Do not give extended attention to the driving recorder while operating the vehicle. Focus your attention on operation of the vehicle. The driving recorder feature is provided for convenience only. The driver is responsible for driving with due care and attention at all times.
THE DRIVING RECORDER IS INTENDED TO BE USED FOR PROVIDING CERTAIN CONTENT RELATED TO YOUR VEHICLE AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE USED AS A SAFETY RELATED TOOL AND CANNOT WARN YOU ABOUT ALL DANGERS AND HAZARDS WITH RESPECT TO YOUR DRIVE OR THE CURRENT ENVIRONMENT OF YOUR VEHICLE.
Applicable laws, regulations, and ordinances may prohibit or otherwise restrict certain actions or use of the driving recorder and/or Content in your

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 291

jurisdiction. INFINITI is not responsible for your compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and ordinances. You are solely responsible for compliance with any applicable laws, regulations, or ordinances relating to use of the driving recorder in your vehicle. You are solely responsible for compliance with any applicable laws, regulations, or ordinances relating to use, retention, or dissemination of any Content captured by the driving recorder.
NOTE: . While driving, the camera screen, saved
videos or still images cannot be displayed.
. When transferring or disposing of the device with a microSD card inserted, delete all saved recorded data to protect your privacy.
. This product includes the following software:
1) Software developed by or for Panasonic Automotive Systems Co., Ltd. (Panasonic)
2) Third Party Owned Software Licensed to Panasonic
3) Open source software (OSS) . Software classified as (3) above includes
open source software (OSS), including

various software to which the license information listed on the website below applies. http://car.panasonic.jp/oss/l01yvn7c
ABOUT MICROSD CARD
WARNING
Never allow children to contact the microSD card. If it is accidentally swallowed, it may become stuck in the throat and cause serious injury or death in the worst case.
NOTE: If the microSD card is ejected during recording or playback, data may be damaged.

292 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

WAE1062X
The microSD card slot is located in the lower console tray, under the center console.
. Videos and still images saved with the driving recorder are stored on the microSD card inserted into the card slot located on inside of the lower console tray.
. In the following cases, data may not be saved correctly.
-- If initialization is performed on a device other than this unit
-- If files created with a device other than this unit are mixed
-- When changing the file name recorded on the microSD card

-- If you use a microSD card other than the one included with this device
-- If the microSD card is not inserted correctly
ABOUT COPYRIGHT
. Unauthorized copying, broadcasting, public performance, and rental of copyrighted materials is prohibited by law.
. Except for personal use, videos and images taken may not be used without the permission of the rights holder. Photo shooting may be restricted even for personal use.
. Please refrain from using this device to take portraits of others without their consent, or to display them to an unspecified number of people, as this may infringe on portrait rights.
. If you use this device to engage in malicious behavior that causes a significant nuisance to the public, you may be subject to punishment according to laws and ordinances (nuisance prevention ordinances, etc.)

DRIVING RECORDER SYSTEM INTERFACE
Touch " " on the Launch Bar to display the apps menu.
Touch "Dash Cam" key to display the driving recorder screen.
The "Dash Cam" menu can also be set in the home menu of the touch screen display. See "Touch screen display" (P.153) for more details.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 293

1. Record Event
Touch to start recording manually in case of an emergency, etc.
The recording time starts 10 seconds before you start recording, and continues until 25 seconds after you start recording.

WAE1063X
2. Take a Photo Touch to save the image shown on the camera screen (main) as a still image.
3. Inside Camera/Outside Camera Touch to switch the inside/outside camera.

294 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

4. File Menu
Photos and recorded files can be viewed or deleted.
5.
Touch to display the driving recorder settings menu.
6. Camera screen (main)
The image from the front camera is displayed.
7. Camera screen (secondary)
The image from the rear camera will be displayed. Touch to swap the display with the camera screen (main).
8. Informational icons
Icons indicating the operating status of the driving recorder will be displayed.
NOTE: . The images on the camera screen
(main)/(secondary) may be displayed later than they actually are. . The camera screen cannot be displayed while driving, however, "Record Event" and "Take a Photo" can be used while driving.
Record Event has two measures.
1. Manual activation
Recording starts by touching "Record

Event" key on the screen.
2. Automatic activation
Recording starts by unexpected accident (collision, burglar, etc.).

INFORMATIONAL ICONS
Icons indicating the operating status of the driving recorder are displayed on the driving recorder screen.

WAE1107X
Recording playback screen (example) : Overlay information
The overlay information has the following information
. Date and time information . Vehicle speed information . Function icons The overlay information is not displayed on the inside camera video.
NOTE: . Vehicle speed information may lag be-
hind the video. . There is no guarantee that the speed
information will always be used as evidence.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 295

Position Icon

Status Audio recording ON
Audio recording OFF
Emergency/manual/general recording in progress Recording stopped

FILE MENU
Photos and recorded files can be viewed or deleted in the file menu screen.

Example

WAE1064X

Position Icon (None)

Status microSD card detected microSD card not detected

(Red)

Collision recording function ON

(White)

Collision recording function OFF
Wi-Fi File Transfer: On

(None) Wi-Fi File Transfer: Off

NOTE:

. If the icon is not displayed in the location and the shot or recorded data is not

saved, there may be insufficient free

data space on the microSD card. If it

occurs, delete sufficient amount of data.

. If

is displayed, the microSD card

may be malfunctioning. If the error does

not resolve after formatting the mi-

croSD card, replace it with a new

microSD card.

. If ,

(gray), or

(gray) is

displayed, the vehicle or the driving

recorder may be malfunctioning. Have

the system checked. It is recommended

that you visit an INFINITI retailer for

this service.

296 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

A list of saved files will be displayed. Select a file from the list to play videos or view photos.
You can also delete videos and photos.
6. < >
Touch to switch the pages.
NOTE: . The file list or view files cannot be
displayed while driving. . The recording function cannot be used
while a file list is displayed or a video is being played.
IN CAR CAMERA MENU
You can record or take photos of the vehicle's cabin for making a record of your family trip, etc.
Photos and recorded files can be viewed or deleted in the "File Menu".

1. Photos
Touch to select and display the saved photos in the file list.
2. General Videos
Touch to select and play general recording videos in the file list.

WAE1065X
3. Event Videos Touch to select and play the Record Event videos in the file list.
4. Delete Files Touch to select and delete files.
5. File list

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 297

1. Record Event Touch to start/stop recording manually.
2. Take a Photo Touch to save the image shown on the camera screen as a still image.
3. Outside Camera/Inside Camera

WAE1066X
Touch to switch the inside/outside camera. 4. File Menu See "File menu" (P.296). 5. In Car Camera screen Driver can check the status of the 2nd

row seat on the touch screen display.
6. Zoom icon
Touch the icon to select zoom (to the rear seat passengers) or not.

NOTE:

The camera screen cannot be displayed while driving, however, "Record Event" and "Take a Photo" can be used while driving.

DRIVING RECORDER SETTINGS

Touch

to display the driving recorder

settings menu.

See "Dash Cam" (P.154) for the details of the driving recorder settings items.
A smartphone can be connected to the driving recorder via Wi-Fi using a dedicated smartphone app. Files stored on the driving recorder can be checked and downloaded using the smartphone.
The dedicated app can be downloaded by Google Play (for Android) or App Store (iOS).
Google/Android/Google Play
Google, Android, Google Play, and other marks are trademarks of Google LLC.
App Store
Apple and the Apple logo are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other

298 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.

WAE1108X
App download
. App name: INFINITI Dash Cam Recorder . Default Wi-Fi name: dvr_ssid . Default Wi-Fi password: dvr_pass If you have forgotten your password, you can initialize the driving recorder by selecting "System" key and then "Reset All DashCam Settings to Default" key.
NOTE: . If the recording setting is set to OFF
when using the driving recorder for the first time, initialize the driving recorder. . Initializing the microSD card will erase all data included. It is recommended that a backup data should be kept in advance.

FEATURES AVAILABLE IN MYINFINITI APP
Using MyINFINITI app, users can take pictures using the driving recorder cameras from a remote location.
Also, if your vehicle is hit by something/ someone or the lock is broken, the driving recorder will detect such events and send a notification and pictures to your MyINFINITI app.
RADIO APPROVAL INFORMATION
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operated in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines as this equipment has very low levels of RF energy.
FCC CAUTION
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com-

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 299

pliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
NOTE:
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: . Reorient or relocate the receiving an-
tenna.
. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

This device complies with Industry Canada's applicable licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference; and
(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence.
L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes :
1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage;
2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules as this equipment has very low levels of RF energy.
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements énoncées pour un environnement non contrôlé et respecte les règles d'exposition aux fréquences radioélectriques (RF) CNR-102 de l'IC puisque cet appareil a une niveau tres

300 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

bas d'energie RF.

ANTENNA

WINDOW ANTENNA
The antenna pattern is printed inside the 3rd row seat window.
CAUTION
. Do not place metalized film near the 3rd row seat window or attach any metal parts to it. This may cause poor reception or noise.
. When cleaning the inside of the 3rd row seat window, be careful not to scratch or damage the 3rd row seat window antenna. Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth.
. Do not damage the antenna pattern with luggage.
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA
The antenna is located on the rear part of the vehicle roof. (See "Exterior rear" (P.6).)
CAUTION
. A build up of ice on the antenna can affect radio performance. Remove the ice to restore radio reception.

. When removing snow from the roof, do not apply strong force to the antenna. That may cause broken antenna and roof panel dent.
. When using a high pressure car wash, keep the high pressure nozzle away from the antenna. The seal may be deformed or damaged.
. The radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the radio signal. If possible, do not put cargo near the antenna.

from the antenna.
The seal may be deformed or damaged.
. The GNSS performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the GNSS signal. If possible, do not put cargo near the antenna.

GNSS ANTENNA (for ProPILOT Assist 2.1) (if so equipped)
Two antennas are located on the rear part of the vehicle roof. (See "Exterior rear" (P.6).)

CAUTION
. A build up of ice on the antenna can affect GNSS performance. Remove the ice to restore GNSS reception.
. When removing snow from the roof, do not apply strong force to the antenna. That may cause broken antenna and roof panel dent.
. When using a high pressure car wash, keep the high pressure nozzle away
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 301

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO
When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your vehicle, be sure to observe the following cautions, otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the electronic control modules and electronic control system harness.
WARNING
. A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving.
. If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion, the hands-free cellular phone operational mode (if so equipped) is highly recommended. Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.
. If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION
. Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules.
. Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in (20 cm) away from the electronic control system harness. Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness.
. Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer.
. Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body.
. For details, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer.

302 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ...................... 307 Basic information ........................................................ 307 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) .............................. 307 Three-way catalyst .................................................... 308 Turbocharger system ................................................ 308 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......... 308 Avoiding collision and rollover ................................. 312 On-pavement and off-road driving precautions ..................................................... 312 Off-road recovery ....................................................... 312 Rapid air pressure loss ............................................... 313 About lowering of the vehicle body (if so equipped) .................................................................. 313 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ....................... 313 Driving safety precautions ....................................... 314
Push-button ignition switch .......................................... 316 Basic information ........................................................ 316 Operating range for engine start function .......... 316 Push-button ignition switch operation ................. 316 Push-button ignition switch positions .................. 317 Emergency engine shut off ...................................... 318 Intelligent Key battery discharge ............................ 318
Before starting the engine ............................................. 319 Starting the engine ........................................................... 319
Basic information ........................................................ 319

Remote engine start ................................................ 320 Driving the vehicle .......................................................... 320
Engine protection mode ......................................... 320 Automatic Transmission (AT) ................................ 321 Parking brake .................................................................... 326 Basic information ...................................................... 326 Automatic operation ................................................ 327 Manual operation ...................................................... 328 Automatic brake hold ..................................................... 329 Basic information ...................................................... 329 How to activate/deactivate the automatic brake hold function .................................................. 330 How to use the automatic brake hold function ............................................................. 330 INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ..................................... 332 Basic information ...................................................... 332 PERSONAL mode ..................................................... 333 STANDARD mode .................................................... 333 ECO mode ................................................................... 333 SPORT mode .............................................................. 334 TOW mode ................................................................. 335 SNOW mode .............................................................. 335 Driver Assistance systems ............................................. 336 Basic information ...................................................... 336 How to enable/disable the systems .................... 338
Starting and driving 303

Driver assistance troubleshooting guide ............. 340 Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) ..................................... 345
Basic information ........................................................ 345 System operation ........................................................ 345 How to enable/disable the TSR system .............. 347 System temporarily unavailable .............................. 347 System malfunction .................................................... 347 System maintenance ................................................. 348 Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ............................................................. 348 Basic information ....................................................... 348 LDW system operation ............................................ 350 How to enable/disable the LDW system ............ 351 LDP system operation ............................................... 351 How to enable/disable the LDP system .............. 351 LDW/LDP system limitations ................................. 353 System temporarily unavailable .............................. 354 System malfunction .................................................... 355 System maintenance .................................................. 355 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ............................................ 356 Basic information ........................................................ 356 BSW system operation .............................................. 357 How to enable/disable the BSW system ............. 358 BSW system limitations ............................................ 359 BSW driving situations ............................................. 360 Trailer BSW function operation .............................. 363 System temporarily unavailable ............................. 364 System malfunction ................................................... 364
304 Starting and driving

System maintenance ............................................... 364 Blind Spot Intervention®(BSI) ........................................ 365
Basic information ...................................................... 365 BSI system operation ............................................... 367 How to enable/disable the BSI system .............. 368 BSI system limitations ............................................. 369 BSI driving situations ............................................... 370 System temporarily unavailable ............................ 374 System malfunction .................................................. 375 System maintenance ................................................ 375 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) .................................. 377 Basic information ...................................................... 377 RCTA system operation .......................................... 378 How to enable/disable the RCTA system ......... 379 RCTA system limitations ........................................ 380 System temporarily unavailable ............................ 382 System malfunction .................................................. 382 System maintenance ................................................ 382 ProPILOT Assist Systems ............................................. 383 Overview ..................................................................... 383 ProPILOT Assist Systems Overview ................... 387 ProPILOT Assist 2.1 mode indicators ................ 388 ProPILOT Assist displays and indicators ........... 396 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ............................. 399 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control ......... 403 Speed Limit Assist ................................................... 404 Speed Adjust by Route ........................................... 406 Steering Assist .......................................................... 407

Hands On Detection .................................................. 409 Steering Assist with HD map data (a feature of ProPILOT Assist 2.1) ................................................ 410 Driver Monitor ............................................................. 411 Attention to the road ................................................. 413 Lane Change Assist .................................................... 414 Passing Assist .............................................................. 416 System maintenance .................................................. 418 License information (ProPILOT Assist 2.1) ......... 418 Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection system ........................................ 419 Basic information ........................................................ 419 FEB with Pedestrian Detection system operation ......................................................... 421 Turning the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system ON/OFF ......................................................... 423 FEB with Pedestrian Detection system limitations ...................................................... 424 System temporarily unavailable .............................. 429 System malfunction .................................................... 431 System maintenance .................................................. 431 Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) ....... 433 Basic information ........................................................ 433 PFCW system operation ........................................... 435 Turning the PFCW system ON/OFF ................... 436 PFCW system limitations ........................................ 438 System temporarily unavailable ............................. 439 System malfunction ................................................... 440 System maintenance ................................................. 440

Driver Attention Alert (DAA) ........................................ 441 Basic information ...................................................... 441 DAA system operation ........................................... 442 How to enable/disable the DAA system .......... 443 DAA system limitations .......................................... 443 System malfunction ................................................. 444
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) ................................... 444 Basic information ..................................................... 444 RAB system operation ............................................ 445 How to enable/disable Rear Automatic Braking ................................................... 446 RAB system limitations .......................................... 447 System malfunction ................................................. 449 System maintenance ............................................... 449
Break-in schedule ............................................................ 450 Fuel Efficient Driving Tips ............................................ 450 Increasing fuel economy ................................................ 451 INFINITI all-mode 4WD® (if so equipped) ............... 451
Basic information ...................................................... 451 INFINITI all-mode 4WD® system ........................ 452 4WD shift positions ................................................ 454 4WD shift indicator .................................................. 455 4WD warning message ........................................... 455 4WD mode of 3D Around View® Monitor ........ 455 Air suspension system (if so equipped) ...................... 456 Basic information ...................................................... 456 Operation condition of the air suspension system .................................................... 456 Switches and keys .................................................... 457
Starting and driving

305

Vehicle height level .................................................... 458 Modes and display indicators ................................. 458 Turning OFF the air suspension system ............... 459 Air suspension system temporarily unavailable ............................................. 459 Air suspension system malfunction ....................... 459 Parking/parking on hills ................................................. 460 Electric power steering ................................................... 461 Brake system ...................................................................... 462 Braking precautions .................................................... 462 Brake assist ....................................................................... 463 Brake assist .................................................................. 463 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............................ 463 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system .................... 464 Basic information ....................................................... 464 How to turn off the VDC system .......................... 466 Brake Force Distribution .......................................... 466 Chassis control .................................................................. 467 Basic information ........................................................ 467 Active Trace Control .................................................. 467 Hill Start Assist system .................................................. 468

Front and rear sonar system ....................................... 469 Basic information ..................................................... 469 System operation ..................................................... 470 How to enable/disable the sonar system .......... 471 Sonar system limitations ......................................... 472 System temporarily unavailable ............................ 473 System maintenance ................................................ 473
Idling Stop System .......................................................... 474 Basic information ..................................................... 474 Retrograde movement control function ............. 476 Idling Stop System display ..................................... 476 Idling Stop OFF switch ........................................... 481
Cold weather driving ....................................................... 481 Freeing a frozen door lock ..................................... 481 Anti-freeze .................................................................. 481 Battery ......................................................................... 481 Draining of coolant water ...................................... 481 Tire equipment .......................................................... 482 Special winter equipment ...................................... 482 Driving on snow or ice ............................................ 482 Engine block heater (if so equipped) .................. 483

306 Starting and driving

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING BASIC INFORMATION

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING
. Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either.
They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.
. Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

WARNING
. Do not breathe exhaust gases; they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.
. If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle, drive with all windows fully open, and have the vehicle inspected immediately.
. Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage.
. Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time.
. Keep the liftgate closed while driving, otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment. If you must drive with the liftgate open, follow these precautions:
1) Open all the windows.
2) Turn the air recirculation mode off and set the fan speed control to the highest level to circulate the air.

. If electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the liftgate or the body, follow the manufacturer's recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle.
. The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever: -- Your vehicle is raised for service. -- You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment. -- You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system. -- You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system, underbody, or rear of the vehicle.
Starting and driving 307

THREE-WAY CATALYST
The three-way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.
WARNING
. The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep people, animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components.
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.
CAUTION
. Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three-way catalyst's ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants.
. Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in the ignition, fuel injection, or electrical systems can cause overrich
308 Starting and driving

fuel flow into the three-way catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do not keep driving if the engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected. Have the vehicle inspected promptly. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the three-way catalyst.
. Do not race the engine while warming it up.
. Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
The turbocharger system uses engine oil for lubrication and cooling of its rotating components. The turbocharger turbine turns at extremely high speeds and it can reach an extremely high temperature. It is essential to maintain a clean supply of oil flowing through the turbocharger system. A sudden interruption of oil supply may cause a malfunction in the turbocharger.
To ensure prolonged life and performance of the turbocharger, it is essential to comply

with the following maintenance procedure.
CAUTION
. Change your engine oil according to the recommended intervals shown in the "Maintenance and schedules" (P.553).
. Use only the recommended engine oil. (See "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.572).)
. If the engine has been operating at high rpm for an extended period of time, let it idle for a few minutes prior to turn off.
. Do not accelerate your engine to high rpm immediately after starting it.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
Basic information
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle

placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check all your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon

subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
Additional information
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, the TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire.
. The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example, a flat tire while driving).
. The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge

to check the tire pressure.
. The "Tire Pressure Low Add Air" warning appears in the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected. The "Tire Pressure Low Add Air" warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off.
The "Tire Pressure Low Add Air" warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.
The "Tire Pressure Low Add Air" warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.
. Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle's operation and the outside temperature. Do not reduce the tire pressure after driving because the tire pressure rises after driving. Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature, check the tire pressure for all four tires.
. Depending on a change in the outside temperature, the low tire pressure warn-
Starting and driving 309

ing light may illuminate even if the tire pressure has been adjusted properly. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure again when the tires are cold. . You can also check the pressure of all tires (except the spare tire) on the vehicle information display. (See "Tire Pressures" (P.147).) For additional information, see "Low tire pressure warning light" (P.113) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) " (P.487).
WARNING
. If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure
310 Starting and driving

shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated, it is recommended you consult an INFINITI retailer.
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for these services.
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.

CAUTION
. The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow.
. Do not place metalized film or any metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors, and the TPMS will not function properly.
Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. Some examples are:
. Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle.
. If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle.
. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle.
Low tire pressure warning light may illuminate in the following cases.
. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel and tire without TPMS.

. If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID has not been registered.
. If the wheel is not originally specified by INFINITI.
NOTE:
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference. (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator
When adding air to an under-inflated tire, the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure.
Vehicle set-up:
1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.
2. Apply the parking brake and shift the transmission in the P (Park) position.
3. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. Do not start the engine.
Operation:
1. Add air to the tire.
2. After a few seconds, the hazard indicators will start flashing.
3. When the designated pressure is reached, the horn beeps once and the hazard indicators stop flashing.
4. Perform the above steps for each tire.
. If the tire is over-inflated more than approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash 3 times. To correct the pressure, push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure. When the pressure reaches the designated pressure, the horn beeps once.

. If the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, it indicates that the Tire Inflation Indicator is not operating.
. The TPMS will not activate the Tire Inflation Indicator under the following conditions: -- If there is interference from an external device or transmitter -- The air pressure from the inflation device such as those using a power socket is not sufficient to inflate the tire -- If an electrical equipment is being used in or near the vehicle -- There is a malfunction in the TPMS system -- There is a malfunction in the horn or hazard indicators
. If the Tire Inflation Indicator does not operate due to TPMS interference, move the vehicle about 3 ft (1m) backward or forward and try again.
If the Tire Inflation Indicator is not working, use a tire pressure gauge.
Starting and driving 311

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER
WARNING
Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident.
Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, high speed cornering, or sudden steering maneuvers, because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover, particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the "Seat belts" (P.41), and also instruct your passengers to do so.
Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more
312 Starting and driving

likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt.
ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD
DRIVING PRECAUTIONS
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
They have higher ground clearance than passenger cars to make them capable of performing in a variety of on-pavement and off-road applications. This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road, allowing you to anticipate problems. However, they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover. Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt.
Be sure to read "Driving safety precautions"

(P.314).
OFF-ROAD RECOVERY
While driving, the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface. If this occurs, maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Do not apply the brakes.
3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course.
4. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.
5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced.
6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface. When all tires are on the road surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane.

. If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road.
RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS
Rapid air pressure loss or a "blow-out" can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires.
Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway speeds.
Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage. See "Wheels and tires" (P.539).
If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or "blowsout" while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING
The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure. Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury.
. The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire.
. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.
. Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal.
. Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course.
3. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.
4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible.
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see "Changing a flat tire" (P.488).
ABOUT LOWERING OF THE VEHICLE BODY (if so equipped)
If the loaded vehicle with air suspension system is not moved for a long time, the vehicle body may be lowered. This is normal. Once the engine starts, it will automatically adjust vehicle height.
DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND DRIVING
WARNING
Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination, delays reaction time and impairs judgement. Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others. Additionally, if you are injured in an accident, alcohol can increase the severity of the injury.
INFINITI is committed to safe driving. How-

Starting and driving 313

ever, you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol. Remember, drinking and driving don't mix! And that is true for drugs, too (over-thecounter, prescription, and illegal drugs). Don't drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.
DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Your INFINITI is designed for both normal and off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep water or mud as your INFINITI is mainly designed for leisure use, unlike a conventional off-road vehicle. Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models are less capable than Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, or the like. Please observe the following precautions:
314 Starting and driving

WARNING
. Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas. Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened. This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain.
. Do not drive across steep slopes. Instead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes. Off-road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward.
. Many hills are too steep for any vehicle. If you drive up them, you may stall. If you drive down them, you may not be able to control your speed. If you drive across them, you may roll over.
. Do not shift ranges while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle.
. Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill. At the top there could be a drop-off or other hazard that could cause an accident.
. If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill,

never attempt to turn around. Your vehicle could tip or roll over. Always back straight down in R (Reverse) range. Never back down in N (Neutral), using only the brake, as this could cause loss of control.
. Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade, resulting in loss of control and an accident. Apply brakes lightly and use a low range to control your speed.
. Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain. Properly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers.
. To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively, do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack (if so equipped) and evenly distribute the load. Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible. Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual. This could cause your vehicle to roll over.
. Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving offroad. The steering wheel could move

suddenly and injure your hands. Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim.
. Before operating the vehicle, ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened.
. Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may became hot.
. Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds. With a higher center of gravity, your INFINITI is more affected by strong side winds. Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control.
. Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires, even with 4WD engaged.
. For 4WD equipped vehicles, do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running. Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
. Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for

emissions testing), or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground. Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury (4WD models).
. When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface, do not spin the wheel excessively.
. Accelerating quickly, sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control.
. If at all possible, avoid sharp turning maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. Your vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a conventional passenger car. The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger cars. Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and/or a rollover accident.
. Always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction (bias, biasbelted or radial), and tread pattern on all four wheels. Install tire chains

on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully. . Be sure to check the brakes immediately after driving in mud or water. See "Brake system" (P.462) for wet brakes. . Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills. If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward, backward or sideways, you could be injured. . Whenever you drive off-road through sand, mud or water as deep as the wheel hub, more frequent maintenance may be required. See the maintenance schedules shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section. . Spinning the rear wheels on slippery surfaces may cause the 4WD warning message displayed. The 4WD system may also automatically switch from the 4WD mode to the 2WD mode. This could reduce traction. Be especially careful when towing a trailer (4WD models).
Starting and driving 315

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
Do not operate the push-button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency. (The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds.) If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven, this could lead to a crash and serious injury. Before operating the push-button ignition switch, be sure to push the park button to shift to the P (Park) position.
316 Starting and driving

SSD0436
OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START FUNCTION
The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range .
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves/noises are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system's operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the ignition switch to start the

engine.
. The cargo room area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel, inside the glove box or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may function.
If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged, see "Intelligent Key battery discharge" (P.318).
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION
CAUTION
. Do not leave the vehicle for extended periods of time when the ignition switch is in the ON position and the engine is not running. This can discharge the battery.
. Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery. If you must use accessories while the engine is not running, do not use them for ex-

tended periods of time and do not use multiple electrical accessories at the same time.

WAF1496X
When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch will illuminate.
Push the ignition switch center:
. once to change to ON. . two times to change to OFF. When the ignition switch cannot be placed in the OFF position, proceed as follows:
1. Push the park button to shift to the P (Park) position.
2. Push the ignition switch. The ignition switch position will change to the ON position.
3. Push the ignition switch again to the OFF position.

The shift position can be shifted from the P (Park) position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed.
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS
ON (Normal operating position)
The ignition system and the electrical accessory power activate at this position without the engine turned on. The ON position has a battery saver feature that will place the ignition switch in the OFF position, if the vehicle is not running, after some time under the following conditions: . all doors are closed. . vehicle is in P (Park) position.
OFF position
The engine is turned off in this position.
Auto ACC position
With the vehicle in the P (Park) position, the Intelligent Key with you and the ignition placed from ON to OFF, the outside rearview mirror remote control, etc. can still be used for a period of time. Depending on the conditions, the Auto ACC function may not be activated or may
Starting and driving 317

continue for a shorter period of time than usual.
EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF
To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving or when the Intelligent Key battery is discharged, perform the following procedure:
. Push and hold the push-button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds, or
. When the vehicle is driving, rapidly push the push-button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds.
After engine shut-off, open the door to return to the normal condition.

WAF1550X
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE
If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged, or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation, start the engine according to the following procedure:
1. Push the park button to shift to the P (Park) position.
2. Firmly apply the foot brake.
3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)
4. Push the ignition switch while depressing

the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds. The engine will start.
After step 3 is performed, when the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch position will change to ON.
NOTE: . When the ignition switch is pushed to
the ON position or the engine is started by the above procedures, the "Key Battery Low" warning appears (on the vehicle information display) even if the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. To turn off the warning, touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again.
. If the "Key Battery Low" warning appears, replace the battery as soon as possible. (See "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.533).)

318 Starting and driving

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE

. Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear.
. Check fluid levels such as engine oil, coolant, brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible, or at least whenever you refuel.
. Check that all windows and lights are clean.
. Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition. Measure and check the tire pressure for proper inflation.
. Lock all doors.
. Position seat and adjust head restraints/ headrests.
. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.
. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise.
. Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position. (See "Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders" (P.108).)

BASIC INFORMATION
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Confirm that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.
The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch.
3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position. Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition switch to start the engine.
To start the engine immediately, push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position.
. If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restarting, depress the accelerator pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to the floor) and while holding, crank the engine. Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts.
. If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded, depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it. Push the ignition switch to the ON position to start cranking the engine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to OFF. After cranking the engine, release the accel-

erator pedal. Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push-button ignition switch to start the engine. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedure.
CAUTION
Do not operate the starter for more than 30 seconds at a time. If the engine does not start, push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again, otherwise the starter could be damaged.
4. Warm-up
Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting. Do not race the engine while warming it up. Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first, especially in cold weather. In cold weather, keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start.
When the engine is racing with no load, the engine speed is limited to about 3,000 rpm.
Starting and driving 319

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

5. To stop the engine, push the shift button "P" to shift to the P (Park) position, and push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of electro-
nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.
REMOTE ENGINE START
Vehicles started with the remote engine start function require the ignition switch to be placed in the ON position before the shift position can be shifted from the P (Park) position. To place the ignition switch in the ON position, perform the following steps:
1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is carried with you.
2. Depress the brake pedal.
3. Push the ignition switch once to the ON position.
320 Starting and driving

For additional information about the remote engine start function, see "Remote engine start" (P.227).

ENGINE PROTECTION MODE
The engine has an engine protection mode to reduce the chance of damage if the coolant temperature becomes too high (for example, when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads, such as when towing a trailer).
When the engine temperature reaches a certain level:
. The engine coolant temperature gauge will move toward the H position.
. Engine power may be reduced.
. The air conditioning cooling function may be automatically turned OFF for a short time (the blower will continue to operate).
Engine power and, under some conditions, vehicle speed will decrease. Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal, but the vehicle may not accelerate at the desired speed. The transmission will downshift or upshift as it reaches prescribed shift points. You can also shift manually.
As driving conditions change and engine coolant temperature is reduced, vehicle speed can be increased using the accelerator pedal, and air conditioning cooling function will automatically be turned back ON.

If:

1. The engine coolant temperature is not reduced.

2. The air conditioning cooling function does not turn back ON.

3. The engine oil pressure warning light

illuminates or engine coolant tem-

perature gauge does not return to the

normal range from the H position, this

may indicate a malfunction. Move the

vehicle off the road to a safe area and

allow the engine to cool. If after checking

the oil and coolant, the

remains on

or engine coolant temperature does not

return to the normal range, do not

continue to drive. It is recommended

you contact an INFINITI retailer.

The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) may also come ON. You do not need to have your vehicle towed, unless it remains on, but have it inspected soon. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. See "Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders" (P.108).

WARNING
Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed. The reduced

speed may be lower than other traffic, which could increase the chance of a collision. Be especially careful when driving. If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed, pull to the side of the road in a safe area. Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation. See "If your vehicle overheats" (P.497).
CAUTION
Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately. Such damage is not covered by warranty. Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (AT)
9 speed automatic transmission
The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by a transmission control module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation.
Shown on the following pages are the recommended operating procedures for this transmission. Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment.
Starting the vehicle
After starting the engine, fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the shift button R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive)/M (Manual shift mode) position. Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the transmission.
This automatic transmission model is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P (Park) to any drive position while the ignition switch position is ON.
The shift position other than P (Park) cannot be selected if the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or Auto ACC position.
Starting and driving 321

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push R (Reverse) or D (Drive) switch to shift into a driving gear.
2. Release the parking brake and foot brake, then gradually start the vehicle in motion.
WARNING
. Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or manual shift mode. Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed. Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident.
. Cold engine idle speed is high, so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up.
. Never shift to either P (Park) or R (Reverse) position while the vehicle is moving forward and P (Park) or D (Drive) position while the vehicle is moving reversing. This could cause an accident or damage the transmission.
. Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of control.
322 Starting and driving

CAUTION
. To avoid possible damage to your vehicle; when stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake should be used for this purpose.
. Except in an emergency, do not shift to the N (Neutral) position while driving. Coasting with the transmission in the N (Neutral) position may cause serious damage to the transmission.

WAF1551X
Shifting
After starting the engine, fully depress the brake pedal and push the shift button to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive)/M (Manual shift mode) position.
After operating the shift button, make sure that the shift position is switched to the intended one.
NOTE: . If all of the following conditions have
been met, the shift position may be changed to the P (Park) position automatically. -- When the vehicle is stopped.

-- When the driver's seat belt is unfastened.
-- When the driver's door is opened.
. The vehicle automatically applies the P (Park) position when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. However, if the electric shift control system malfunctions and you try to place the ignition switch to the OFF position when the shift position is other than P (Park), a buzzer will sound and you will not be able to place the ignition switch to OFF. If this occurs, follow the steps below. 1) Stop the vehicle and apply the parking brake. 2) While depressing the brake pedal, push the ignition switch to the ON position. 3) Push the P button to change the transmission to P (Park) position. 4) Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
WARNING
. If you use an implantable cardiac pacemaker, an implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD) or other medical devices, keep the implanted body parts away from the shift

button. The strong magnet in shift button may affect the operation of medical devices.
. Keep magnetic cards or things with magnetic force away from the shift button. It may cause malfunction and lead to an accident.
. Apply the parking brake if the transmission is in any position while the engine is not running. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage.
. On a hilly road, do not allow the vehicle to roll backwards while in the D (Drive) position or M position, or allow the vehicle to roll forward while in the R (Reverse) position. This may cause an accident.
CAUTION
Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and the transmission is in the P (Park) position.

P (Park) position: Use this position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake pedal must be depressed to change the shift position from the N (Neutral) position or any drive position to the P (Park) position. Apply the parking brake. When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake first, then select the P (Park) position.
CAUTION
Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped.
NOTE: . While the vehicle is stationary, if the
shift position is placed in any position other than the P (Park) position when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position, it will automatically switch to the P (Park) position. . When the P (Park) position button is pushed while driving, the operation is canceled. (A buzzer sounds and the shift position before being operated is maintained.)
Starting and driving 323

R (Reverse):
Use this position to back up. Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal must be depressed to change the shift position from the P (Park) position, the N (Neutral) position or any drive position to the R (Reverse) position.
If the vehicle is shifted to the R (Reverse) position while the vehicle is moving forward, the chime will sound and the vehicle will switch into the N (Neutral) position.
N (Neutral):
Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The engine can be started in this position. You may select the N (Neutral) position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving.
D (Drive):
Use this position for all normal forward driving.
If the vehicle is placed in the D (Drive) position while the vehicle is reversing, the chime will sound and the vehicle will switch into the N (Neutral) position.
Neutral hold mode function
This function enables you to turn off the engine with the vehicle in the N (Neutral) position. While this function is activated, the
324 Starting and driving

vehicle can be moved by pushing with hand even if the ignition switch is in the OFF position. When using this function, release the parking brake.
WARNING
. Use this function on a level surface only. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to move accidentally and could result in a collision or serious personal injury.
. When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position after activating this function, depress the brake pedal to stop the vehicle because the shift position is in the N (Neutral) position.
. If this function is not activated regardless of proper operation, transmission may malfunction. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
To activate the Neutral hold mode, perform the following operations.
1. Push the ignition switch to start the engine.
2. Release the parking brake and Automatic brake hold function.

3. Depress the brake pedal to stop the vehicle in the desired location such as parking space, an automatic car wash entrance, etc.
4. Depress and hold the brake pedal through all steps listed below. Do not release it during the process to activate the Neutral hold mode.
5. Wait for 10 seconds without pushing any shift buttons.
NOTE: It is necessary to perform the steps 6 through 8 within approximately 5 seconds.
6. Push the P (Park) position button and confirm the shift position indicator indicates the P (Park) position.
7. Push the shift button to the N (Neutral) position and confirm the shift position indicator indicates the N (Neutral) position and then release the shift button.
8. Push the N (neutral) position button again. The Neutral Hold Mode activated indicator appears in the vehicle information display when the Neutral hold mode function is activated. (See "Neutral Hold Mode activated indicator" (P.143).)
9. Confirm that the parking brake is released.

10. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position. The engine will turn off with holding the N (Neutral) position.
To exit the Neutral hold mode, place the vehicle in other than N (Neutral) position.
NOTE: . If the parking brake is not released,
release the parking brake. (See "Parking brake" (P.326).)
. When the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the shift position is in the N (Neutral) position, a message will appear in the vehicle information display. (See "Neutral Hold Mode guidance indicator" (P.143).)
. If the Neutral hold mode is unavailable, a message will appear in the vehicle information display. (See "Neutral Hold Mode was not activated indicator" (P.143).) To activate the Neutral hold mode, wait for a while without shifting operation and then perform the operations again.

Paddle shifter

WAF1552X

Manual shift mode
When the transmission is shifted to the D (Drive) position again with the vehicle in the D (Drive) position while driving, the transmission enters the manual shift mode. Shift range can be selected manually using the paddle shifters on the steering wheel.
When shifting up, pull the right-side paddle shifter (+) . The transmission shifts to the higher range.
When shifting down, pull the left-side paddle shifter (-) . The transmission shifts to the lower range.
When canceling the manual shift mode, shift

the transmission to the D (Drive) position again. The transmission returns to the normal driving mode. When you pull the paddle shifter while in the D (Drive) position, the transmission will shift to the upper or lower range temporarily. The transmission will automatically return to the D (Drive) position after a short period of time. If you want to return to the D (Drive) position manually, pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1.5 seconds. In the manual shift mode, the shift range is displayed in the vehicle information display. Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:
9M (9th): Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds. 8M (8th), 7M (7th), 6M (6th) and 5M (5th): Use these positions when driving up long slopes, or for engine braking when driving down long slopes. 4M (4th), 3M (3rd) and 2M (2nd): Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades. 1M (1st):
Starting and driving 325

PARKING BRAKE

Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow, or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades.
. Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7th gear. This reduces fuel economy.
. Pulling the same paddle shifter twice will shift the ranges in succession. However, if this motion is rapidly done, the second shifting may not be completed properly.
. In the manual shift mode, the transmission may not shift to the selected gear. This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control.
. When this situation occurs, the Automatic Transmission (AT) position indicator will blink and the chime will sound.
. In the manual shift mode, the transmission may shift up automatically to a higher range than selected if the engine speed is too high. When the vehicle speed decreases, the transmission automatically shifts down and shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop.
Accelerator downshift -- In D (Drive) position --
For passing or hill climbing, fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the
326 Starting and driving

transmission down into the lower gear, depending on the vehicle speed.
Fail-safe
When the fail-safe operation occurs, note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition.
If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions, such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe system may be activated. This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly. In this case, push the switch to the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds. Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position. The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition. If it does not return to its normal operating condition, have the transmission checked and repaired, if necessary. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
. Never drive the vehicle with the parking brake applied. The brake will overheat and fail to operate and will lead to an accident.
. Never release the parking brake from outside the vehicle. If the vehicle moves, it will be impossible to push the foot brake pedal and will lead to an accident.
. Never use the shift buttons in place of the parking brake. When parking, be sure the parking brake is fully applied.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

WAF1553X
Release Apply Indicator light
The electronic parking brake can be applied or released automatically or by operating the parking brake switch.
AUTOMATIC OPERATION
The electronic parking brake is automatically released as soon as the vehicle starts while the accelerator pedal is depressed under the following conditions.
. While the engine is running. . When the shift position is in the D (Drive)
or R (Reverse) position.

. When the driver's door is closed. The electronic parking brake is automatically released within 5 seconds after the shift position is placed in the D (Drive) or R (Reverse) position even if the driver's door is opened. Be sure to close the door before starting the vehicle.
WARNING
. When the automatic brake hold function is activated, the electronic parking brake will not be automatically applied when the engine is stopped without using the ignition switch (for example, by engine stalling).
Without the vehicle stationary, the electronic parking brake will not be automatically applied even if the engine is turned off with the ignition switch.
. Before leaving the vehicle, place the shift position in the P (Park) position and check that the electronic parking brake warning light is illuminated to confirm that the electronic parking brake is applied. The electronic parking brake warning light will remain on for a period of time after the driver's door is locked.

CAUTION
When parking in an area where the outside temperature is below 32°F (0°C), the electronic parking brake, if applied, may freeze in place and may be difficult to release.
For safe parking, it is recommended that you place the shift position in the P (Park) position and securely block the wheels.
NOTE: . To keep the electronic parking brake
released after the engine is turned off, place the ignition switch in the OFF position, depress the brake pedal and push down the parking brake switch before opening the driver's door. . If a malfunction occurs in the electronic parking brake system (for example, due to battery discharge), it is recommended to contact an INFINITI retailer. . Under the following conditions, the electronic parking brake will automatically be applied and the braking force of the automatic brake hold function will be released. The automatic brake hold indicator light on the meter turns off.

Starting and driving 327

-- The braking force is applied by the automatic brake hold function for 3 minutes or longer.
-- The vehicle is in the P (Park) position. -- The electronic parking brake is ap-
plied manually. -- The driver's seat belt is unfastened. -- The driver's door is opened. -- The ignition switch is placed in the
OFF position. -- A malfunction occurs in the automatic
brake hold function. . Make sure that the electronic parking
brake system warning light is OFF before starting the vehicle.
MANUAL OPERATION
Basic information
To apply: When the vehicle is stopped and the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position, pull the parking brake switch up. The indicator light on the switch and the electronic parking brake warning light PARK or (red) will illuminate.
To release: With the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position, depress the brake pedal and push the parking brake switch down . The indicator light and the electronic parking brake warning light (red) will turn
328 Starting and driving

off.
Before driving, check that the electronic parking brake warning light (red) turns off. For additional information, see "Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders" (P.108).
NOTE: . While the electronic parking brake is
applied or released, an operating sound is heard from the lower side of the rear seat. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.
. When the electronic parking brake is frequently applied and released in a short period of time, the electronic parking brake system warning light may blink and the electronic parking brake may not operate in order to prevent the electronic parking brake system from overheating. If this occurs, operate the parking brake switch again after waiting approximately 1 minute.
. If the electronic parking brake must be applied while driving in an emergency, pull up and hold the parking brake switch. When you release the parking brake switch, the electronic parking brake will be released.
. While pulling up the parking brake switch during driving, the electronic parking brake is applied and a chime

sounds. The electronic parking brake warning light (red) and the indicator light on the parking brake switch illuminate. This does not indicate a malfunction. The electronic parking brake warning light (red) and the indicator light on the parking brake switch will turn off when the electronic parking brake is released.
. When pulling the parking brake switch up with the ignition switch in the OFF position, the indicator light on the parking brake switch will continue to illuminate for a short period of time.
When towing a trailer
Depending on the weight of the vehicle and trailer and the steepness of the slope, there may be a tendency for the vehicle to move backwards when starting from a standstill. When this occurs, you can use the parking brake switch in the same way as a conventional lever type parking brake.
Before starting on sloping roads when towing a trailer, be sure to read the following to prevent the vehicle from moving backward unintentionally.
. Release the parking brake switch as soon as the engine is delivering enough torque to the wheels.

AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD

BASIC INFORMATION
The automatic brake hold function maintains the braking force without the driver having to depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped at a traffic light or intersection. As soon as the driver depresses the accelerator pedal again, the automatic brake hold function is deactivated and the braking force is released. The operating status of the automatic brake hold function can be displayed. (See "Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders" (P.108).)
To use automatic brake hold function, the following conditions need to be met:
. The driver's seat belt is fastened. . The electronic parking brake is released. . The vehicle is not in the P (Park) position. . The vehicle is not stopped on a steep hill.
WARNING
. The automatic brake hold function is not designed to hold the vehicle on a steep hill or slippery road. Never use the automatic brake hold function when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill or slippery road. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to move.
. Warnings may appear to request that

the driver retake control by depressing the brake pedal.
. When the automatic brake hold function is activated but fails to maintain the vehicle at a standstill, depress the brake pedal to stop the vehicle. If the vehicle unexpectedly moves due to outside conditions, the chime may sound and warnings may appear.
. Be sure to deactivate automatic brake hold function when using a car wash machine, towing your vehicle or overloaded.
. Make sure to engage the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake when parking your vehicle, entering or exiting the vehicle loading or unloading luggage. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move or roll away unexpectedly and result in serious personal injury or property damage.
. If any of the following conditions occur, the automatic brake hold function may not function. Have the system checked promptly. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these conditions could cause the vehicle to move or

roll away unexpectedly and result in serious personal injury or property damage.
-- A warning message appears.
-- The indicator light on the automatic brake hold switch does not illuminate when the switch is pushed.
. The automatic brake hold function will not be activated if the slip indicator light, electronic parking brake system warning light, electronic parking brake warning light or master warning light illuminates and the Chassis Control System Error warning message appears.
. To maintain the braking force to keep the vehicle to a standstill, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction.
. The automatic brake hold function is operated by applying sufficient brake force to hold the vehicle in its place, so there are cases when this hold function is maintained even if the accelerator pedal is depressed. In this situation, it is advised to depress the brake pedal first, then to turn off the automatic brake hold switch. This will cancel the hold function.
Starting and driving 329

WAF1554X
HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATE THE AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD FUNCTION
How to activate the automatic brake hold function
1. With the ignition switch in the ON position, push the automatic brake hold switch . The indicator light on the automatic brake hold switch illuminates.
2. When the automatic brake hold function goes into standby, the automatic brake hold indicator light (white) illuminates.
330 Starting and driving

To use the automatic brake hold function, the following conditions need to be met.
. The driver's seat belt is fastened. . The electronic parking brake is released. . The vehicle is not in the P (Park) position. . The vehicle is not stopped on a steep hill.
NOTE:
The automatic brake hold function retains the last state until the driver changes the option even if the ignition switch is turned off.
How to deactivate the automatic brake hold function
While the automatic brake hold function is activated, push the automatic brake hold switch to turn off the automatic brake hold indicator light and deactivate the automatic brake hold function. To deactivate the automatic brake hold function while the brake force has been maintained by the automatic brake hold function, depress the brake pedal and push the automatic brake hold switch.
WARNING
Make sure to firmly depress and hold the brake pedal when turning off the automatic brake hold function while the

brake force is applied. When the automatic brake hold function is deactivated, the brake force will be released. This could cause the vehicle to move or roll away unexpectedly.
Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling may result in serious personal injury or property damage.
HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD FUNCTION
Basic information
For additional information on using the automatic brake hold function, refer to the instructions outlined in this section.
To maintain braking force automatically
With the automatic brake hold function activated and the automatic brake hold indicator light (white) illuminated, depress the braking pedal to stop the vehicle and the automatic brake hold indicator light (green) illuminates. The brake force is automatically applied without your foot depressed on the brake pedal. While the brake force is maintained, the automatic brake hold indicator light (green) illuminates.

The automatic brake hold indicator light (green) will not illuminate if the brake pedal is not depressed with sufficient force to hold the vehicle or is released too quickly when the vehicle is stopped.
Confirm the automatic brake hold indicator light (green) is illuminated before removing your foot from the brake pedal.
To start the vehicle from a standstill
With the vehicle not in the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) position, depress the accelerator pedal while the brake force is maintained. The brake force will automatically be released to restart the vehicle. The automatic brake hold indicator light (white) illuminates and the automatic brake hold function returns to standby.
Parking
When the vehicle is in the P (Park) position with the brake force maintained by the automatic brake hold function, the electronic parking brake will automatically be applied and the brake force of the automatic brake hold function will be released. The automatic brake hold indicator light turns off. When the electronic parking brake is applied with the brake force maintained by the automatic brake hold function, the brake force of the automatic brake hold function will be released. The automatic brake hold indicator

light on the meter turns off.
NOTE: . Under the following conditions, the
electronic parking brake will automatically be applied and the braking force of the automatic brake hold function will be released (the automatic brake hold indicator light on the meter turns off):
-- The braking force is applied by the automatic brake hold function for 3 minutes or longer.
-- The vehicle is in the P (Park) position.
-- The electronic parking brake is applied manually.
-- The driver's seat belt is unfastened.
-- The driver's door is opened.
-- The ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.
-- A malfunction occurs in the automatic brake hold function.
. When the vehicle stops, but the brake force is not automatically applied, depress the brake pedal firmly until the automatic brake hold indicator light (green) illuminates.
. When the vehicle stops on a slope, depress the brake pedal firmly until the automatic brake hold indicator light (green) illuminates.

Starting and driving 331

INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR
Example
332 Starting and driving

WAF1555X

BASIC INFORMATION
Multiple driving mode can be selected by using the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector.
The drive mode select keys are displayed on the Front Control Panel. Touch MODE key
to display the drive mode select keys , then touch a key of your preferred drive mode. The selected drive mode is displayed on the vehicle information display .
NOTE: . When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector
selects a mode, the mode may not switch immediately. This is not a malfunction.
. The drive mode will be set to STANDARD each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
If the driving mode cannot be switched using the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector when the ignition switch is in the ON position, have the system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING
Do not stare at the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector or the display while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

PERSONAL MODE

When this mode is selected, the 4WD "4H" mode cannot be selected. See "INFINITI allmode 4WD®" (P.451) for details of the 4WD system.

In PERSONAL mode, you can set the original drive mode of your own.

Depending on your preference, you can set each of the driving elements in the vehicle information display.

Perform the following steps to set the elements of the PERSONAL mode.

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

play and then push the scroll dial. Use the

scroll dial to select "Vehicle Settings".

Then push the scroll dial.

2. Select "Drive Mode Selector" and push the scroll dial.
3. Select your favorite items and choose the settings for each item.
See "Drive Mode Selector" (P.123) for the details on each item.
Up to 6 user settings can be stored. Each user setting is linked to a specific Intelligent Key.

STANDARD MODE
This is the standard mode that is most suitable for normal driving.
ECO MODE
Basic information
When this mode is selected, the 4WD "4H" mode cannot be selected. See "INFINITI allmode 4WD®" (P.451) for details of the 4WD system.
Assists the driver's ECO-driving. The engine and transmission points are adjusted for improved fuel economy, providing such a driving features as smooth starting or constant cruising.
NOTE:
Selecting the ECO mode will not necessarily improve fuel economy as many driving factors influence its effectiveness.
ECO Mode Customize
When the ECO mode of the "Cruise Control", "Idling Stop" and/or "Air Conditioning" in addition to the conventional power train control is ON, more actual fuel economy is achieved by placing priority on fuel efficiency. It can be set when the ECO mode is selected. To activate or deactivate this function, see "ECO Mode Setting" (P.121).

. Cruise Control When the setting is ON, the fuel efficiency while cruising will be improved by lowering the acceleration target from normal (setting OFF) mode.
. Idling Stop When the setting is ON, the idling stop time will be extended more than normal mode when using the air conditioner.
. Air Conditioning When the setting is ON, the fuel efficiency will be improved by reducing the performance of the air conditioning system.
NOTE:
When the vehicle speed is reduced (for example, when the vehicle is driven on an uphill road from a flat road), it will take more time to return to the previously set speed than normal mode.
Tire Pres ECO advice
The "Tire Pres ECO advice" is a function to show an ECO advice message in the vehicle information display when low tire pressure is detected. To activate or deactivate this function, see "ECO Mode Setting" (P.121).
When the setting is ON, the ECO Drive Report display shows "Check Tire Pressures for Best Fuel Economy". You can switch the display to the Tire Pressures display by
Starting and driving 333

pushing the scroll dial on the steering wheel.
334 Starting and driving

WAF1696X
ECO Pedal Guide function
The ECO Pedal Guide display can be selected in the vehicle information display in the ECO mode. (See "ECO Pedal Guide" (P.146).) Use the ECO Pedal Guide function for improving fuel economy.
When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in the white range , it indicates that the vehicle is being driven within range of the super economy drive.
When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in the light pale colored range , it indicates that the vehicle is being driven within range of the economy drive.
If the ECO Pedal Guide bar is out of the

range and , it indicates that the accelerator pedal is depressed over the range of economy drive.
The ECO Pedal Guide bar is not displayed when:
. The vehicle speed is less than approximately 2 MPH (4 km/h).
. The shift button is in the P (Park), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse) position.
SPORT MODE
When this mode is selected, the 4WD "4H" mode cannot be selected. See "INFINITI allmode 4WD®" (P.451) for details of the 4WD system.
. Adjusts the engine and transmission points for a higher response.
. The setting of the steering system is adjusted to moderately increase steering wheel effort for a sporty feel.
. The setting of the suspension system is adjusted to increase the damping force for a sporty driving feel.
NOTE:
In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may be reduced.

TOW MODE
Basic information
The mode controls the shifting points to facilitate the acceleration and deceleration while towing.
NOTE:
The TOW mode should be used when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load. Driving the vehicle in the TOW mode with no trailer/load or light trailer/light load will not cause any damage. However, fuel economy may be reduced, and the transmission/ engine driving characteristics may feel unusual.
TOW mode is automatically canceled when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.
Towing mode
When the TOW mode has been selected, the rear view of the 3D Around View® Monitor continues to be displayed if the transmission has shifted out from the R (Reverse) position under certain conditions.
See "Towing mode" (P.261) for the details.

SNOW MODE
This mode makes it easier to start and drive on snowy roads and frozen roads.
CAUTION
Never drive on dry, hard surface roads in the SNOW mode, as this will overload the powertrain and may cause a serious malfunction. Additionally, this will cause premature tire wear and reduced fuel economy.
When the SNOW mode is selected, small vibration in cornering may occur. This is not a malfunction.

Starting and driving 335

DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS

BASIC INFORMATION
Each Driver Assistance system is designed to help the driver in different ways as they drive. The following Driver Assistance systems (if so equipped) are available on this vehicle:

Forward Driving Aids
. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection

Side Driving Aids (Lane and Blind Spot) . Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

Rear Driving Aids . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

Assists the driver with a warning and/or braking operation when there is a risk of a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane, or with a pedestrian. P.419 . Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
Helps alert the driver when there is a sudden braking of a second vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle ahead in the same lane. P.433
Side Driving Aids (Lane and Blind Spot) . Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
Warns the driver that the vehicle is about to cross a lane marker with an indicator and a steering wheel vibration. P.348

Warns the driver that the vehicle is about to cross a lane marker with an indicator and a steering wheel vibration. Assists the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. P.348 . Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
Warns the driver of a vehicle in an adjacent lane when changing lanes with an indicator. P.356 . Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)
Warns the driver of a vehicle in an adjacent lane when changing lanes. Assists the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. P.365

Assists the driver when backing out from a parking space by detecting other vehicles approaching from the right or left of the vehicle. P.377 . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
Assists the driver when the vehicle is backing up and approaching stationary objects directly behind the vehicle by providing a warning and automatic braking if needed. P.444
Parking Aids . 3D Around View® Monitor Assists the driver in parking situations by showing various views of the position of the vehicle in a split screen format. P.256 . Moving Object Detection (MOD) Informs the driver of moving objects near the vehicle in parking situations. P.275 . Sonar system Informs the driver with a visual and audible alert of stationary obstacles near the bumpers or the vehicle sides (flanks). P.469

336 Starting and driving

ProPILOT Assist . ProPILOT Assist

ProPILOT Assist . Steering Assist

Other Driving Aids . High beam assist

Consists of Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) and Steering Assist. P.383 . Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
Helps the driver maintain a selected distance from the vehicle ahead and can reduce the speed to match a slower vehicle ahead. Decelerates the vehicle to a standstill when a vehicle ahead slows to a stop. P.399 . Speed Limit Assist
Detects a change of the speed limit, indicates the detected speed limit and can apply it to the vehicle set speed automatically or manually. (A feature of ProPILOT Assist 1.1 and 2.1) P.404 . Speed Adjust by Route
Adjusts the vehicle speed depending on freeway interchanges and freeway curves, using road information provided by the map locator system. (A feature of ProPILOT Assist 1.1 and 2.1) P.406

Assists the driver to help keep the vehicle within the center of the traveling lane. Traffic and other conditions and laws permit, and it is safe to do so, driver's hands can be taken off the steering wheel. Always pay attention to the road and the operation of the vehicle. (A feature of ProPILOT Assist 2.1) P.407 . Lane Change Assist
Help the driver make a lane change when the turn signal is activated (A feature of ProPILOT Assist 2.1) P.414 . Passing Assist
Help the driver make a lane change when a slower vehicle is detected ahead (A feature of ProPILOT Assist 2.1) P.416

Switches the headlights to the low beam automatically when an oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle appears in front of your vehicle. P.170 . Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)
Provides the driver with information about the most recently detected speed limit. P.345 . Driver Monitor Monitors the driver's attention to the road ahead with a driver facing camera. P.411 . Driver Attention Alert (DAA)
Helps alert the driver when a lack of attention or driving fatigue is detected. P.441 . Hill Start Assist Helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill. P.468

Starting and driving 337

Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
338 Starting and driving

WAF1556X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE SYSTEMS
Basic information
The following systems (if so equipped) can be enabled or disabled using the settings menu in the vehicle information display. Select each setting item using the scroll dial on the steering-wheel-mounted controls.
. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection
. Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)* . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)* . Steering Assist . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . Moving Object Detection (MOD) . Sonar system . Speed Limit Assist (ProPILOT Assist 1.1
and 2.1) . Speed Adjust by Route (ProPILOT Assist
1.1 and 2.1) . Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) . Driver Attention Alert (DAA)

. Lane Change Assist (ProPILOT Assist 2.1)
. Passing Assist (ProPILOT Assist 2.1)
*: To operate the LDP and BSI systems, you need to push the ProPILOT Assist switch after enabling each system in the settings menu.

Driver Assistance display
The Driver Assistance display appears in the vehicle information display when selected using the scroll dial, or for a short period of time when the ProPILOT Assist switch is pushed.
The status of the following systems can be shown in each zone of the display.

Zone Forward
Lane Blind Spot

Driving Aid
Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection
Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)

. When any of the "Warning" systems are enabled, the " " mark is shown in each
zone.

. When any of the "Intervention" systems are enabled, the " " mark is shown in each zone.
. When no system is enabled, "OFF" is shown in each zone.
. When the " " mark (yellow) or " " mark (yellow) flashes or illuminates in each zone, the system cannot be used.

WAF1677X
Example (all enabled)
Starting and driving 339

DRIVER ASSISTANCE TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Basic information
Some of the Driver Assistance systems use the common parts (camera, radar, sonar, etc.) to function. When a pop-up warning message appears in the vehicle information display or the warning light flashes/illuminated, check the system conditions.
For system temporarily unavailable
It is important to ensure the radar sensors, cameras and sonar sensors are clean before each drive. Unclear or damaged cameras and sensors, as well as environmental conditions can affect system performance. See "Camera, radar and sonar locations" (P.343) for detailed locations.

Forward Driving Aids temporarily disabled Front Sensor blocked See Owner's Manual
Driving Aids Temporarily disabled Clean sensor area See Owner's Manual
Unavailable - Side Radar Obstruction
Unavailable - Camera Temperature High

. FEB light will also illuminate . Condition A: Poor weather conditions including heavy rain, snow, fog, etc . Condition B: Front radar sensor is obstructed due to dirt, snow, ice, etc . Condition C: Roads with limited structures or buildings (barren) . Clean the front radar area of the vehicle to remove any obstruction . Systems will automatically resume once conditions no longer exist. Intervention systems will need to
be reactivated. . Systems Affected: ICC . If ICC system is temporarily unavailable, the conventional (fixed speed) may still be used.
. FEB light will also illuminate . Condition A: Poor weather conditions including heavy rain, snow, fog, etc . Condition B: Front radar sensor or front camera area is obstructed due to dirt, snow, ice, etc . Condition C: Roads with limited structures or buildings (barren) . Clean the front radar area of the vehicle to remove any obstruction . Systems will automatically resume once conditions no longer exist. Intervention systems will need to
be reactivated. . Systems Affected: PFCW and FEB with Pedestrian Detection
. Side radar sensor is obstructed due to dirt, snow, ice, etc . Clean the side radar area of the vehicle to remove any obstruction . Systems Affected: BSW, BSI and RCTA
. Direct sunlight to camera or high cabin temperature . When the interior cabin temperature is reduced, systems will resume automatically. Intervention
systems will need to be reactivated. . Systems Affected: TSR, LDW, LDP, BSI and Steering Assist

340 Starting and driving

Driving Aids Temporarily limited Poor Visibility
Currently Unavailable
Unavailable Slippery Road Unavailable Seatbelt is Unfastened Unavailable Adverse Weather
Steering Assist Not Available Cannot Detect Lane Unavailable Parking Brake is ON Step on Brake Now
Limited driver's aid VDC setting OFF

. Poor camera visibility caused by direct sunlight or camera obstruction due to fog, ice, or condensation in camera housing
. Clean windshield glass around camera area using wipers and defrost function . Systems Affected: Steering Assist
. Condition A: VDC system is turned off . Condition B: SNOW Mode is selected . Condition C: 4H mode is selected (4WD models) . Condition D: Air suspension (if so equipped) is set to HIGH mode . Ensure VDC is active, drive mode is not in SNOW mode, the 4WD shift position is not in 4H and the
air suspension is not in HIGH mode . Systems Affected: LDP, BSI, and ICC . If ICC system is temporarily unavailable, the conventional (fixed speed) may still be used.
. Systems become unavailable because the road is slippery. . Systems Affected: LDP, BSI and ProPILOT Assist
. ProPILOT Assist cannot be used when the driver's seat belt is not fastened. . Fasten the driver's seat belt to use ProPILOT Assist.
. Steering Assist will be canceled. . Condition A: When the wiper (HI) operates . Condition B: When lane markers in the traveling lane cannot be correctly detected
. Steering Assist will be canceled when the lane markers in the traveling lane cannot be correctly detected.
. A snow rut, reflection of light on a rainy day or several unclear lane markers are present.
. ProPILOT Assist will be canceled when the electronic parking brake is applied. . The system cannot be used when the electronic parking brake is activated.
. While the vehicle is stopped by ProPILOT Assist, the driver's door is opened but the electronic parking brake was not activated.
. Step on the brake pedal immediately.
. FEB light will also illuminate . VDC system is turned off. . Turn back on VDC system . System Affected: FEB with Pedestrian Detection

Starting and driving 341

FEB Light flashing (no message)
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) light illumination (no message) Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) light flashing (no message)

. Interference from an unknown radar source . Camera high temperature . Poor camera visibility due to dirt on the lens . Systems will automatically resume once conditions no longer exist. Intervention systems will need to
be reactivated. . Systems Affected: ICC, PFCW and FEB with Pedestrian Detection . If ICC system is temporarily unavailable, the conventional (fixed speed) may still be used.
. The transmission is placed in the R position while VDC system is off. . Turn back on VDC system.
. Interference from an unknown radar source . RAB system will automatically resume once conditions no longer exist.

For system malfunction
If any of the following malfunction warnings appear (orange), stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn the engine off, restart the engine. If the warning message/light continue to illuminate, it may be a malfunction. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for service.

Malfunction - See Owner's Manual
Malfunction - See Owner's Manual and FEB system OFF warning light illumination
Malfunction - See Owner's Manual and RAB system OFF warning light illumination
Parking Sensor Error - See Owner's Manual

. Systems Affected: TSR, LDW, LDP, BSW, BSI, ProPILOT Assist, Steering Assist, DAA and RCTA . Systems Affected: FEB with Pedestrian Detection and PFCW
. System Affected: Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
. Systems Affected: Sonar system

342 Starting and driving

Camera, radar and sonar locations
The camera, radar and sonar that are used by each Driver Assistance systems are located on the front and rear of the vehicle. For the maintenance of each component, see "System maintenance" section in this Owner's Manual for each application system.

-- Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
-- Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (as part of ProPILOT Assist Systems)
Side radar sensor
-- ProPILOT Assist 2.1

WAF1557X
Vehicle front Front camera unit -- Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection -- Lane Departure Warning (LDW) -- Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) -- Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) -- Steering Assist (as part of ProPILOT Assist Systems) -- High beam assist -- Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) Front radar sensor -- Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection

Starting and driving 343

-- Sonar system -- ProPILOT Assist
WAF1558X
Vehicle rear Side radar sensor -- Blind Spot Warning (BSW) -- Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) -- Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
WAF1559X
Sonar Front sonar sensors -- Sonar system -- ProPILOT Assist Rear sonar sensors -- Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
344 Starting and driving

TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION (TSR)

(HUD)" (P.157).)

WAC1440X
BASIC INFORMATION
The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system provides the driver with information about the most recently detected speed limit. The system captures the road sign information with the multi-sensing front camera unit located on the windshield in front of the inside mirror and displays the detected signs in the vehicle information display. For vehicles equipped with the map locator system, the speed limit displayed is based on a combination of the map locator system data and live camera recognition. TSR information is shown in the vehicle information display and in the Head Up Display (HUD) (if so equipped). (See "Head Up Display

WARNING
The TSR system is only intended to be a support device to help provide the driver with information. It is not a replacement for the driver's attention to traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent accidents due to carelessness. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert and drive safely at all times.

WAC1399X
SYSTEM OPERATION
The TSR system displays the following types of road sign:
Starting and driving 345

Latest detected speed limit No passing zone

WAF1678X

CAUTION
. The TSR system is intended as an aid to careful driving. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and observe all road regulations that currently apply, including looking out for road signs.
. The TSR system may not function properly under all conditions. Below are some examples:

346 Starting and driving

-- When the road sign is not clearly visible, for example, due to damage or weather conditions.
-- When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the multi-sensing front camera unit.
-- When the headlights are not bright, for example, due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly.
-- When strong light enters the camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
-- When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)
-- In areas not covered by the map locator system.
-- If there are deviations in relation to the navigation, for example due to changes in the road routing.
-- When overtaking buses or trucks with speed stickers.
-- When the data from the map locator system is not up-to-date or is unavailable.

. The TSR system may display a traffic sign, though there is no traffic sign in front of the vehicle. It may display a different speed limit from that for a passenger vehicle. (The maximum speed limit sign may show a higher or lower number than the actual maximum speed, for example, when detecting a speed limit sign for truck, advisory sign, different speed limit sign between daytime and nighttime, or speed limit sign written in different unit near the border, etc.)

Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

WAF1556X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

TSR SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the TSR system:

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

play and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll dial to select "Driver Assistance". Then push the scroll dial.
2. Select "Traffic Sign Assist" and push the scroll dial. Then select "Speed Limit Sign" or "Speed Limit Warning" and push the scroll dial to turn the system on or off.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then started, the TSR system may be deactivated automatically. The "Unavailable Camera Temperature High" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
When the interior temperature is reduced, the TSR system will resume operating automatically.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the TSR system malfunctions it will be turned off automatically and the "Malfunction See Owner's Manual" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.

Starting and driving 347

Action to take If the warning message appears, pull off the road at a safe location and stop the vehicle. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The TSR system uses the same multi-sensing front camera unit that is used by the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system, located in front of the inside mirror. For maintenance of the camera, see "System maintenance" (P.355).
348 Starting and driving

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)/ LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP)
BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW and LDP systems could result in serious injury or death.
. The LDW and LDP systems will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
. The LDW and LDP systems are primarily intended for use on welldeveloped freeways or highways. The systems may not detect the lane markers in certain road, weather, or driving conditions.
. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system -- warns the driver with an indicator in the vehicle information display and vibrations of the steering wheel that the vehicle is beginning to leave the driving lane.
. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system -- warns the driver with and indicator in the vehicle information display and

vibrations of the steering wheel, and helps the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane.

WAC1440X
The LDW and LDP systems use a camera installed behind the windshield to monitor the lane markers of your traveling lane.
Example LDP ON indicator (on the vehicle information display) LDW/LDP indicator (on the vehicle information display) Vehicle information display ProPILOT Assist switch

WAF1641X
Starting and driving 349

LDW SYSTEM OPERATION
The LDW system provides a lane departure warning function when the vehicle is driven at the speeds of approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and above (varies depending on vehicle specification), and only when lane markings and road edges are clear. When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, the steering wheel will vibrate and the LDW indicator on the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.
350 Starting and driving

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDW SYSTEM

Basic information

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDW system.

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

play and then push the scroll dial. Use the

scroll dial to select "Driver Assistance".

Then push the scroll dial.

2. Select "Lane Assist" and push the scroll dial.
3. Select "Warning" and push the scroll dial.

NOTE:

If you disable the LDW system, the system will remain disabled the next time you start the engine.

Setting lane sensitivity

You can set lane sensitivity using the "Settings" menu in the vehicle information display.

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

play and then push the scroll dial. Use the

scroll dial to select "Driver Assistance."

Then push the scroll dial.

2. Select "Lane Assist" and push the scroll dial.
3. Select "Lane Sensitivity". . Strong . Normal . Mild
NOTE:
The sensitivity setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted. This setting is also applied to the Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system.
LDP SYSTEM OPERATION
The LDP system must be turned on with the ProPILOT Assist switch, every time the ignition switch is placed in the "ON" position.
The LDP system will operate when the vehicle is driven at the speeds of approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and above, and only when the lane markings and road edges are clearly visible on the road.
When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, steering wheel will vibrate and the LDP indicator (orange) on the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. Then, the LDP system will help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane.
To turn on the LDP system, push the

ProPILOT Assist switch on the steering wheel after starting the engine. The LDP ON indicator on the vehicle information display will illuminate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch again to turn off the LDP system. The LDP ON indicator will turn off.
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDP SYSTEM
Basic information

Starting and driving 351

WAF1642X

Example

ProPILOT Assist switch
Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted control (right side)
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDP system.

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

play and then push the scroll dial. Use the

scroll dial to select "Driver Assistance."

Then push the scroll dial.

352 Starting and driving

2. Select "Lane Assist" and push the scroll dial.
3. Select "Intervention" and push the scroll dial.
4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn the system on or off.
NOTE: . Turning on the ProPILOT system will
turn on the LDP system and Blind Spot Intervention® system at the same time. If the LDP system is disabled in the settings menu, the LDP will automatically be turned on when the Steering Assist system is active. (See "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383).) . The system will retain current settings in the vehicle information display even if the engine is restarted.
Setting lane sensitivity
See "Setting lane sensitivity" (P.351).

LDW/LDP SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the LDW/LDP systems. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW/LDP systems could result in serious injury or death.
. The LDP system may activate if you change lanes without first activating your turn signal or, for example, if a construction zone directs traffic to cross an existing lane marker. If this occurs you may need to apply corrective steering to complete your lane change.
. Because the LDP system may not activate under the road, weather, and lane marker conditions described in this section, it may not activate every time your vehicle begins to leave its lane and you will need to apply corrective steering.
. The systems will not operate below the activation speed or if they cannot detect lane markers.
. When the LDP system is operating, avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers. Otherwise, you could lose

control of the vehicle.
. Do not use the LDW/LDP system under the following conditions as they may not function properly:
-- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
-- When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow.
-- When driving on winding or uneven roads.
-- When there is a lane closure due to road repairs.
-- When driving in a makeshift or temporary lane.
-- When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.
-- When driving without normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of other tire than INFINITI certified standard tire, installation of the spare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).
-- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts, steering parts or suspension parts.
-- When towing a trailer or other vehicle.

-- On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly; yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; or lane markers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.
-- On roads where the edge of the road is not clearly visible.
-- On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable.
-- On roads where there are sharp curves.
-- On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining after road repairs. (The LDP system could detect these items as lane markers.)
-- On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.
-- When the vehicle's traveling direction does not align with the lane marker.
-- When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range.
Starting and driving 353

-- When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit.
-- When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly.
-- When strong light enters the lane camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
-- When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)
. Steering wheel vibration may not be felt depending on the road surface conditions.
. While the vehicle height is changing by the air suspension system (if so equipped), or the air suspension system is malfunctioning, the LDP system may not function.
354 Starting and driving

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-
VAILABLE
Condition A:
The warning and assist functions of the LDW/LDP systems are not designed to work under the following conditions:
. When you operate the lane change signal and change the traveling lanes in the direction of the signal. (The systems will be deactivated for approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off.)
. When the vehicle speed lowers to less than the activation speed.
Action to take:
After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the warning and assist functions will resume.
Condition B:
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then the LDW/LDP systems are turned on, the systems may be deactivated automatically, a chime sounds and the following message will appear on the vehicle information display:

. "Unavailable Camera Temperature High"
Action to take:
When the interior temperature is reduced, the LDW system will resume operating automatically. For the LDP system, turn off the system. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch again to turn the system back on.
Condition C:
The assist function of the LDP system is not designed to work under the following conditions (warning is still functional):
. When the brake pedal is depressed or if the vehicle decelerates strongly.
. When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary for the vehicle to change lanes.
. When the vehicle is accelerated during the LDP system operation.
. When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) approach warning occurs.
. When the hazard warning flashers are operated.
. When driving on a curve at high speed.
Action to take:
After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the assist function of the LDP system will resume.
Condition D:

If the following message appears in the vehicle information display, a chime will sound and the LDP system will be turned off automatically.
. "Unavailable Slippery Road": -- When the VDC (except Traction Control System (TCS) function) system or ABS operates.
. "Currently Unavailable": -- When the VDC system is turned off. -- When the SNOW mode is selected.
. "Driving Aids Limited Towing Assist Activated": -- When the trailer BSW is activated. -- When the TOW mode is selected.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, turn off the LDP system. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch again to turn the LDP system back on.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the LDW/LDP systems malfunction, they will cancel automatically. The LDW/LDP indicator (orange) will illuminate, a chime will sound and the "Malfunction See Owner's Manual" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
If the indicator (orange) illuminates or the

warning message appears, pull off the road to a safe location. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the indicator (orange) continues to illuminate or the warning message continues to appear, have the systems checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WAC1440X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The lane camera unit for the LDW/LDP systems is located above the inside rearview mirror. To keep the proper operation of the systems and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the windshield clean. . Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
parent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit. . Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit's capability of detecting the lane markers.
Starting and driving 355

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)

. Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer.

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the BSW system could result in serious injury or death.
. The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the BSW system.
The BSW system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes.

WAF1558X
The BSW system uses radar sensors installed near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles in an adjacent lane.

356 Starting and driving

SSD1030
Detection zone
The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.
The detection zone extends if the vehicle in an adjacent lane is approaching from behind at high speed.

Side indicator light
BSW indicator (on the vehicle information display)
Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

WAF1647X
BSW SYSTEM OPERATION
The BSW system operates above approximately 20 MPH (32 km/h). If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone, the side indicator light illuminates.

Starting and driving 357

If the turn signal is then activated, the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light and BSW indicator flash. The side indicator light and BSW indicator continue to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone.
The side indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
The brightness of the side indicator light is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light.

358 Starting and driving

Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

WAF1556X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

BSW SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSW system.

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

play and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll dial to select "Driver Assistance". Then push the scroll dial.
2. Select "Blind Spot Assist" and push the scroll dial.
3. Select "Warning" and push the scroll dial. 4. To enable/disable the trailer BSW func-
tion, select "Trailer Blind Spot" and push the scroll dial. See "Trailer BSW function operation" (P.363) for more details of the trailer BSW function.
NOTE: The system will retain current settings in the vehicle information display even if the engine is restarted.
BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the BSW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The BSW system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensors may not be able to detect and activate BSW when certain objects are present such as:
-- Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.
-- Vehicles such as motorcycles, low height vehicles, or high ground clearance vehicles.
-- Oncoming vehicles.
-- Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate from a stop.
-- A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle.
-- A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.
-- A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly.
-- A vehicle that passes through the detection zone quickly.
-- When overtaking several vehicles in a row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together.
. The radar sensor's detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a wider lane,

the radar sensors may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the radar sensors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away.
. The radar sensors are designed to ignore most stationary objects, however objects such as guardrails, walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operation condition.
. The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles:
-- Severe weather
-- Road spray
-- Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle
. Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.
. Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.
Starting and driving 359

BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS Basic information
Indicator on Indicator off Indicator flashing
360 Starting and driving

JVS0737X
Illustration 1 Approaching from behind
Another vehicle approaching from behind
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane.

JVS0738X
Illustration 2 Approaching from behind
Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light and BSW indicator flash.
NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect vehi-
cles which are approaching rapidly from behind.
. If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light and BSW indicator will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

zone, the side indicator light and BSW indicator will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

JVS0739X
Illustration 3 Overtaking another vehicle
Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 3: The side indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 2 seconds.

JVS0740X
Illustration 4 Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light and BSW indicator flash.
NOTE: . When overtaking several vehicles in a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together.
. The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly.
. If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection

Starting and driving 361

tected.

JVS0741X
Illustration 5 Entering from the side
Entering from the side
Illustration 5: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side.

WAF0555X
Illustration 6 Entering from the side
Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light and BSW indicator flash.
NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect a
vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone.
. If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light and BSW indicator will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is de-

362 Starting and driving

Detection zone

WAF1630X

TRAILER BSW FUNCTION OPERATION

Basic information
The trailer BSW function expands the detection zone to include the length of the trailer. The detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends to the rear end of the trailer, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

Setting the trailer length
Before starting the trailer BSW function, the trailer length must be set. The trailer length can be set in the vehicle information display.

To set the trailer length, see "Add Trailer for BSW" (P.125).
WARNING
The length of the trailer will not be detected automatically. You have to register the length and width of your trailer manually and precisely.
If the length of the trailer are not registered correctly, the BSW will not be able to operate correctly.
NOTE: . When the trailer BSW function is en-
abled, the Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system, the Blind Spot Intervention®(BSI), the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) and the Steering Assist function (ProPILOT Assist) are automatically disabled. . The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone. . The BSW may issue false alerts under the following situations: -- When your vehicle with a trailer is
overtaking another vehicle, or an

another vehicle is overtaking your vehicle with a trailer. -- When your vehicle with a trailer is driving on a curved road or turning at an intersection.
Trailer BSW system limitations
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the trailer BSW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The trailer BSW system may not function correctly under the following situations. -- The trailer connection is not good.
-- In the case of several vehicles approaching in a row with a small gap.
-- If the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle following is short.
-- Immediately after the BSW system turns on.
Starting and driving 363

. False alarms may be issued if there is heavy traffic.
. There may be differences in functionality depending on the type of trailer.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
When radar blockage is detected, the BSW system will be turned off automatically and the "Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
The system is not available until the conditions no longer exist.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as snow, splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) and the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems will also stop working.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.

See "Driver assistance troubleshooting guide" (P.340).
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
When the BSW system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically and the "Malfunction See Owner's Manual" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems will also stop working.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the message continues to appear, have the BSW system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WAF1558X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Basic information
The two radar sensors for the BSW system are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as snow, splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors.

364 Starting and driving

BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION®(BSI)

Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.).
Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors.
See an INFINITI retailer or other authorized repair shop if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
Precautions on repairing the bumper
When repairing the bumper, take caution because the radar sensors are installed on the bumper.
The radar sensor detects objects by emitting a radar signal and then measuring its reflection.
WARNING
If an improper repair is performed on the bumper (for example, application of putty made from different materials, repaint, etc.) the radar signal could be weakened or prevented from functioning properly. This may cause the radar sensor not to detect objects correctly. Improper repair may result in serious

personal injury. If it is necessary to repair the bumper, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION TO USERS
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user`s authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada
This device contains license-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's license-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference. (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the BSI system could result in serious injury or death.
. The BSI system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the BSI system.
. There is a limitation to the detection capability of the radar. Not every moving object or vehicle will be detected. Using the BSI system under some road, ground, lane marker, traffic or weather conditions could lead to improper system operation. Always rely on your own operation to avoid accidents.
The BSI system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes, and helps assist the driver to return
Starting and driving 365

the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane.

WAF1648X
The BSI system uses radar sensors installed near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles in an adjacent lane. In addition to the radar sensors, the BSI system uses a camera installed behind the windshield to monitor the lane markers of your traveling lane.

SSD1030
Detection zone
The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated.
This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

366 Starting and driving

Example
Side indicator light BSI ON indicator (on the vehicle information display)
BSI indicator (on the vehicle information display)
ProPILOT Assist switch (The design

WAF1649X
varies depending on the models.)

BSI SYSTEM OPERATION
The BSI system operates above approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h).
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone, the side indicator light illuminates.
If the turn signal is then activated, the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light and BSI indicator flash. The side indicator light and BSI indicator continue to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone.
If the BSI system is ON and your vehicle approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light and BSI indicator flash. The BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane. The BSI system operates regardless of turn signal usage.
To turn on the BSI system, push the ProPILOT Assist switch on the steering wheel after starting the engine. The BSI ON indicator on the vehicle information display will illuminate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch again to turn off the BSI system.
Starting and driving 367

NOTE: . BSI warning and system application will
only be activated if the side indicator light is already illuminated when your vehicle approaches a lane marker. If another vehicle comes into the detection zone after your vehicle has crossed a lane marker, no BSI warning or system application will be activated. (For additional information, see "BSI driving situations" (P.370).)
. The BSI system is typically activated earlier than the Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system when your vehicle is approaching a lane marker.

368 Starting and driving

WAF1642X

Example

ProPILOT Assist switch (The design varies depending on the models.)
Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted control (right side)

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

BSI SYSTEM

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

play and then push the scroll dial. Use the

scroll dial to select "Driver Assistance."

Then push the scroll dial.
2. Select "Blind Spot Assist" and push the scroll dial.
3. Select "Intervention" and push the scroll dial.
4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn the system on or off.
NOTE: . Turning on the ProPILOT Assist system
will turn on the BSI and LDP systems at the same time. For additional information, see "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.348). . The system will retain current settings in the vehicle information display even if the engine is restarted.
BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the BSI system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The BSI system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensors may not be able to detect and activate BSI when certain objects are present such as:
-- Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.
-- Vehicles such as motorcycles, low height vehicles, or high ground clearance vehicles.
-- Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate from a stop.
-- Oncoming vehicles.
-- A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle.
-- A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.
-- A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly.
-- A vehicle that passes through the detection zone quickly.
. The radar sensor's detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a wider lane, the radar sensors may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the radar sensors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away.

. The radar sensors are designed to ignore most stationary objects, however objects such as guardrails, walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operation condition.
. The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles:
-- Severe weather
-- Road spray
-- Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle
. Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.
. The camera may not detect lane markers in the following situations and the BSI system may not operate properly.
-- On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly; yellow painted lane markers; nonstandard lane markers; lane markers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.
Starting and driving 369

-- On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable.
-- On roads where there are sharp curves.
-- On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining after road repairs.
-- On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.
-- When the vehicle's traveling direction does not align with the lane markers.
-- When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range.
-- When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of a lane camera unit.
-- When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if aiming is not adjusted properly.
-- When strong light enters a lane camera unit. (For example: light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
370 Starting and driving

-- When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example: when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)
. Do not use the BSI system under the following conditions because the system may not function properly.
-- During bad weather. (For example: rain, fog, snow, etc.)
-- When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow, etc.
-- When driving on winding or uneven roads.
-- When there is a lane closure due to road repairs.
-- When driving in a makeshift or temporary lane.
-- When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.
-- When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of tire chains or a spare tire, or non-standard wheels).
-- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original steering parts or suspension parts.

-- When towing a trailer or other vehicle.
. Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.
. While the vehicle height is changing by the air suspension system (if so equipped), or the air suspension system is malfunctioning, the BSI system may not function.
BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS
Basic information
Indicator on
Indicator off
Indicator flashing

JVS0738X
Illustration 2 Approaching from behind
Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn signal then the system chimes a sound (twice) and the side indicator light and BSI indicator flash.
NOTE:
If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light and BSI indicator will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

JVS0760X
Illustration 3 - Approaching from behind
Illustration 3: If the BSI system is on and your vehicle approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light and BSI indicator flash. The BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane.
NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect vehi-
cles which are approaching rapidly from behind.

Starting and driving 371

JVS0739X
Illustration 4 - Overtaking another vehicle
Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 4: The side indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 3 seconds.

JVS0740X
Illustration 5 - Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light and BSI indicator flash.
NOTE:
If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light and BSI indicator will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

JVS0761X
Illustration 6 - Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 6: If the BSI system is on and your vehicle approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light and BSI indicator flash. The Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane.
NOTE: . When overtaking several vehicles in a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together.
. The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed

372 Starting and driving

quickly.

JVS0741X
Illustration 7 - Entering from the side
Entering from the side
Illustration 7: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side.
NOTE: The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone.

WAF0555X
Illustration 8 - Entering from the side
Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the side indicator light and BSI indicator flash and a chime will sound twice.
NOTE: . If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light and BSI indicator will flash but no chime will sound when another vehicle is detected.

Starting and driving 373

JVS0761X
Illustration 9 - Entering from the side
Illustration 9: If the BSI system is on and your vehicle approaches the lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light and BSI indicator flash. The BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane.

JVS0742X
Illustration 10 - Entering from the side
Illustration 10: The BSI system will not operate if your vehicle is on a lane marker when another vehicle enters the detection zone. In this case only the BSW system operates.
NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect a
vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone. . Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) will not operate or will stop operating and only a warning chime will sound under the following conditions.

-- When the brake pedal is depressed. -- When the vehicle is accelerated dur-
ing BSI system operation -- When steering quickly -- When the ICC, PFCW or FEB warn-
ings sound. -- When the hazard warning flashers
are operated. -- When driving on a curve at a high
speed. -- When the BSW system is turned off.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
When any of the following messages appear on the vehicle information display, a chime will sound and the BSI system will be turned off automatically.
. "Unavailable Slippery Road": When the VDC system (except traction control system function) or ABS operates.
. "Currently unavailable": -- When the VDC system is turned off. -- When the SNOW mode is selected.
. "Driving Aids Limited Towing Assist Activated": -- When the trailer BSW is activated.
-- When the TOW mode is selected.

374 Starting and driving

. "Unavailable Camera Temperature High": If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F (40°C)).
. "Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction": When side radar blockage is detected.
Turn off the BSI system and turn it on again when the above conditions no longer exist.
See "Driver assistance troubleshooting guide" (P.340).
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
When the BSI system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, the BSI indicator illuminates and a chime will sound, and the "Malfunction See Owner's Manual" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location and push the park button to engage the P (Park) position. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning message continues to appear, It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WAF1648X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Basic information
The two radar sensors for the BSI system are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean. The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as snow, splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors. Do not attach stickers (including transparent

material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.).
Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors.
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
The lane camera unit for BSI system is located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of BSI and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the windshield clean. . Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
parent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit.
. Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit's capability of detecting the lane markers.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. It is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer if the camera unit is damaged due to an accident.
Starting and driving 375

Precautions on repairing the bumper
When repairing the bumper, take caution because the radar sensors are installed on the bumper.
The radar sensor detects objects by emitting a radar signal and then measuring its reflection.
WARNING
If an improper repair is performed on the bumper (for example, application of putty made from different materials, repaint, etc.) the radar signal could be weakened or prevented from functioning properly. This may cause the radar sensor not to detect objects correctly. Improper repair may result in serious personal injury. If it is necessary to repair the bumper, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION TO USERS
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user`s authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada
This device contains license-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's license-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference. (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Radio frequency statement
For USA
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
376 Starting and driving

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)
BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RCTA system could result in serious injury or death.
. The RCTA system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When backing out of a parking space, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move. Never rely solely on the RCTA system.
The RCTA system will assist you when backing out from a parking space. When the vehicle is in reverse, the system is designed to detect other vehicles approaching from the right or left of the vehicle. If the system detects cross traffic, it will alert you.

Side indicator light
Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

WAF1650X
Starting and driving 377

RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION
The RCTA system can help alert the driver of an approaching vehicle when the driver is backing out of a parking space. When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the RCTA system is operational. If the radar detects an approaching vehicle from either side, the system chimes (once) and the side indicator light flashes on the side the vehicle is approaching from.
378 Starting and driving

The RCTA system uses radar sensors installed on both sides near the rear bumper to detect an approaching vehicle. The radar sensors can detect an approaching vehicle from up to approximately 66 ft (20 m) away.
JVS0173X
WAF1558X

play and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll dial to select "Driver Assistance". Then push the scroll dial.
2. Use the button to select "Parking Assist", then select "Rear Cross Traffic Alert" then press the scroll dial.
3. Push the scroll dial to enable or disable the system.
NOTE:
The system setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted.

Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

WAF1556X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

RCTA SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the RCTA system.

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

Starting and driving 379

380 Starting and driving

RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

JVS0479X

WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the RCTA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. Always check surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before backing up. The radar sensors detect approaching (moving) vehicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every object such as:
-- Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles, animals or child-operated toy vehicles
-- A vehicle that is passing at speeds greater than approximately 19 MPH (30 km/h)
-- A vehicle that is passing at speeds lower than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h)
. The radar sensors may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situations:
-- Illustration : When a vehicle parked next to you obstructs the

beam of the radar sensor.
-- Illustration : When the vehicle is parked in an angled parking space.
-- Illustration : When the vehicle is parked on inclined ground.
-- Illustration : When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle's parking lot aisle.
-- Illustration : When the angle formed by your vehicle and approaching vehicle is small
. The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles:
-- Severe weather
-- Road spray
-- Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle
. Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles
. Excessive noise (e.g. audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and

it may not be heard.

Illustration 1

JVS0172X

Illustration 2

JVS0173X

Starting and driving 381

NOTE: . When the trailer BSW function is en-
abled, the RCTA is automatically disabled.
. In the case of several vehicles approaching in a row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite direction (Illustration 2), a chime may not be sounded by the RCTA system after the first vehicle passes the sensors.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-
VAILABLE
When radar blockage is detected, the system will be deactivated automatically. The "Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
The systems are not available until the conditions no longer exist.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
When the trailer BSW function is activated, the RCTA system is deactivated automatically. See "Trailer BSW function operation" (P.363) for more details about the trailer

BSW function.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA and Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) systems will also stop working.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
When the RCTA system malfunctions, it will turn off automatically. The "Malfunction See Owner's Manual" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA and BSI system will also stop working.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WAF1558X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Basic information
The two radar sensors for the RCTA system are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors.

382 Starting and driving

PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEMS

Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
Precautions on repairing the bumper
When repairing the bumper, take caution because the radar sensors are installed on the bumper.
The radar sensor detects objects by emitting a radar signal and then measuring its reflection.
WARNING
If an improper repair is performed on the bumper (for example, application of putty made from different materials, repaint, etc.) the radar signal could be weakened or prevented from functioning properly. This may cause the radar sensor not to detect objects correctly. Improper repair may result in serious personal injury. If it is necessary to repair the bumper, it is recommended you visit

an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION TO USERS
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user`s authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada
This device contains license-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's license-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference. (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

OVERVIEW
ProPILOT Assist is a hands on driver assistance system intended for limited access expressways and not designed to be used on city/rural streets. The system is intended to help keep the vehicle in the center of the lane and maintain a preset distance to the vehicle ahead traveling in the same lane. There are three available levels of ProPILOT Assist which include the following additional features:
ProPILOT Assist:
. Intelligent Cruise Control (P.399) . Steering Assist (P.407) ProPILOT Assist 1.1 (includes features of ProPILOT Assist):
. Speed Adjust by Route (P.406) . Speed Limit Assist (P.404) . Extended stop (See "Intelligent Cruise
Control (ICC)" (P.399).)
ProPILOT Assist 2.1 (if so equipped) (includes features of ProPILOT Assist 1.1):
. Steering Assist with HD map data (P.410)
. Lane Change Assist (P.414) . Passing Assist (P.416)
NOTE:
A subscription is required for ProPILOT Assist 2.1 features.
Starting and driving 383

To determine if your vehicle is equipped:
ProPILOT Assist and ProPILOT Assist 1.1 will have a steering wheel similar to this image and only one roof mounted antenna:

384 Starting and driving

WAF1651X
NOTE:
ProPILOT Assist 1.1 is only on vehicles equipped with an in-vehicle navigation system. ProPILOT Assist 2.1 will have a steering wheel similar to this image and two roof mounted antennas (left side is GNSS antenna):

WAF1652X
NOTE: It is important to understand which features your vehicle is equipped as some portions of this section may not be applicable.
WARNING
Applicable to ProPILOT Assist suite of systems, including ProPILOT Assist 2.1, ProPILOT Assist, ProPILOT Assist 1.1, Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC), Steering Assist, Lane Change Assist, Passing Assist, Driver Monitoring System and conventional (fixed speed) cruise control, referenced below as "ProPILOT

Assist systems" (All systems if so equipped).
. Failure to follow the following warnings and instructions for proper use of the ProPILOT Assist systems, as applicable, could result in an accident causing serious injury or death.
. Always drive carefully and attentively when using the ProPILOT Assist systems. Read and understand the Owner's Manual thoroughly before using the ProPILOT Assist systems. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the systems to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle's speed in emergency situations.
. Do not use the ProPILOT Assist systems except in appropriate road and traffic conditions.
. The ProPILOT Assist systems are for limited access freeway use only and are not intended for city driving.
. The ProPILOT Assist systems are not self-driving systems. Within the limits of their capabilities, as described in this manual, they help the driver with certain driving activities.
. The ProPILOT Assist systems are not replacements for proper driving pro-

cedures and will not correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving. Regardless of which system or function is being used, it is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. Failure to apply the brakes or steer the vehicle when necessary may result in a serious accident.
. The ProPILOT Assist systems are only aids to assist the driver and are not collision warning or avoidance devices.
. There are limitations to the ProPILOT Assist systems' capabilities. Never rely solely on these systems. The ProPILOT Assist systems do not function in all driving, traffic, weather and road conditions.
. Never unfasten your safety seat belt when using the ProPILOT Assist. Doing so automatically cancels the ProPILOT Assist systems.
. When using the ProPILOT Assist systems, always observe posted speed limits and do not set the speed over them.
. When the accelerator pedal is depressed, the ProPILOT Assist systems will not provide automatic

braking and/or the approach warning. The driver must manually control the vehicle speed to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead. Failure to do so could result in severe personal injury or death.
. Do not rely on the ProPILOT Assist systems to prevent accidents. The driver must maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead by braking or accelerating, depending on the surrounding circumstances.
. When using Steering Assist, it is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane and be in control of the vehicle at all times. Never take your hands off the steering wheel while driving unless the driving conditions allow and the ProPILOT Assist system is in Hands Off mode. Keep your hands on the steering wheel and drive the vehicle safely. (for ProPILOT Assist 2.1)
. Steering Assist is intended for use on limited access freeways with gentle (moderate) curves. To avoid risk of an accident, do not use this system on local or non-highway/freeway roads.
. Steering Assist only steers the vehicle to maintain its position in the center
Starting and driving 385

of a lane. The vehicle will not steer to avoid objects in the road in front of the vehicle, to avoid a vehicle moving into your lane or to avoid a vehicle approaching from the side.
. Lane Change Assist and Passing Assist only assist the driver to make a lane change. These systems do not steer the vehicle to avoid a collision. Be sure to keep your hands on the steering wheel and move safely to a different lane.
. When using conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, a warning chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead, as neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-tovehicle distance is detected. Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you, or a collision could occur.
. Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display.
. Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode when driving under the following conditions (doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident):
386 Starting and driving

-- When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed
-- In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed
-- On winding or hilly roads
-- On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)
-- In very windy areas

PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Each ProPILOT Assist feature is designed to help the driver in different ways as they drive.
Here is a summary of these features. See the specified page for detailed information. The availability of each feature depends on the type of the ProPILOT Assist system (ProPILOT Assist, ProPILOT Assist 1.1 or ProPILOT Assist 2.1).

Feature Name Conventional (fixed speed) Cruise Control Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
Extended Stop
Speed Limit Assist
Speed Adjust by Route
Steering Assist
Lane Change Assist Passing Assist

Feature Description Allows the driver to drive the vehicle at a fixed speed without keeping their foot on the accelerator pedal.
. Helps the driver maintain a selected distance from the vehicle ahead and can reduce the speed to match a slower vehicle ahead.
. Decelerates the vehicle to a standstill when a vehicle ahead slows to a stop.
Enables the vehicle to start moving again automatically if vehicle is stopped for less than approximately 30 seconds on the highway
A feature of the Intelligent Cruise Control that detects a change of the speed limit, indicates the detected speed limit sign and can apply to the vehicle set speed automatically or manually.
A feature of Intelligent Cruise Control that adjusts the vehicle speed depending on road curvature in freeway curves and freeway interchanges, using road information provided by the map locator system. . Assists the driver to help keep the vehicle within the center of the traveling lane. . Traffic and other conditions and laws permit, and it is safe to do so, driver's hands can be taken off the steering wheel.
Always pay attention to the road and the operation of the vehicle. (A feature of ProPILOT Assist 2.1)
Help the driver make a lane change when the turn signal is activated. (A feature of ProPILOT Assist 2.1)
Help the driver make a lane change when a slower vehicle is detected ahead (A feature of ProPILOT Assist 2.1).

Starting and driving 387

PROPILOT ASSIST 2.1 MODE INDICATORS

Basic information
ProPILOT Assist has a variety of modes depending on various conditions and are represented by color. The system will automatically transition to the highest available mode when conditions are met. The table below shows the available system modes and the required conditions.

Mode indicator OFF Gray White Green
Blue

Active Systems . No systems active -- driver initiation required . No systems active -- driver activation required
. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) active . ICC and Steering Assist active . Driver is holding the steering control . ICC and Steering Assist active . Driver is paying attention to the traffic and other conditions and laws permit, and it is safe to do so, driver is able
to take off their hands from the steering wheel.

How it works:
ProPILOT Assist Systems use some or all of the following components:

388 Starting and driving

WAF1653X
Front radar sensor: Monitors the vehicle ahead in the same and adjacent lanes. 3D Around View® Monitor cameras (front and rear): Monitor motorcycles in the adjacent lanes (supplemental to the side radar

sensors).
Multi-sensing front camera:
Monitors the other vehicles and empty spaces in adjacent lanes as well as lane markings.
Side radar sensors (front) (ProPILOT Assist 2.1 only):
Monitor the other vehicles and empty spaces in the adjacent lanes.
Sonar sensors:
Monitor the vehicles on the sides and rear of the vehicle.
Side radar sensors (rear):
Monitor the other vehicles in the adjacent lanes and approaching from the rear (i.e. blind spot).
GNSS antenna (ProPILOT Assist 2.1 only):
Used to gather GNSS signal to understand vehicle positioning.
NOTE:
It is important to ensure the radar sensors, cameras and sonar sensors are clear before each drive. Unclean or damaged cameras and sensors, as well as environmental conditions, can affect system performance. See "Driver assistance troubleshooting guide" (P.340) for more information.
Always keep the area near the radar sensors

clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as snow, splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors.
See an INFINITI retailer or other authorized repair shop if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
Precautions on repairing the bumper When repairing the bumper, take caution because the radar sensors are installed on the bumper.
The radar sensor detects objects by emitting a radar signal and then measuring its reflection.
WARNING
If an improper repair is performed on the bumper (for example, application of
Starting and driving 389

putty made from different materials, repaint, etc.) the radar signal could be weakened or prevented from functioning properly. This may cause the radar sensor not to detect objects correctly. Improper repair may result in serious personal injury. If it is necessary to repair the bumper, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Limitations
Many factors can impact the performance of ProPILOT Assist systems, causing the systems not to perform as intended. ProPILOT Assist functions should not be used in certain situations. These include (but are not limited to):
. Poor visibility due to heavy rain, snow, ice, fog, etc.
. Bright light (due to oncoming traffic, direct sunlight, etc.)
. Obstruction to radars, sensors and cameras caused by mud, dirt, ice, snow, etc.
. Interference to sensors and radars (such as a bike rack, decals, etc.)
. Faded or inconsistent lane markings . Construction zones . Barren landscape . Wide or narrow lanes
390 Starting and driving

. Hard deceleration . Tollbooths ProPILOT Assist may not react to:
. Stationary vehicles . Pedestrians, bicycles or animals . Road debris . Road pylon in a construction zone See "Overview" (P.383) for additional system limitations.
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the ProPILOT Assist functions and systems, including ProPILOT Assist 1.1, ProPILOT Assist 2.1, Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC), Steering Assist, Lane Change Assist). Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death:
. These systems are primarily intended for use on freeways. It is not advisable to use these systems in city/ urban traffic.
. These systems will not adapt automatically to all road conditions. They should be used in evenly flowing traffic. Do not use these systems on roads with sharp curves or in incle-

ment weather or adverse road conditions.
. There are performance limits to all ProPILOT Assist functions. Never rely solely on these systems. These systems do not correct careless, inattentive, or absent-minded driving or overcome poor visibility in inclement weather.
. When using these systems, the driver must be attentive to the driving task. When necessary, decelerate the vehicle speed by using the brake pedal, accelerate using the accelerator pedal, and steer the vehicle as appropriate in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles and manage changing or dynamic traffic, vehicle and roadway conditions.
. When the ProPILOT Assist function automatically brings the vehicle to a stop, your vehicle can automatically accelerate if the vehicle is stopped for less than approximately 30 seconds on the freeway. Always be prepared to apply the brakes and stop your vehicle if necessary.
. Always check your surroundings before restarting the vehicle when it has been at a stop.

. These systems are not designed to detect anything other than motorized vehicles travelling in the same direction on the roadway. In particular, the systems do not detect the following objects:
-- Pedestrians, animals or objects in the roadway
-- Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
-- Motorcycles travelling offset in the travel lane
-- Road debris
. When the trailer BSW function is activated, the Steering Assist function is canceled.
. The ProPILOT Assist functions will not work properly or will be canceled if any of following conditions are met.
-- Steering Assist function is canceled when the Drive Mode Selector is set to Tow mode (see "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.332)).
-- The air suspension (if so equipped) is set to HIGH mode, the vehicle height is in the changing state, or the suspension sys-

tem is malfunctioning. (see "Air suspension system" (P.456)).
-- The system determined that it cannot correctly detect the vehicle behind in an adjacent lane.
-- When 4H mode is selected (4WD model).
. In the following situations, the ProPILOT Assist functions and system may not operate properly. To avoid accidents or unwanted system operation, never use these systems under the following conditions:
-- On roads with heavy, high-speed traffic or sharp curves
-- On slippery or adverse road surfaces, such as on wet, icy or snowy roads, or when roadway traffic is causing adverse travel conditions (i.e. road spray from passing vehicles)
-- On unpaved or uneven roadway surfaces, or on steep uphill or downhill roads
-- During inclement weather, such as rain, snow, fog, ice, sandstorms or dust storms
-- When sensor detection capabilities are reduced, for example:

. When snow/ice/dirt are covering the sensors or the camera area of the windshield is fogged up
. When objects, such as stickers, bike racks or cargo obstruct the vehicle sensors
. When strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles) enters the cameras or there is a sudden change in brightness (for example, entering or exiting a tunnel or driving under a bridge)
-- When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration, or when the cut-in detection function or approach warning activates frequently
-- When a complicated-shaped vehicle, such as a car carrier trailer or flatbed truck/trailer is near the vehicle ahead
-- When there is interference by other radar sources
-- When driving with vehicle equipment that is not original to the vehicle (for example, equipped
Starting and driving 391

with non-original brake, tire or suspension parts) or not within normal conditions (for example, tire wear, abnormal tire pressure, installation of tire chains, reduced headlight brightness)
-- When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or cargo area of the vehicle, or when vehicle load capacity is exceeded.
-- When towing a trailer or other vehicle
-- When driving on roads with missing, unclear, discontinued or less detectable lane markers or roads with multiple parallel lane markers, or roads with markings or features that might be detected as lane markers (for example, wheel ruts and paving seams)
-- When driving on roads where the lane markers or traffic patterns are changing, temporary or unusual (for example, merging or separating lanes, widering/narrowing lanes, exit ramps, toll gates, construction zones, lane closures)
-- When the lane markers are not visible due to darkness and the
392 Starting and driving

headlights are off
. There are variety of conditions and situations in which the detection of a vehicle ahead may be delayed or the vehicle ahead may not be detected. A few examples include:
-- A vehicle suddenly cuts in front of your vehicle
-- When driving on a blind curve or winding road
-- A stationary vehicle or vehicle travelling at a much slower speed suddenly becomes apparent after the vehicle ahead changes lanes
-- When motorcycles are traveling offset from the center of the lane
. Drivers should always be attentive and take action if needed to manage the roadway and traffic situation.
. The Driver Monitoring System used to support ProPILOT Assist 2.1 may not detect the driver's condition in all situations, including:
-- When the camera or the driver is lit by sunlight or there are repeated changes in brightness (in sunlight and shadow alternatively)

-- When portions of the driver's face or head are hidden (for example, inappropriate driving position (see "Driver Monitor" (P.411)), wearing sunglasses, a face mask or a hat)
-- When there is an obstruction between the driver's face and the monitoring camera
-- When the monitoring camera lens becomes dirty or obscured (see "System maintenance" (P.418))
-- When more than one face is recognized near the driver's seat (for example, a passenger is leaning over toward the driver)
-- When the driver narrows their eyes or loses their driving posture (for example, avoiding the sun glare, etc.)
. The side radar sensors may not detect or may have delayed detection of vehicles in adjacent lanes in some conditions, for example, vehicles approaching rapidly from behind, particularly high or low ground clearance vehicles, motorcycles, or a vehicle which has recently entered that zone from behind. Stay alert to surrounding vehicles and operate the steering

wheel as needed for traffic conditions.
. In some conditions, a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking. Always stay alert and avoid using the systems where not recommended.
. Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the beep may not be heard.

WAF1635X

Example

How to operate ProPILOT Assist
NOTE:
All available systems and features are activated simultaneously when ProPILOT Assist is activated. 1. RES± switch (RES+ operation):
Resumes vehicle speed or increases cruise speed incrementally
2. RES± switch (RES- operation):
Resumes vehicle speed or decreases cruise speed incrementally
3. ProPILOT Assist switch:
Turns the ProPILOT Assist on or off

4. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the ProPILOT Assist
5. Lane Change Assist switch (ProPILOT Assist 2.1):
Accepts or declines a lane change assist suggestion
6. SET switch:
Sets desired cruise speed
7. Distance switch:
Adjust distance to lead vehicle
8. Steering Assist switch:
Turns the Steering Assist function on or off

Starting and driving 393

Turning on ProPILOT Assist (2step operation):
1. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch . . The ProPILOT Assist display appears. . Safety Shield status screen is temporarily displayed. (See "ProPILOT Assist 2.1" (P.397).)
NOTE: For conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and hold the ProPILOT Assist switch for more than 1.5 seconds. No other ProPILOT Assist features are available in the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.
2. Once the vehicle is at the desired speed, push the SET switch . . Vehicle will maintain the set speed unless the vehicle detects a slower vehicle in the traveling lane, or Speed Limit Assist or Speed Adjust by Route is active. (See "Speed Limit Assist" (P.404) or "Speed Adjust by Route" (P.406).) . Once engaged, ProPILOT Assist displays and indicators will appear. (See "ProPILOT Assist displays and indicators" (P.396).)
NOTE: If ProPILOT Assist is in standby (step 1), the vehicle will not brake.
394 Starting and driving

How to adjust distance setting:
Cycle through the desired distance using the distance switch .
. Distance will vary based on the vehicle speed as this setting is time dependent, not based on gap distance. Example distance is below.

Setting
1 bar 2 bar 3 bar

Distance at 60 MPH (100 km/h) 90 ft (30 m)
150 ft (45 m)
200 ft (60 m)

How to change the vehicle set speed:
To increase speed:
. Push up and hold the RES± switch to increase speed in 5 MPH (5 km/h) increments.
. Push up and quickly release the RES± switch to increase speed by 1 MPH (1 km/h).
. Accelerate to new desired speed and push the SET switch .
To decrease speed:
. Push down and hold the RES± switch to decrease speed in 5 MPH (5 km/h) increments.
. Push down and quickly release the RES± switch to decrease speed by 1 MPH (1

km/h).

How to momentarily accelerate or decele-
rate:
. Depress the accelerator pedal when acceleration is required. Release the accelerator pedal to resume to previously set vehicle speed. Vehicle set speed will blink to indicate the vehicle is traveling faster than the set speed.

NOTE: Hands must be placed on the steering wheel to accelerate in Hands Off mode.

. Depressing the brake pedal when decel-

eration is required. Doing so will put the

system in standby. Push the RES± switch to

either direction

to resume to previous

set speed.

WARNING
When the accelerator pedal is depressed, the ICC system will not provide automatic braking and approach warning. The driver must manually control the vehicle speed to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead. Failure to do so could result in severe personal injury or death.

How to enable/disable Steering Assist:
Use the following methods to enable or disable Steering Assist:
. Steering Assist switch . Vehicle information display
Settings ? Driver Assistance ? Lane Centering Assist ? Steering Assist ? ON/OFF
NOTE:
Steering Assist setting will remain even after the engine is restarted.
How to cancel ProPILOT Assist:
To cancel the ProPILOT Assist, use either of the following methods:
. Push the CANCEL switch . This will put the system in standby.
. Tap the brake pedal. This action will keep the system in standby. To resume, push the RES± switch to either direction to return to the original vehicle set speed, or push the SET switch to set the current vehicle speed.
NOTE:
When the ProPILOT Assist is canceled while the vehicle is stopped, the system will automatically apply the parking brake.

WARNING
To prevent the vehicle from moving or rolling unexpectedly, which could result in serious personal injury or property damage, before exiting the vehicle, make sure to push the ProPILOT Assist switch
to turn the system off. Push the P (Park) position switch to shift to the P (Park) position, and turn the engine off.

WAF1679X
WAF1680X
Starting and driving 395

PROPILOT ASSIST DISPLAYS AND INDICATORS
ProPILOT Assist 1.1
1. ProPILOT activation
Displays once the ProPILOT Assist system is activated
2. Steering Assist indicator
Indicates the status of the Steering Assist function by the color of the indicator . Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-
ing Assist standby . Steering Assist indicator (green):
Steering Assist active
3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
Displays whether the system detects a vehicle in front of you (only when ICC is active)
4. Set distance indicator
Displays the selected distance
5. Lane marker indicator
Indicates whether the system detects lane markers . No lane markers displayed: Steering
Assist is turned off . Lane marker indicator (gray): No lane
markers detected
396 Starting and driving

. Lane marker indicator (green): Lane markers detected, Steering Assist is active
. Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane departure is detected
6. ProPILOT status indicator( )

Indicates the status of the ProPILOT Assist system by the color of the indicator . ProPILOT Assist status indicator
(white): ProPILOT Assist is on but in standby . ProPILOT Assist status indicator (blue): ProPILOT Assist active
7. Target speed indicator
Indicates the target vehicle speed
. White triangle: Cruise control target speed
. Green triangle: ICC target speed
8. Road information indicator (if so equipped)( )

Indicates the detected road information

9. Detected road sign (speed limit) indica-

tor (if so equipped)(

)

Indicates the currently detected speed limit
10. Steering Assist status indicator/warning( , )

Displays the status of the Steering Assist by the color of the indicator/warning . No Steering Assist status indicator
displayed: Steering Assist is turned off . Steering Assist status indicator (gray): Steering Assist standby . Steering Assist status indicator (green): Steering Assist active . Steering Assist status indicator (yellow): Steering Assist malfunction
. Steering Assist status indicator (red): Hands off detected
11. Speed control status indicator/set distance indicator/lane marker indicator ()
Displays the status of speed control by the color of the indicator, and displays the selected distance by the number of horizontal bars shown . Speed control status indicator (white):
ICC standby . Speed control status indicator (green):
ICC (distance control mode) is active
-- Green vehicle icon displayed: Vehicle detected ahead
-- No vehicle icon shown: No vehicle detected ahead (Your vehicle maintains the driver-selected set speed.)

. Speed control status indicator (yellow): Indicates an ICC malfunction
Displays the status of the Steering Assist by the color of the lane marker indicator. . Lane marker indicator (no lane): Steer-
ing Assist is turned off . Lane marker indicator (gray): Steering
Assist standby . Lane marker indicator (green): Steer-
ing Assist active
12. Vehicle set speed indicator
Indicates the vehicle set speed . Green: ICC active . Gray: ICC standby
The speed unit can be converted between "MPH" and "km/h". (See "Unit/ Language" (P.127).)
13. Speed Limit Link indicator (if so equipped) (A, , )
Indicates the Speed Limit Link activation mode or system operation

WAF1681X WAF1682X

ProPILOT Assist 2.1
NOTE:
Display may vary slightly between ProPILOT Assist type. Display color will change depending on ProPILOT Assist 2.1 mode.
See "ProPILOT Assist 2.1 mode indicators" (P.388).
1. Steering Assist indicator Indicates the status of the Steering Assist function.
2. Lane Change Assist Indicator (ProPILOT Assist 2.1) ( )
Icon is displayed when Lane Change Assist feature is available.
3. Side detection (ProPILOT Assist 2.1) Indicates that a vehicle is detected in the side spot.
4. Surrounding Vehicle Display (ProPILOT Assist 2.1) Displays other detected vehicles, including passenger vehicles, trucks and motorcycles. The multi-lane display is only available on HD* mapped, limited access freeway. (When driving at speeds more than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h).)
*: HD map data can be used with a
Starting and driving 397

subscription service which requires owner consent to activate. The subscription must be active to use these features.
See "License information (ProPILOT Assist 2.1)" (P.418).
5. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
Displays whether the system detects a vehicle in front of you.
6. ProPILOT Assist 2.1 status indicator
Indicates the status of ProPILOT Assist 2.1.
7. Vehicle Set Speed Indicator
Indicates the vehicle set speed.
8. Road information indicator (if so equipped) ( )

Indicates the detected road information.

9. Detected road sign (speed limit) indica-

tor (if so equipped) (

)

Indicates the currently detected speed limit.
10. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) Status Indicator
Displays the status of the speed control including the distance setting and detection of a lead vehicle.
11. Speed Limit Adjust Indicator (A)
Indicates the detected speed limit will be
398 Starting and driving

automatically applied to the vehicle set speed.
NOTE: . When the ProPILOT Assist is activated,
the display will automatically be switched to the ProPILOT Assist display. To disable this function, turn off in the vehicle information display: Settings ? Customize Display ? Transition (Cruise).
. The ProPILOT Assist 2.1 display is also shown in the Head Up Display (HUD). (See "Head Up Display (HUD)" (P.157).)
. For the license information about HD map data, see "License information (ProPILOT Assist 2.1)" (P.418).
Safety Shield Status Screen:
The Safety Shield Status Screen will be displayed after initiating the ProPILOT Assist system, prior to setting the vehicle speed. The display is used to show status of driver assistance features for blind spot, forward driving aids, and side aids. Pressing the ProPILOT Assist switch also activates Intervention systems, if selected in the Driver Assistance settings.

WAF1677X
Example (all enabled) . When any of the "Warning" systems are
enabled, the " " mark is shown in each zone.
. When any of the "Intervention" systems are enabled, the " " mark is shown in each zone.
. When no system is enabled, "OFF" is shown in each zone.
NOTE:
To change the status of the driving aids, use the vehicle information display: Settings ? Driver Assistance.

ProPILOT Assist 2.1 modes:
ProPILOT Assist has a variety of modes depending on various conditions and are represented by color. The system will automatically transition to the highest available mode when conditions are met. The table below shows the available system modes and the required conditions.

Mode OFF Gray White Green
Blue

Active Systems
. No Systems active -- driver initiation required
. No Systems active -- driver activation required
. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) active
. ICC and Steering Assist active . Driver is holding the steering
control
. ICC and Steering Assist active . Driver is paying attention to the
traffic and other conditions and laws permit, and it is safe to do so, driver is able to take off their hands from the steering wheel.

NOTE:
If the steering wheel icon is yellow, this indicates that Steering Assist may be limited and should take the driver takes over steering.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL
(ICC)
Basic information
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) is a part of ProPILOT Assist. Read the entire ProPILOT Assist section before using this system, including how to operate the system and understanding the display. (See "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383), "How to operate ProPILOT Assist" (P.393) and "ProPILOT Assist displays and indicators" (P.396).)
The ICC system uses a forward facing radar sensor and is designed to operate as follows:
. When there is no vehicle detected in the same traveling lane, the ICC system maintains the speed set by the driver.
. When there is a vehicle detected in the traveling lane, the ICC system adjusts the speed to maintain the distance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. Once your vehicle stops, the ICC system keeps the vehicle stopped.
. When the vehicle traveling ahead moves to a different traveling lane, the ICC system accelerates and maintains vehicle speed up to the set speed. Maximum speed: 90 MPH (144 km/h)

The ICC system can only apply up to 40% of the vehicle's total braking power and should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant. If acceleration is required over the ICC system, the driver may override using the accelerator pedal at any time. The system will not brake the vehicle during driver acceleration. The ICC system requires a lead vehicle if the speed is below approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h). Vehicle must be traveling at 20 MPH (30 km/h) to initially set the ICC system.
NOTE:
Brake lights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the ICC system.
For additional available features of the ICC system, see:
. Speed Adjust by Route (P.406) which adjusts speed based on freeway curves, exits and junctions
. Speed Limit Assist (P.404) helps alert the driver of a speed limit change and can adjust vehicle set speed
System operation
The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise control modes:
. Cruise control -- fixed speed (P.403) . Intelligent Cruise Control -- adaptive

Starting and driving 399

NOTE:
Steering Assist is not available in conventional (fixed speed) cruise control.
For Intelligent Cruise Control without Steering Assist, activate ProPILOT Assist and then turn off Steering Assist by the switch or in the settings menu. For additional information, see "How to operate ProPILOT Assist" (P.393) and "Steering Assist" (P.407).
For conventional (fixed speed) cruise control, push and hold the ProPILOT Assist switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds then set your desired speed. For additional information, see "Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control" (P.403).

WAF1683X
System set display -- no vehicle detected ahead (for ProPILOT Assist 1.1)

WAF1684X
System set display -- no vehicle detected ahead (for ProPILOT Assist 2.1)
If no vehicle ahead detected: The ICC system maintains the vehicle set speed, similar to standard cruise control, as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead.
When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the vehicle will gradually accelerate to driver set speed.

400 Starting and driving

WAF1685X
System set display -- a vehicle detected ahead (for ProPILOT Assist 1.1)

WAF1686X
System set display -- a vehicle detected ahead (for ProPILOT Assist 2.1)
If vehicle ahead is detected:
When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, the ICC system decelerates to the vehicle by controlling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of the slower vehicle ahead and maintain the driver selected distance.
See "How to operate ProPILOT Assist" (P.393) for more information.
If the vehicle ahead stops:
When a vehicle ahead is detected and it gradually decelerates to a stop, your vehicle will decelerate to a standstill. When at a

standstill, the "(RES±) Follow Vehicle Ahead" message is displayed on the vehicle information display.
. For vehicles equipped with ProPILOT Assist 1.1 or ProPILOT Assist 2.1, if the vehicle ahead stops and your vehicle is stopped less than approximately 30 seconds on the freeway, the "Follow Vehicle Ahead" message appears on the vehicle information display. When the vehicle ahead begins to move, your vehicle will start moving automatically.
. If not equipped with these systems, or not on a freeway, your vehicle will automatically start moving after 3 seconds.
To resume the ICC system after stop, push the RES± switch to either direction or lightly depress the accelerator pedal.
WARNING
If a vehicle cuts in after your vehicle was stopped by the ICC system, it cannot be detected depending on its position or direction. Your vehicle may approach the cut-in vehicle when restarting. Operate the brake pedal to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead.

Starting and driving 401

Cut-in detection:
For vehicles not equipped with ProPILOT Assist 2.1, if a vehicle moves into your traveling lane near your vehicle, the ICC system may inform the driver by flashing the vehicle ahead detection indicator.
Passing a slower vehicle:
When passing a slower vehicle on the left, the ICC system will temporarily accelerate to aid in the lane change. The system will not exceed set speed during a lane change.
Approach warning:
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:
. The chime sounds. . The vehicle ahead detection indicator
blinks.
. You judge it necessary to maintain a safe distance.
The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some examples are:
. When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing.
402 Starting and driving

. When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles in increasing.
NOTE:
The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may flash when the radar sensor detects objects on the side of the vehicle or on the side of the road. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The radar sensor may detect these objects when the vehicle is driven on winding, narrow, or hilly roads or when the vehicle is entering or exiting a curve. In these cases, you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of you vehicle. Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle conditions (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some damage).

WAF0923X
NOTE:
It is important to ensure the radar sensors, cameras and sonar sensors are clean before each drive. Unclean or damaged cameras and sensors, as well as environmental conditions can affect system performance. See "Driver assistance troubleshooting guide" (P.340) for more information.
Warnings and malfunctions
Under the following conditions, the ICC system is automatically canceled. A chime will sound and the system will not be able to be set:
. The vehicle ahead is not detected and your vehicle is traveling below the speed

of 15 MPH (24 km/h). For ProPILOT Assist 1.1 equipped vehicles on a limited access freeway as identified in the navigation map data, the ICC system cancels and a warning chime sounds if your vehicle is at a standstill for more than approximately 3 seconds and a vehicle is not detected ahead.
. Any door is open.
. The driver's seat belt is unfastened.
. Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICC system for approximately 3 minutes or longer.
. The transmission is shifted out of the D (Drive) or the manual shift mode.
. The electronic parking brake is applied.
. The SNOW mode is selected.
. The VDC system is turned off.
. The VDC system (including the traction control system) operates.
. A wheel slips.
. The FEB with Pedestrian Detection applied harder braking.
. When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted.
. When the 4H mode is selected (4WD model).
. When the vehicle height is in HIGH mode by the air suspension system (if so equipped).

If limitations are considered, all conditions above are met and the ICC system is still not functioning properly, see "Driver assistance troubleshooting guide" (P.340) for full list of messages and conditions.
CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control is available as an alternative to Intelligent Cruise Control. To turn on conventional cruise control mode:
1. Push and hold the ProPILOT Assist switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds.

WAF1637X
2. Once vehicle is at the desired speed, push the SET switch .
Once set, the vehicle will maintain the desired set speed as shown by the cruise control icon and set speed indicator displayed above.
For complete detail on the operation of conventional (fixed speed) cruise control, see "How to operate ProPILOT Assist" (P.393).
NOTE:
No other ProPILOT Assist features are available in conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode. To use the ICC system again, cancel the system (if necessary) and quickly push and release the ProPILOT

Starting and driving 403

Assist switch.
WARNING
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control, make sure to turn the ProPILOT Assist switch off when not using the ICC system.
SPEED LIMIT ASSIST
Speed Limit Assist is a feature of ProPILOT Assist Systems on vehicle equipped with a built-in navigation system. Read the entire ProPILOT Assist and Traffic Sign Recognition sections before using this system.
When ProPILOT Assist 1.1 (or 2.1) is active and it detects a change of the speed limit, the new speed limit is indicated and it can be applied to the vehicle set speed automatically or manually. The Speed Limit Assist operates:
. When the detected speed limit is 20 MPH (30 km/h) and above.
. The "Speed Limit Assist" is enabled in the settings menu of the vehicle information display.

WAF1687X

Speed Limit Assist has two modes and is shown in the display .

Setting Auto (A) Manual Offset
OFF

Speed Limit Automatically adopted Request to accept Adds/Subtracts 05 MPH (010 km/h)
Feature is OFF

The Auto mode may not be available in some regions or on roads other than limited access freeways. In this case, the system operates as the Manual mode.

NOTE: . Auto mode will not function in Hawaii or
US island territories.
. Auto mode is only available on limited access freeways as identified in the navigation map data.
When the system detects a different speed limit by the Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system, the new speed value is displayed in
.
When in Manual mode (factory default setting):
. To accept a newly indicated speed limit, push up the RES± switch for a speed limit increase or push down the RES± switch for a speed limit decrease.
. The speed limit can be rejected by operating the opposite switch from the direction indicated by the Speed Limit Assist indicator.
. If no action is taken, the set speed will remain the same.
. If speed limit offset is on, this value will be added or subtracted from speed limit.
When in Auto mode:
. The indicated speed limit is applied to the vehicle set speed automatically.
. If speed limit offset is on, this value will be added or subtracted from speed limit.

404 Starting and driving

. If ProPILOT Assist is on (standby), but not set (active), and new speed limit is detected, the vehicle set speed is automatically updated.
How to adjust Speed Limit Offset:
Vehicle information display
Settings ? Driver Assistance ? Intelligent Cruise ? Speed Limit Offset ? --5MPH (-10 km/h) to + 5MPH (10 km/h)
How to enable/disable/change Speed Limit Assist:
Vehicle information display
Settings ? Driver Assistance ? Intelligent Cruise ? Spd. Limit Assist ? Auto/Manual/ OFF
NOTE: . While the accelerator pedal is operated
with Auto mode selected, Speed Limit Assist will function (automatically adjust the vehicle set speed) only when the detected speed limit is faster than the vehicle set speed.
. In the following situations, Speed Limit Assist will not operate: -- When an increase in the posted speed limit is detected, but the vehicle set speed is already faster than the new speed limit. -- When a decrease in the posted speed limit is detected, but the vehicle set

speed is already lower than the new speed limit.
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for Speed Limit Assist. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. It is driver's responsibility to select the proper speed, follow all traffic regulations and observe other road users.
. Speed Limit Assist may not operate properly and the actual speed limit may not be applied to the vehicle set speed in all conditions. The driver must manually control the vehicle speed.
Below are some examples:
-- When the Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system is not functioning properly or turned off. (See "Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)" (P.345).)
When speed limit sign is faded, dirty or distorted.
-- When driving in countries or areas not covered by the naviga-

tion system. -- When crossing national bound-
aries. -- When driving on the exit of the
limited access freeway as identified in the navigation map data. -- When driving in an area with nearby parallel roads (for example, freeway with a parallel service drive). -- When driving in an area where each lane has a different speed limit sign. -- When driving on a road under construction or in a construction zone. -- When the data from the navigation system is not up-to-date or is unavailable. -- When the map locator system cannot connect to the server to obtain the map data. -- When the software license of the map locator system is expired.
Starting and driving 405

SPEED ADJUST BY ROUTE
Speed Adjust by Route is a feature of ProPILOT Assist Systems on vehicles equipped with a built-in navigation system. Read the entire ProPILOT Assist section before using this system, including how to operate the system and understanding the display. (See "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383), "How to operate ProPILOT Assist" (P.393) and "ProPILOT Assist displays and indicators" (P.396).)
When the Speed Adjust by Route system is active on limited access freeways, the system uses road information provided by the Map locator system to adjust the vehicle speed depending on road curvature in freeway interchanges and freeway curves. The system may not always reduce speed for all freeway interchanges and freeway curves. The driver may need to apply additional braking at any time. When the vehicle is through the freeway interchanges and freeway curves, the vehicle will accelerate again to the set speed.
When Speed Adjust by Route is active, icon will appear in the vehicle information display.
Freeway interchanges and freeway curves

How to enable/disable Speed Adjust by Route:
Vehicle information display
Settings ? Driver Assistance ? Intelligent Cruise ? Speed Adjust by Route? ON/OFF
NOTE: . The system does not operate when the
accelerator pedal is depressed. . The system may not operate depending
on the set distance to the vehicle ahead. . The system will retain current settings in
the vehicle information display even if the engine is restarted. . The Speed Adjust function will be activated when the Steering Assist with HD map data function is active, even if the Speed Adjust by Route feature has been disabled in the vehicle information display (see "Steering Assist with HD map data (a feature of ProPILOT Assist 2.1)" (P.410)).
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for Speed Adjust by Route. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death:

406 Starting and driving

. There are limitations to Speed Adjust by Route system capability. The system does not function in all driving, traffic, weather and road conditions. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
. Speed Adjust by Route does not brake the vehicle to a stop. Whenever necessary, the driver must apply appropriate braking.
. Speed adjust by Route will not work for an entrance or exit ramp.
. It is the driver's responsibility to select the proper speed, follow all traffic regulations and observe other road users.
. Speed Adjust by Route will not function in Hawaii or US island territories.
. Speed Adjust by Route may not operate properly in some road and traffic conditions, and the system may unexpectedly change the speed. The driver must manually control the vehicle speed.
Below are some examples:
-- When the map locator system cannot connect to the server to obtain the map data.

-- When the software license of the map locator system is expired.
-- When the data from the navigation system is not up-to-date or is unavailable.
-- When driving in countries or areas not covered by the navigation system.
-- When driving on a road under construction or newly constructed road.
-- When driving near a road split or freeway interchange.
-- When driving in bad weather or poor road conditions.

STEERING ASSIST
Basic information
Steering Assist is a part of ProPILOT Assist Systems. Read the entire ProPILOT Assist section before using this system, including how to operate the system and understanding the display. (See "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383), "How to operate ProPILOT Assist" (P.393) and "ProPILOT Assist displays and indicators" (P.396).)
Steering Assist uses a forward facing camera to detect clear and consistent lane markings on both sides of the vehicle and is designed to help keep the vehicle in the center of traveling lane. Steering Assist is only available when combined with the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system making up ProPILOT Assist.
Steering Assist can be activated when the following conditions are met:
. ProPILOT Assist is activated.
. Lane markings on both sides are clearly detected.
. Your vehicle is traveling at speed over 37 MPH (60 km/h), or a vehicle is detected in front of you when traveling under 37 MPH (60 km/h).
. The driver has hands on the steering wheel.

. The vehicle is driven at the center of the lane.
. Turn signals are not active.
. The windshield wipers are not operated in the high speed position.
When a curve or strong cross wind exceeds the capabilities of the system and your vehicle approaches the lane line, the Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system will activate. The LDP system will have a visual and audible alert with steering vibration and will help assist the driver to return to the center of the lane. For more information, see "Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)" (P.348).
How to enable/disable Steering Assist:
Use the following methods to enable or disable Steering Assist:
. Steering Assist switch (located on the left side of the instrument panel as shown in the diagram) (See "How to operate ProPILOT Assist" (P.393).)
. Vehicle information display
Settings ? Driver Assistance ?Lane Centering Assist ? Steering Assist ? ON/OFF
NOTE:
Steering Assist setting will remain even after the engine is restarted.

Starting and driving 407

NOTE: It is important to ensure the radar sensors, cameras and sonar sensors are clean before each drive. Unclean or damaged cameras and sensors, as well as environmental conditions can affect system performance. See "Driver assistance troubleshooting guide" (P.340) for more information.
Hands on detection
When Steering Assist is activated, the vehicle monitors the driver's steering wheel operation using a capacitive and torque sensor in the steering wheel. When ProPILOT Assist displays in hands on (green) mode, if the steering wheel is not operated or if the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for a period of time, the warning appears and the hands off warning light illuminates. See table on the next page for escalating warnings if the system does not detect drivers hands on the wheel.
408 Starting and driving

WAF1654X
Hands on may be required for other ProPILOT Assist 2.1 features, where the hands on detection function also operates. These functions include Lane Change Assist, Passing Assist as described, while easy assist is operating. (See "Lane Change Assist" (P.414) or "Passing Assist" (P.416).)
NOTE:
The system may not detect the driver's hand(s) on the steering wheel in the following conditions: . When the driver is wearing gloves. . When a cover is put on the steering
wheel. . When the driver grips the seam of
leather or spokes on the steering wheel.

. If hands are not detected by touch, it is recommended to provide steering torque.

HANDS ON DETECTION

Basic information
In Hands On (green) mode, the vehicle uses capacitative and torque sensors in the steering wheel to detect whether the driver has their hands placed on the steering wheel. It is the driver's responsibility to have hands on the wheel in order to avoid these increasing alerts.

First Warning Second Warning Third Warning Emergency Stop

. Message appears in the vehicle information display alerting driving that hands are not detected. . Driver must place their hands back on the steering wheel or apply light torque to the steering wheel to clear the message.
. Message begins to flash with escalating beeping sounds to draw driver's attention. . Driver must place their hands back on the steering wheel or apply light torque to the steering wheel to clear the message.
. The vehicle will apply 2 brake pulses to alert the driver of failure to comply. . Driver must place their hands back on the steering wheel or apply light torque to the steering wheel to clear the message.
. Emergency warning sound will play and a "Manually Steer" or "Take Steering Control" and/or "Slowing to Stop" warning message will display.
. The vehicle will gradually slow vehicle to a complete stop in the traveling lane and the hazard indicator lights will automatically activate when the vehicle reaches approximately 40 MPH (65 km/h).
. After the vehicle is brought to an emergency stop, the vehicle is connected to the Emergency Call (SOS) service operator, who then requests relief from public institutions (police, fire department, medical institutions). See "Emergency Call (SOS) button" (P.186) for more details of the emergency support.
. After the emergency stop function is activated, the Steering Assist function will be disabled with the "Steering Assist OFF" message displayed until the ignition switch has been switched off and on again.
. Driver must place their hands back on the steering wheel or apply light torque to the steering wheel to deactivate the emergency stop.

Starting and driving 409

STEERING ASSIST WITH HD MAP
DATA (a feature of ProPILOT As-
sist 2.1)
On ProPILOT Assist 2.1 equipped vehicle, the ProPILOT Assist 2.1 mode indicator turns blue when the condition is met.
When ProPILOT Assist 2.1 activates with blue indicators, traffic and other conditions and laws permit, and it is safe to do so, your hands can be taken off the steering wheel. Always pay attention to the road and the operation of the vehicle.
The driver can override with manual steering at any time. When ProPILOT Assist 2.1 is active, always be prepared to take immediate steering and braking.
For ProPILOT Assist 2.1 to activate with blue indicators, the following conditions must be met. The system may also cancel if any of these conditions are no longer met.
. ProPILOT Assist is active and the driver's hands are detected on the steering wheel.
. The vehicle is driving on a highway or limited access freeway as defined by the HD map data.
. Camera, radar, and GNSS sensors are functioning and free from obstruction or damage.

. The driver monitor system detects the driver's attention is given to the road ahead.
. All driving, road, and traffic conditions allow.
. Lane markings are clearly visible and able to be detected by the system.
. The vehicle is traveling at a speed less than 85 MPH (137 km/h).
WARNING
It is the drivers responsibility to always drive in a legal manner and obey all local and state regulations.
Some local and state regulations may require hands to be kept on the steering wheel at all times. Only remove hands from the steering wheel it is safe to do so, and it is permitted by local and state regulations.
How to enable/disable Hands Off mode: Vehicle information Display
Settings ? Driver Assistance ? Lane Centering Assist ? Hands Off Mode ? ON/ OFF

WARNING
Immediately hold the steering wheel when the ProPILOT Assist 2.1 display changes to green. (See "Hands on detection" (P.408).)
Steering Assist with HD map data is not available or may cancel if any of the following conditions are met, but not limited to:
. When the vehicle approaches the area near a toll gate, exit, junction, sharp curve, intersection or where the traveling lane merges.
. When the vehicle approaches an area that is not considered a highway or limited access freeway as defined by the HD map data, the HD map data is not available, or the system detects that the HD map data does not match the current roadway.
. When there is no reception of GNSS signals, including tunnels.
. When driving on a road not separated from the opposite lane.
. When depressing the accelerator pedal or actively using the steering wheel.
. A construction zone.

410 Starting and driving

. When the driver monitor camera cannot recognize that the driver is driving with careful attention to the front.
. When the driver's face is not directed toward the road even if the gaze is directed forward.
. When the driver's face cannot be seen correctly from the camera installed on the steering column. it may occur when the face is blocked by the hand or when the driver is in a driving posture where the position of the face is difficult to see from the camera.
. When the shape of the mouth, nose, or face cannot be clearly seen due to wearing a mask, glasses, sunglasses, etc.
. When the driver narrows his or her eyes due to bright sunlight, etc.
. The windshield wipers are operated in high speed.
. The FEB with Pedestrian Detection and/ or Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system activates.
NOTE: . For the license information about HD
map data, see "License information (ProPILOT Assist 2.1)" (P.418).
. For additional information on HD maps, please visit https://www.nissanusa. com/experience-nissan/news-andevents/propilot-assist-2-0-driving-

map. . Steering Assist with HD map data will
not function in Hawaii or US island territories.
DRIVER MONITOR
Basic information
ProPILOT Assist 2.1 monitors the driver's attention to the road ahead with a driver facing camera, located on the steering column. The system is looking for head position and direction, eye opening, and eye direction. If the system does not detect driver's attention on the road, a series of warnings will display in an effort to draw the driver's attention back forward.

WAF1561X
NOTE: The driver monitor is active in all driving modes, not just when ProPILOT Assist 2.1 is active.
Starting and driving 411

WAF1688X
If the driver's face is below the camera's detection range , the driver monitor may not work properly. Adjust your face position so that the camera can detect your entire face, by lowering the steering column or raise the seat position, for example.
See "Tilt or telescopic operation" (P.238) and "Front seats" (P.18).
License information
The driver monitoring system includes software using open source software (OSS). License information can be found on the website below.
http://www.embedded-carmultimedia.jp/ RTOS/License/oss/DMS_0401/
412 Starting and driving

ATTENTION TO THE ROAD
On ProPILOT Assist 2.1 equipped vehicles, the vehicle uses a camera-based driver monitor system to determine if the driver is monitoring the road ahead. It is the driver's responsibility to pay attention in order to avoid these increasing alerts:

First Warning Second Warning
Third Warning Emergency Stop

. A beep and a message will appear to draw driver's attention toward the road. . Driver must look ahead to clear the message.
. The message changes and request to hold the steering wheel. . Message flashes with escalating beeping sounds to draw driver's attention. . Driver must place their hands back on the steering wheel or apply light torque to the steering wheel to clear the message.
. Vehicle will apply 2 brake pulses to alert the driver of failure to comply. . Driver must place their hands back on the steering wheel or apply light torque to the steering wheel to clear the message.
. Emergency warning sound will play and a "Manually Steer" and/or "Slowing to Stop" warning message will display. . The vehicle will gradually slow to a complete stop in the traveling lane and the hazard indicator lights will automatically
activate when the vehicle reaches approximately 40 MPH(65 km/h). . After the vehicle is brought to an emergency stop, the vehicle is connected to the Emergency Call (SOS) service operator,
who then requests relief from public institutions (police, fire department, medical institutions). See "Emergency Call (SOS) button" (P.186) for more details of the emergency support. . After the emergency stop function is activated, the Steering Assist function will be disabled with the "Steering Assist OFF" message displayed until the ignition switch has been switched off and on again. . Driver must place their hands back on the steering wheel or apply light torque to the steering wheel to deactivate emergency stop.

Starting and driving 413

LANE CHANGE ASSIST Basic information
Lane Change Assist is a feature of ProPILOT Assist 2.1. Read the entire ProPILOT Assist section before using this system, including how to operate the system and understanding the display. (See "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383), "How to operate ProPILOT Assist" (P.393) and "ProPILOT Assist displays and indicators" (P.396).)
414 Starting and driving

WAF1638X
When ProPILOT Assist is active and the status indicator is illuminated in blue, Lane Change Assist helps the driver make a lane change when the turn signal is activated. The driver must place their hands on the steering wheel prior to the lane change maneuver and ensure safety throughout the lane change.
The Lane Change Assist status indicator will illuminate under the following conditions:
. When the ProPILOT Assist 2.1 display is blue (hands-off mode).
. When driving at speeds more than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h).
. When driving on a road where there are more than two lanes.

. When either right or left, or both target lanes the vehicle moves to has dottedwhite lines.
. When driving on a straight road or road with a gentle curve.
. When driving on a road where the speed limit is 45 MPH (70 km/h) or higher.
. When either the "Activate by turn signal" or "Passing Assist" is enabled.
Lane Change Assist may cancel or not be available under the following conditions:
. When driving on the road where there is a new freeway curves and freeway interchanges, which is not identified in the navigation map.
. When the "Lane Change Assist" is disabled in the settings menu of the vehicle information display (even if the Lane Change Assist status indicator illuminates in blue).
. When another vehicle is detected in the target lane.
. When lane markers are not longer detected.
. When the vehicle speed is below approximately 37 MPH (60km/h).
. When the driver's hands are not detected on the steering wheel.
. When the ICC system/ProPILOT Assist is cancelled.

. When a shield is found near the lane marker in the direction of the target lane.
How to enable/disable Lane Change Assist:
Vehicle information Display
Settings ? Driver Assistance ? Lane Change Assist ? Activate by turn signal ? ON/OFF

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of Lane Change Assist could result in serious injury or death.
. Lane Change Assist only assists the driver to make a Lane change. The system does not steer the vehicle to avoid a collision. Be sure to keep your hands on the steering wheel and move safely to a different lane.
NOTE:
The steering operation by the driver is always prioritized. If the driver's hands are not detected, it warns the driver to place their hands on the steering wheel. If hands are not detected in a timely manner, the Lane Change Assist feature may not be cancelled.

System operation
Before starting a lane change, ensure that the target lane is clear and it is safe to move into the lane.
1. Hold the steering wheel and activate the turn signal in the direction of moving.
2. The Lane Change Assist display appears and flashes green, and the system starts to assist the vehicle moving to the target lane by steering control.
3. When the lane change is completed, the turn signal cancels automatically*1. Then Steering Assist operates again.
*1 If the turn signal lever was moved up or down fully to activate, the turn signal will

WAF0870X
not cancel automatically even the lane change is stopped. (See "Turn signal switch" (P.173).)
The Lane Change Assist operation will be stopped (the Lane Change Assist display turns off):
. When the turn signal is operated to the opposite direction.
. When the steering wheel is operated. . When a vehicle is detected in the target
lane. . When the lane markers are not longer
detected. . When the vehicle speed is below approxi-
mately 37 MPH (60km/h).
Starting and driving 415

. When the driver's hands are not detected on the steering wheel.
. When the ICC system/ProPILOT Assist is canceled.
. When the lane markers in both lanes are not dotted-white lines.
. When a shield is found near the lane marker in the direction of the target lane.
. When the Lane Change Assist operation is stopped within the lane where the system starts to operate, the system will control the steering wheel to return the vehicle to the center of the lane.
Limitations
For system limitations, see "Limitations" (P.390).

PASSING ASSIST
Basic information
Passing Assist is a feature of ProPILOT Assist 2.1. Read the entire ProPILOT Assist section before using this system, including how to operate the system and understanding the display. (See "ProPILOT Assist Systems" (P.383), "How to operate ProPILOT Assist" (P.393) and "ProPILOT Assist displays and indicators" (P.396).) Passing Assist also uses Lane Change Assist features. (See "Lane Change Assist" (P.414) for details.)

WAF1638X
When ProPILOT Assist is active and the status indicator is illuminated in blue, Passing Assist will help the driver to overtake a slower vehicle by:
1. Notifying the driver of slower vehicle by suggesting to pass on the left when no vehicles are detected in blind spot.

416 Starting and driving

WAF1562X
2. Assist in lane change with Lane Change Assist after the driver's acceptance by the Lane Change Assist switch on the steering wheel.
WARNING
Driver is responsible to move out of passing lane as laws require.
All conditions must be met in order for Passing Assist to operate: . ProPILOT Assist must be active . The Lane Change Assist status indicator
illuminates in blue (See "Lane Change

Assist" (P.414) for conditions)
. No vehicle is detected in the intended lane
. Lane markers are detected
. Vehicle speed is above approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h)
. Driver's hands must be detected on the steering wheel
. Passing Assist is enabled
The vehicle will suggest to pass when the slower lead vehicle is detected traveling at the following speeds:

Setting Sport Standard Comfort

Lead vehicle speed 3 MPH + (5 km/h) slower 6 MPH + (10 km/h) slower 9 MPH + (15 km/h) slower

When the following conditions are met, the system suggests the driver to move to the right lane.
. When your vehicle keeps traveling in the overtaking lane.
. The Lane Change Assist indicator is blue.

. When there is no vehicle in the right lane.
NOTE: The steering operation by the driver is always prioritized.

How to enable/disable Passing Assist:
Vehicle information display
Settings ? Driver Assistance ?Lane Change Assist ? Passing Assist ? ON/OFF
How to change Passing Assist mode:
Settings ? Driver Assistance ? Lane Change Assist ? Passing Setting ? Sport/ Standard/Comfort
System operation
1. When a slower vehicle is detected ahead, the message "Slow Vehicle Ahead Change Lanes Left" appears.
2. Ensure that it is safe to move into the left lane, hold the steering wheel and push the Lane Change Assist switch on the steering wheel. The turn signal starts flash immediately. . If the blind spot is clear, the vehicle will proceed to step 3. . If a vehicle is detected in the blind spot, the system will search for a space for approximately 30 seconds. If no space is created in this time, the system will cancel. . If the driver's hands are not detected on the steering wheel, the system will issue a warning. If their hands are not placed on the steering wheel in a timely manner, Lane Change Assist
Starting and driving 417

may cancel.
3. The Lane Change Assist display flashes green. The system starts to assist the vehicle moving into the left lane by steering control.
4. When the lane change is completed, the turn signal cancels automatically. Then Steering Assist operates again.
5. Hands off (blue) mode will resume as soon as conditions are met.
To stop Passing Assist operation:
The Passing Assist operation will be stopped (the Lane Change Assist display turns off):
. When the turn signal is operated in the opposite direction of the lane change.
. When the steering wheel is operated. . When a vehicle is detected in the target
lane after the turn signal is operated. . When the lane markers are not longer
detected. . When the vehicle speed is below approxi-
mately 37 MPH (60km/h). . When the driver's hands are not detected
on the steering wheel. . When the ICC system/ProPILOT Assist
is canceled. . When the vehicle to be overtaken accel-
erates or changes lanes
418 Starting and driving

. When a shield is found near the lane marker in the direction of the target lane after the turn signal is operated.
The turn signal also cancels automatically after the Passing Assist operation is stopped. When the Passing Assist operation is stopped within the lane where the system starts to operate, the system will assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the lane.
Limitations
For system limitations, see "Limitations" (P.390).

WAF1561X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Keep the driver monitor area clean. Remove dirt and wipe it off with clean, soft cloth such as lens cleaner.
LICENSE INFORMATION (ProPILOT Assist 2.1)
3D HD MAP data process includes software using open source(OSS) and algorithm. The license information is printed in the web sites below.
http://www.embedded-carmultimedia.jp/ RTOS/License/oss/HDL_0101/
http://www.embedded-carmultimedia.jp/ RTOS/License/oss/HDL_0102/

http://www.embedded-carmultimedia.jp/ RTOS/License/lib/HDL_0121/
License information of 3D HD MAP data is as follows:
TERMS OF USE OF USHR INC. MATERIAL AND AGREEMENT TO END USER SUBLICENSE AGREEMENT
This vehicle contains data, software, Intellectual Property or a portion thereof, and Confidential Information or a portion thereof that is incorporated into the driver assistance systems of this vehicle and which is subject to a license with Ushr Inc. (the "Ushr Materials"). Any use of the Ushr Materials or systems incorporating them constitute your agreement to these Terms of Use and to the terms and conditions of the End User Sub-License Agreement as fully stated on Ushr Inc.'s website, available at www.ushrauto.com/legal and which are expressly incorporated by reference herein. If you do not agree to these Terms of Use and to the End User Sub-License Agreement ("license"), do not use the Ushr Materials. The license affects your legal rights and relates to the following, among other things, your agreement to abide by the permissions and prohibitions as to the use of the Ushr Materials; that the Ushr Materials are provided on an AS IS basis and WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND; Ushr's limitations on liabilities, Ushr's reservation of all

rights in and the protection of its intellectual property and confidential information; and YOUR WAIVER OF A RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE ANY CLAIMS ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE LICENSE.
This product incorporates material, including Licensed Materials, Intellectual Property and/or Confidential Information, subject to a license with Ushr Inc. (the "Ushr Materials"). The Ushr Materials are defined in and subject to the terms of a license agreement with Ushr Inc. It is strictly prohibited to extract, derive, reproduce and/or transfer all or part of the Ushr Materials, in any form and in any manner, without the prior written consent of Ushr Inc.
©2022 Ushr Inc. All Rights Reserved.
"Ushr", the Ushr logo, "Ushr Auto", and www.ushrauto.com are the intellectual property of Ushr Inc. and it reserves all rights in these marks.
©OpenStreetMap contributors, www.openstreetmap.org/copyright.

FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING (FEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM
BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system could result in serious injury or death.
. The FEB with Pedestrian Detection system is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for the driver's attention to traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent accidents due to carelessness or dangerous driving techniques.
. The FEB with Pedestrian Detection system does not function in all driving, traffic, weather and road conditions.
The FEB with Pedestrian Detection system can assist the driver when there is a risk of a forward collision with . a vehicle ahead in the travelling lane . a pedestrian ahead in the travelling lane . a cyclist ahead in the travelling lane Intersection Assist can assist the driver when there is a risk of a forward collision:
Starting and driving 419

. When you turn right or left and cross the path of an approaching vehicle.
. When you turn right or left, a pedestrian is detected in the forward direction and is expected to enter your vehicle's path.
WAF1655X
The FEB with Pedestrian Detection system uses a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane. For pedestrians and cyclists, the FEB system uses a camera installed behind the windshield in addition to the radar sensor.
420 Starting and driving

FEB emergency warning indicator
Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on the vehicle information display)
FEB system OFF warning light (on the meter panel)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

WAF1656X

FEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM OPERATION
The FEB with Pedestrian Detection system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).
For the pedestrian and cyclists detection function, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system operates at speeds between 6 50 MPH (10 80 km/h).
If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system will firstly provide the warning to the driver by flashing the vehicle ahead detection indicator (yellow) in the vehicle information display and providing an audible alert. In addition, the system applies partial braking.
If the driver applies the brakes quickly and forcefully after the warning, and the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system detects that there is still the possibility of a forward collision, the system will automatically increase the braking force.
If the driver does not take action, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system issues the second visual (flashing) (red) and audible warning. Then the system applies partial braking.
If the risk of a collision becomes imminent, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system
Starting and driving 421

applies harder braking automatically. While the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system is operating, you may hear the sound of brake operation. This is normal and indicates that the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system is operating properly. NOTE: The vehicle's stop lights come on when braking is performed by the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system. Intersection Assist can operate at vehicle speeds between 6 16 MPH (10 - 25 km/h). The turn signal must be activated for Intersection Assist to detect an approaching vehicle. However, Intersection Assist may detect a pedestrian without the turn signal activated.
422 Starting and driving

WAF1019X
Intersection Assist for approaching vehicle
WAF1020X
Intersection Assist for pedestrian

NOTE: . The vehicle's stop lights come on when
braking is performed by the Intersection Assist.
. When the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system detects an obstacle in the path of the vehicle and displays the FEB warning, a noise may be heard from the front of the vehicle as the vehicle primes the brakes to improve response time.
Depending on vehicle speed and distance to the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclists ahead, as well as driving and roadway conditions, the system may help the driver avoid a forward collision or may help mitigate the consequences of a collision should one be unavoidable.
If the driver is handling the steering wheel, accelerating or braking, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system will function later or will not function.
The automatic braking will cease under the following conditions:
. When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary to avoid a collision.
. When the accelerator pedal is depressed.
. When there is no longer a vehicle, pedestrian detected ahead.
If the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system has stopped the vehicle, the vehicle will

remain at a standstill for approximately 2 seconds before the brakes are released.
When the brake pedal is depressed while the brake is applied by the system, you may feel the pedal effort is changed and may hear a sound and vibration noise. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. In addition, the braking force can be increased by adding the pedal effort.

FEB system OFF warning light (on the meter panel)
Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

WAF1657X
TURNING THE FEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system on or off.

Starting and driving 423

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

play and then push the scroll dial. Use the

scroll dial to select "Driver Assistance."

Then push the scroll dial.

2. Select "Emergency Assist" and push the scroll dial.
3. Select "Emergency Braking" and use the scroll dial to turn the system on or off.
When the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system is turned off, the FEB system OFF warning light illuminates.
NOTE: . The FEB with Pedestrian Detection
system will be automatically turned ON when the engine is restarted.
. The Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) system is integrated into the FEB system. There is not a separate selection for the PFCW system. When the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system is turned off, the PFCW system is also turned off.
. The FEB with Pedestrian Detection system cannot be turned on or off while driving.

FEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The FEB with Pedestrian Detection system cannot detect all vehicles, pedestrians or cyclists under all conditions.
. The FEB with Pedestrian Detection system does not detect the following:
-- Pedestrians that are small (for example, children), in a sitting position, operating toys/skateboards, on scooters or in wheelchairs, or not in an upright standing or walking position.
-- Animals of any size.
-- Obstacles (for example, cargo or debris) on the roadway or roadside.

424 Starting and driving

-- Crossing vehicles.
-- Vehicles where the tires are difficult to see or the shape of the rear of the vehicle is unclear or obstructed.
-- Parked vehicles.
. The FEB with Pedestrian Detection system has some performance limitations.
-- If a stationary vehicle is in the vehicle's path, the system will not function when the vehicle approaches the stationary vehicle at speeds over approximately 50 MPH (80 km/h).
-- Pedestrian and cyclist detection will not function when the vehicle is driven at speeds over approximately 50 MPH (80 km/h) or below approximately 6 MPH (10 km/h).
. The FEB with Pedestrian Detection system may not function properly or detect a vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead in the following conditions:
-- In poor visibility conditions (such as rain, snow, fog, dust storms, sand storms, smoke, and road spray from other vehicles).

-- If dirt, ice, snow, fog or other material is covering the radar sensor area or camera area of the windshield.
-- If strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams) enters the front camera or a sudden change in brightness occurs (for example, entering a tunnel or driving in lightning).
-- In dark or dimly lit conditions, such as at night or in tunnels, including cases where your vehicle's headlights are off or dim, or the tail lights of the vehicle ahead are off.
-- When the direction of the camera is misaligned.
-- When driving on a steep downhill slope, on roads with sharp curves, and/or bumpy or dirt roads.
-- If there is interference by other radar sources.
-- When your vehicle's position or movement is changed quickly or significantly (for example, lane change, turning vehicle, abrupt steering, sudden acceleration or deceleration).

-- When your vehicle or the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead moves quickly or significantly such that the system cannot detect and react in time (for example, pedestrian moving quickly toward the vehicle at close range, vehicle cutting in, changing lanes, making a turn, steering abruptly, sudden acceleration or deceleration).
-- When the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist is offset from the vehicle's forward path.
-- If the speed difference between the two vehicles is small.
-- The pedestrian's profile is partially obscured or unidentifiable; for example, due to transporting luggage, pushing a stroller, wearing bulky or very loose-fitting clothing or accessories, or being in a unique posture (such as raising hands).
-- There is poor contrast of a person to the background, such as having clothing color or pattern which is similar to the background.
-- When the system has never detected an obstacle since the vehicle was driven after the engine

was started.
-- For approximately 15 seconds after starting the engine
-- If the vehicle ahead has a unique or unusual shape, extremely low or high clearance heights, or unusual cargo loading or is narrow (for example, a motorcycle).
-- When the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist is located near a traffic sign, a reflective area (for example, water on road), or is in a shadow.
-- When multiple pedestrians or cyclists are grouped together.
-- When the view of the pedestrian or cyclist is obscured by a vehicle or other object.
-- While towing a trailer or other vehicle.
. The system performance may be degraded in the following conditions:
-- The vehicle is driven on a slippery road.
-- The vehicle is driven on a slope.
-- Excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the cargo area of your vehicle.
Starting and driving 425

. The system is designed to automatically check the sensor's (radar and camera) functionality, within certain limitations. The system may not detect some forms of obstruction of the sensor area such as ice, snow or stickers, for example. In these cases, the system may not be able to warn the driver properly. Be sure that you check, clean and clear sensor areas regularly.
. In some road and traffic conditions, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system may unexpectedly apply partial braking. When acceleration is necessary, depress the accelerator pedal to override the system.
. The FEB with Pedestrian Detection system may operate when a pattern, object, shadow or lights are detected that are similar to the outline of vehicles, pedestrians or cyclists, or if they are the same size and position as a vehicle or motorcycle's tail lights.
. The system may keep operating when the vehicle ahead is turning right or left.
. The system may operate when your vehicle is approaching and passing a vehicle ahead.
426 Starting and driving

. Depending on the road shape (curved road, entrance and exit of the curve, winding road, lane regulation, under construction, etc.), the system may operate temporarily for the approaching vehicle in front of your vehicle.

-- objects on the road (such as trees)
. Braking distances increase on slippery surfaces.
. Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.

WARNING
. The FEB with Pedestrian Detection system may react to:
-- objects on the roadside (traffic sign, guardrail, pedestrian, cyclist, motorcycle, vehicle, etc.)
-- pedestrians or cyclists when driving on the narrow alleys, etc.
-- pedestrians or cyclists who temporarily protrude into or approaching the driving lane to avoid the obstacles on the road shoulder

WAF0785X
-- objects above road (low bridge, traffic sign, etc.)
-- objects on the road surface (railroad track, grate, steel plate, etc.)
-- objects in the parking garage (beam, pillar, etc.)
-- pedestrians, cyclists or motorcycles approaching the traveling lane
-- vehicles, pedestrians, cyclists, motorcycles or objects in adjacent lanes or close to the vehicle
-- approaching pedestrians, cyclists

Starting and driving 427

WAF1532X
WARNING
. Intersection Assist does not apply braking to approaching vehicles in front of your vehicle.
428 Starting and driving

WAF1485X
(In the intersection) After turning left/Approaching vehicles in a row

WARNING
In addition to the system limitations that apply to the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system, the following system limitations apply to the FEB with Pedestrian Detection while Intersection Assist is operating:
. Intersection Assist may not detect an approaching vehicle or pedestrian in the following conditions:
-- When driving in a traffic lane separated by more than 2 lanes

from approaching vehicles while making a right/left turn.
-- When not heading directly towards an approaching vehicle during a right/left turn.
-- Intersection Assist may not detect an approaching vehicle after you have already started your turn.
-- When turning sharply or on a very wide curve.
-- When the center line is not recognized by the system.

-- When there are a number of approaching vehicles following each other in a row.
-- When the lane is wider or narrower than normal.
-- When the center line is located close to a road marker.
. Intersection Assist may apply braking while making a right/left turn even if the risk of a collision is low.
. Intersection Assist may also apply braking when approaching vehicle movement cannot be predicted due to sudden left/right turns or deceleration of the approaching vehicles.

When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction or on a slope, the sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the system to work inappropriately.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0253
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
In the following conditions, the FEB system OFF warning light will illuminate and the "Driving Aids Temporarily disabled Clean sensor area See Owner's Manual" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display. And the system will be turned off automatically.
. The camera area of the windshield is covered with moisture, snow, ice, dirt or some other object.

Starting and driving 429

. The camera area of the windshield is continuously covered with dirt, etc.
Action to take: Check that the windshield is clean and free from ice/mist in front of the camera. If necessary, operate the Max defogging/ defrosting function or windshield deicer (if so equipped) to clear. This may take several minutes.
When the above conditions no longer exist, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system will resume automatically.
Condition B
In the following conditions, the FEB system OFF warning light will illuminate and the "Driving Aids Temporarily limited Poor Visibility" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
. Strong light is shining onto the front of the vehicle.
. The camera area of the windshield is fogged up or covered with dirt, water, drops, ice, snow, etc. temporarily.
Action to take: When the above conditions no longer exist, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system will resume automatically.
430 Starting and driving

Condition C
In the following condition, the FEB system OFF warning light will illuminate and the "Driving Aids temporarily limited Front Camera Too Hot" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
. The temperature of the front camera becomes high.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system will resume automatically.
Condition D
In the following conditions, the FEB system OFF warning light will illuminate and the "Driving Aids temporarily limited" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
. When the system check for the warning function did not end normally.
. When the vehicle is towed.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system will resume automatically.

Condition E
In the following condition, the FEB system OFF warning light will illuminate and the "Driving Aids Temporarily limited Radar interference" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
. When the radar sensor picks up interference from another radar source.
Action to take:
When the above condition no longer exists, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system will resume automatically.
Condition F
In the following condition, the FEB system OFF warning light will illuminate and the "Driving Aids Temporarily disabled Clean sensor area See Owner's Manual" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
. The sensor area of the front of the vehicle is covered with dirt or is obstructed
Action to take:
If the warning message appears, stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine off. Clean the radar cover on the front of the vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart the engine. If the warning message continues to appear, have the FEB with Pedestrian

Detection system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. When driving on roads with limited road structures or buildings (for example, long bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to long walls).
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system will resume automatically.
Condition G
When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system is OFF, the FEB brake will not operate. In this case only visible and audible warning operates. The FEB system OFF warning light (orange) will illuminate and "Limited driver's aid VDC setting OFF" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
When the VDC system is ON, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system will resume automatically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, the FEB system OFF warning light (orange) will illuminate and the "Malfunction See Owner's Manual" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WAF1655X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Basic information
The radar sensor is located on the front of the vehicle. The camera is located on the upper side of the windshield.
To keep the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system operating properly, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the sensor area on the front of the vehicle and windshield clean.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensors (ex. bumper, windshield).
. Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on the front of the vehicle near

Starting and driving 431

the sensor area. This could cause failure or malfunction.
. Do not attach metallic objects near the radar sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.
. Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit's detection capability.
. Do not alter, remove or paint the front of the vehicle near the sensor area. Before customizing or restoring the sensor area, it is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. this device may not cause harmful interference and
2. this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications made to this equipment not expressly approved by Robert Bosch GmbH may void the FCC

authorization to operate the equipment.
This equipment has tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which cause the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled equipment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

For Canada
This device contains license-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's license-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference. (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

432 Starting and driving

PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (PFCW) BASIC INFORMATION

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the PFCW system could result in serious injury or death.
. The PFCW system helps warn the driver before a collision but will not avoid a collision. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
The PFCW system can help alert the driver when there is a sudden braking of a second vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle ahead in the same lane.

WAF1563X
The PFCW system uses a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to a second vehicle ahead in the same lane.

Starting and driving 433

Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on the vehicle information display) Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system OFF warning light (on the meter panel)
434 Starting and driving

WAF1658X

PFCW SYSTEM OPERATION
The PFCW system operates at speeds above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).
If there is a potential risk of a forward collision, the PFCW system will warn the driver by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator, and sounding an audible alert.

JVS0294X
Starting and driving 435

FEB system OFF warning light (on the meter panel)
Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

WAF1657X

TURNING THE PFCW SYSTEM

ON/OFF

Perform the following steps to turn the PFCW system on or off.

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

play and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll dial to select "Driver Assistance." Then push the scroll dial.
2. Select "Emergency Assist" and push the scroll dial.
3. Select "Emergency Braking" and use the scroll dial to turn the system on or off.
When the PFCW system is turned off, the FEB system OFF warning light (orange) illuminates.
NOTE: . The PFCW system will be automatically
turned on when the engine is restarted. . The PFCW system is integrated into the
FEB system. There is not a separate selection for the PFCW system. When the FEB system is turned off, the PFCW system is also turned off. . The PFCW system cannot be turned on or off while driving.

436 Starting and driving

Illustration A

JVS0295X

Illustration B

JVS0296X

Illustration C

JVS0297X
Starting and driving 437

Illustration D

JVS0298X

PFCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING

-- Pedestrians, animals or obstacles in the roadway
-- Oncoming vehicles

Listed below are the system limitations for the PFCW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The PFCW system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions.
. The radar sensor does not detect the following objects:

-- Crossing vehicles
. (Illustration A) The PFCW system does not function when a vehicle ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as a motorcycle.
. The radar sensor may not detect a vehicle ahead in the following conditions:
-- Snow or heavy rain

438 Starting and driving

-- Dirt, ice, snow or other material covering the radar sensor
-- Interference by other radar sources
-- Snow or road spray from travelling vehicles.
-- Driving in a tunnel
-- Towing a trailer
. (Illustration B) When the vehicle ahead is being towed.
. (Illustration C) When the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close, the beam of the radar sensor is obstructed.
. (Illustration D) When driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves.
. The system is designed to automatically check the sensor's functionality, within certain limitations. The system may not detect some forms of obstruction of the sensor area such as ice, snow, stickers, for example. In these cases, the system may not be able to warn the driver properly. Be sure that you check, clean and clear the sensor area regularly.
. Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime

may not be heard.

When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the PFCW system to work inappropriately.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system may warn you by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0253
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
When the radar sensor picks up interference from another radar source, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the PFCW system is automatically turned off. The FEB system OFF warning light (orange) will illuminate and the "Driving Aids Temporarily limited Radar interference" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,

Starting and driving 439

the PFCW system will resume automatically.
Condition B
Under the following conditions, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the PFCW system is automatically turned off.
The FEB system OFF warning light (orange) will illuminate and the "Driving Aids Temporarily disabled Clean sensor area See Owner's Manual" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
. When the sensor area of the front of the vehicle is covered with dirt or is obstructed
Action to take:
If the warning light (orange) illuminates, stop the vehicle in a safe place, push the park button to engage the P (Park) position and turn the engine off. Clean the radar cover on the front of the vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the PFCW system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. When driving on roads with limited road structures or buildings (for example, long bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to long walls)
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the PFCW system will resume automatically.
440 Starting and driving

See "Driver assistance troubleshooting guide" (P.340).
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the PFCW system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, the FEB system OFF warning light (orange) will illuminate and the "Malfunction See Owner's Manual" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
If the warning light (orange) illuminates, stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the PFCW system checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WAF1563X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Basic information
The radar sensor is located on the front of the vehicle.
To keep the system operating properly, be sure to observe the following:
. Always keep the sensor area on the front of the vehicle clean.
. Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor.
. Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on the front bumper near the sensor area. This could cause failure or malfunction.

DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT (DAA)

. Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.
. Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. It is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer before customizing or restoring the front bumper.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. this device may not cause harmful interference and
2. this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications made to this equipment not expressly approved by Robert Bosch GmbH may void the FCC authorization to operate the equipment.
This equipment has tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equip-

ment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which cause the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled equipment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
For Canada
This device contains license-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's license-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference. (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the DAA system could result in serious injury or death. . The DAA system is only a warning to
inform the driver of a potential lack of driver attention or drowsiness. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. . The DAA system does not detect and provide an alert of the driver's lack of attention or fatigue in every situation. . It is the driver's responsibility to:
-- Stay alert.
-- Drive safely. -- Keep the vehicle in the traveling
lane. -- Be in control of the vehicle at all
times. -- Avoid driving when tired. -- Avoid distractions (texting, etc).
Starting and driving 441

The DAA system helps alert the driver if the system detects a lack of attention or driving fatigue.
The system monitors driving style and steering behavior over a period of time, and it detects changes from the normal pattern. If the system detects that driver attention is decreasing over a period of time, the system uses audible and visual warnings to suggest that the driver take a break.

The system will not operate when Steering Assist system is activated.

442 Starting and driving

Example

WBF0213X

DAA SYSTEM OPERATION
If the system detects driver fatigue or that driver attention is decreasing, the message "Take a Break?" appears in the vehicle information display and a chime sounds when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 37 MPH (60 km/h).
The system continuously monitors driver attention and can provide multiple warnings per trip.
The system resets and starts reassessing driving style and steering behavior when the ignition switch is cycled from the ON to the OFF position and back to the ON position.

play and push the scroll dial. Use the scroll dial to select "Driver Assistance." Then push the scroll dial.
2. Select "Driver Monitor", then select "Driver Alertness" and push the scroll dial.
NOTE: The DAA system will automatically be turned on when the engine is restarted.
DAA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted control (right side)

WAF1556X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

DAA SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the DAA system.

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the DAA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. The DAA system may not operate properly and may not provide an alert in the following conditions:
-- Poor road conditions such as an uneven road surface or pot holes.
-- Strong side wind.
-- If you have adopted a sporty driving style with higher cornering speeds or higher rates of acceleration.

Starting and driving 443

REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)

-- Frequent lane changes or changes to vehicle speed.
. The DAA system will not provide an alert in the following conditions:
-- Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph (60 km/h).
-- Short lapses of attention.
-- Instantaneous distractions such as dropping an object.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the DAA system malfunctions, the "Malfunction See Owner's Manual" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display and the function will be stopped automatically.
Action to take
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in P (Park) position, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RAB system could result in serious injury or death.
. The RAB system is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for proper driving procedures. Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move before and while backing up. Never rely solely on the RAB system. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
. There is a limitation to the RAB system capability. The RAB system is not effective in all situations.
The RAB system can assist the driver when backing up and approaching an object directly behind the vehicle. If an item is detected, and the driver fails to stop, this feature can automatically engage the brakes to help avoid a rear collision or help lessen the severity of an impact.

WAF1564X
The RAB system detects obstacles behind the vehicle using the sonar sensors located on the rear bumper.
NOTE:
You can temporarily cancel the sonar function and the RAB system in the vehicle. For additional information, see "Front and rear sonar system" (P.469).

444 Starting and driving

Vehicle information display
RAB system warning indicator (on the vehicle information display)
RAB system OFF warning light (on the meter panel)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

Center display

WAF1660X

RAB SYSTEM OPERATION
When the shift button is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 9 MPH (15 km/h), the RAB system operates.
If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is detected when your vehicle is backing up, the RAB system warning indicator will flash in the vehicle information display, a red frame will appear in the center display (models with the 3D Around View® Monitor system), and the system will chime three times. The system will then automatically apply the brakes. After the automatic brake application, the driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain brake pressure.
NOTE: . The stop lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the RAB system.
. When the brakes operate, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction.

Starting and driving 445

RAB system OFF warning light
Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted control (right side)

WAF1661X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE

REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING

Perform the following steps to turn the RAB system ON or OFF.

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

play and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll dial to select "Driver Assistance." Then push the scroll dial.
2. Select "Emergency Assist" and push the scroll dial.
3. Select "Rear Auto Braking" and use the scroll dial to turn the system on or off.
When the RAB system is turned off, the RAB system OFF warning light illuminates when the shift button is in the R (Reverse) position.
The RAB system OFF warning light will also illuminate when the shift button is in the R (Reverse) position and the RAB system is ON if the sonar sensors have been temporarily disabled using the "Parking Assist" setting.
NOTE: . The RAB system will be automatically
turned on when the engine is restarted.
. When the shift button is in the R (Reverse) position and the Parking Assist screen is displayed in the vehicle information display the RAB system can be disabled temporarily by pushing the scroll dial on the steering wheel.

446 Starting and driving

Example

WAF1153X

RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the RAB system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RAB system could result in serious injury or death.
. When the vehicle approaches an obstacle while the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed, the function may not operate or the start of the operation may be delayed. The RAB

system may not operate or may not perform sufficiently due to vehicle conditions, driving conditions, the traffic environment, the weather, road surface conditions, etc. Do not wait for the system to operate. Operate the brake pedal by yourself as soon as necessary.
. If it is necessary to override RAB operation, strongly press the accelerator pedal.
. Always check your surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before and while backing up. The RAB system detects stationary objects behind the vehicle. The RAB system does not detect the following objects:
-- Moving objects
-- Low objects
-- Narrow objects
-- Wedge-shaped objects
-- Complex-shaped objects
-- Multiple object in close
-- Objects close to the bumper (less than approximately 1 ft [30 cm])
-- Objects that suddenly appear

-- Thin objects such as rope, wire, chain, etc.
. The RAB system may not operate for pedestrians or animals.
. The RAB system may not operate for the following obstacles:
-- Obstacles located high off the ground
-- Obstacles in a position offset from your vehicle
-- Obstacles, such as spongy materials or snow, that have soft outer surfaces and can easily absorb a sound wave
. The RAB system may not operate in the following conditions:
-- There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc., attached to the sonar sensors.
-- A loud sound is heard in the area around the vehicle.
-- The surface of the obstacle is diagonal to the rear of the vehicle.
-- The sonar sensors or the area around them are extremely hot or cold.
. The RAB system may unintentionally operate in the following conditions:
Starting and driving 447

-- There is overgrown grass in the area around the vehicle.
-- There is a structure (e.g., a wall, toll gate equipment, a narrow tunnel, a parking lot gate) near the side of the vehicle.
-- There are bumps, protrusions, or manhole covers on the road surface.
-- The vehicle is driving through a draped flag or a curtain.
-- The vehicle is approaching a high curb or car stop.
-- The vehicle is driving on a steep hill.
-- There is an accumulation of snow or ice behind the vehicle.
-- An ultrasonic wave source, such as another vehicle's sonar, is near the vehicle.
. Once the automatic brake control operates, it does not operate again if the vehicle approaches the same obstacle.
. The automatic brake control can only operate for a short period of time. Therefore, the driver must depress the brake pedal.
448 Starting and driving

. In the following situations, the RAB system may not operate properly or may not function sufficiently:
-- The vehicle is driven in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
-- The vehicle is driven on a steep hill.
-- The vehicle's posture is changed (e.g., when driving over a bump).
-- The vehicle is driven on a slippery road.
-- The vehicle is turned sharply by turning the steering wheel fully.
-- Snow chains are used.
-- Wheels or tires other than INFINITI recommended are used.
-- The brakes are cold at low ambient temperatures or immediately after driving has started.
-- The braking force becomes poor due to wet brakes after driving through a puddle or washing the vehicle.
. Turn the RAB system off in the following conditions to prevent the occurrence of an unexpected activation resulting from sudden system operation:

-- The vehicle is towed.
-- The vehicle is carried on a flatbed truck.
-- The vehicle is on the chassis dynamometer.
-- The vehicle drives on an uneven road surface.
-- The vehicle is towing an object.
-- Suspension parts other than those designated as genuine parts are used. (If the vehicle height or the vehicle body inclination is changed, the system may not detect an obstacle correctly.)
-- If the vehicle is using an accessory like a bike rack or cargo carrier that blocks the sensors.
. When towing a trailer or other vehicle, turn the RAB system off to prevent the occurrence of an unexpected accident resulting from sudden system operation.
. When the TOW mode is selected, the RAB system is automatically disabled.
. When the trailer BSW function is enabled, RAB is automatically disabled. "Driving Aids Limited Towing

Assist Activated" message is displayed.
. Excessive noise (e.g., audio system volume, an open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.
See "Driver assistance troubleshooting guide" (P.340).
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
Basic information
If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a beep sounds and the RAB system OFF warning light will illuminate, and the "Malfunction See Owner's Manual" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take
If the warning light illuminates, park the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off, and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the RAB system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
NOTE:
If the RAB system cannot be operated temporarily, the RAB system OFF warning light blinks.

WAF1564X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The sonar sensors are located on the rear bumper. Observe the following items to ensure proper operation of the system:
. Always keep the sonar sensors clean. . If the sonar sensors are dirty, wipe them
off with a soft cloth while being careful to not damage them. . The sonar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors. Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the

sonar sensors. . Do not subject the area around the sonar
sensors to strong impact. Also, do not remove or disassemble the sonar sensors. If the sonar sensors and peripheral areas are deformed in an accident, etc., have the sonar sensors checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. . Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint on the sonar sensors and their surrounding areas. This may cause a malfunction or improper operation. . When washing the vehicle using a highpressure washer, do not apply direct washer pressure on the sonar sensors. This may cause a malfunction of the sonar sensors.
Starting and driving 449

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE

FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

CAUTION
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle. Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance.
. Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed, either fast or slow. Do not run the engine over 4,000 rpm.
. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.
. Avoid quick starts. . Avoid hard braking as much as possible. . Do not tow a trailer for the first 500
miles (800 km). Your engine, axle or other parts could be damaged.
450 Starting and driving

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle.
1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal application.
. Avoid rapid starts and stops. . Use smooth, gentle accelerator and
brake application whenever possible.
. Maintain constant speed while commuting and coast whenever possible.
2. Maintain constant speed.
. Look ahead to try and anticipate and minimize stops.
. Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops.
. Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency.
3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at higher vehicle speeds.
. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load.
. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more efficient to use A/C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag.
. Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A/C is on reduces cooling load.

4. Drive at economical speeds and distances.
. Observing the speed limit and not exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (where legally allowed) can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag.
. Maintaining a safe following distance behind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking.
. Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced braking and smooth acceleration changes.
. Select a gear range suitable to road conditions.
5. Use cruise control.
. Using cruise control during highway driving helps maintain a steady speed.
. Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains.
6. Plan for the shortest route.
. Utilize a map or navigation system to determine the best route to save time.
7. Avoid idling.
. Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30-60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions.

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

INFINITI ALL-MODE 4WD® (if so equipped)

8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.
. Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting.
9. Winter warm up.
. Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy.
. Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start-up to effectively circulate the engine oil before driving.
. Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling.
10. Keeping your vehicle cool.
. Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible.
. When entering a hot vehicle, opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster, resulting in reduced demand on your A/C system.

. Keep your engine tuned up.
. Follow the recommended scheduled maintenance.
. Keep the tires inflated to the correct pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy.
. Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy.
. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil. (See "Engine oil and oil filter recommendation" (P.575).)

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
. Do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running. Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
. Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground. Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

Starting and driving 451

CAUTION
. Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H position on dry hard surface roads. Driving on dry, hard surfaces in 4H may cause unnecessary noise, tire wear and increased fuel consumption.
If the Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) warning message is displayed when driving on dry hard surface roads:
-- in the 4H position, shift the 4WD shift position to AUTO.
If the 4WD warning message is still displayed after the above operation, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the 4WD warning message displayed.
. When the battery is disconnected, the 4WD position may be changed from 4H to AUTO. After reconnecting the battery and if the alternating blinking of the "AUTO" and "4H" changes to the blinking of "AUTO", depress the brake pedal and select the shift N (Neutral). The "AUTO" will stop blinking.
452 Starting and driving

See "On-pavement and off-road driving precautions" (P.312) for other precautions for off-road driving.
INFINITI ALL-MODE 4WD® SYSTEM
The all mode 4WD system provides 2 positions (AUTO and 4H), so you can select the desired drive mode according to the driving conditions.
4WD shift procedure:
You can select the desired position by touching the relevant key on the Front Control Panel. There are 2 types of 4WD modes available, AUTO and 4H.
The 4WD positions (AUTO or 4H) are linked to the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector. When "PERSONAL", "SPORT" or "ECO" mode is selected in the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector, you cannot select 4H position in the 4WD system.
See "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.332) for details of the Drive Mode Selector.

1. "AUTO" (4WD AUTO)
Available Drive Mode: All
Wheels driven: Rear wheels or 4 wheels
Conditions of use: For driving on paved or slippery roads
Shift procedure: When the vehicle is driving straight, touch "AWD AUTO" key.
2. "4H"
Available Drive Mode: STANDARD, SNOW or TOW (see "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.332))
Wheels driven: 4 wheels
Conditions of use: For driving on rocky,

WAF1566X
sandy or snow-covered roads Shift procedure: Stop the vehicle and select the shift position "N" (Neutral), then touch "4H" key while depressing the foot brake pedal. The 4WD shift keys electronically control the transfer case operation.
CAUTION
. The 4H position provides greater traction. Avoid excessive speed, as it will cause increased fuel consumption and higher oil temperatures, and could damage drivetrain component.

Speeds over 62 MPH (100 km/h) in 4H is not recommended.
. When driving straight, shift the 4WD shift position. Do not change the 4WD shift position when making a turn or reversing.
. Do not shift the 4WD shift position while driving on steep downhill grades. Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears for engine braking.
. Do not change the 4WD shift position with the rear wheels spinning.
. Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H position. Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4H may cause unnecessary noise and tire wear. INFINITI recommends driving in the AUTO position under these conditions.
When driving on rough roads,
. Drive carefully according to the road surface conditions.
When the vehicle is stuck,
. Place stones or wooden blocks under the tires to free the vehicle.
. Set the 4WD shift position to 4H. . If it is difficult to free the vehicle, repeat
forward and backward movement to
Starting and driving 453

increase the movement.
. If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud, tire chains may be effective.

CAUTION
. Do not spin the tires excessively. Tires will sink deep into the mud, making it difficult to free the vehicle.
. Avoid shifting gears with the engine running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction.
454 Starting and driving

Example

WAF1567X

4WD SHIFT POSITIONS
. Select the 4WD shift keys displayed on the Front Control Panel to either the AUTO or 4H position, depending on driving conditions and selected Drive Mode.
. With the AUTO position, distribution of torque to the front and rear wheels changes automatically, depending on road conditions encountered [ratio; 0 : 100 (2WD) ? 50 : 50 (4WD)]. This results in improved driving stability.
. When the vehicle is stopped after making a turn, you may feel a slight jolt after the transmission is shifted to N (Neu-

tral) or P (Park) position. This occurs because the transfer clutch is released and not because of a malfunction.
CAUTION
. When driving straight, shift the AUTO or 4H position. Do not shift the 4WD shift position when making a turn or reversing. If the 4WD shift position is changed while making a turn, accelerating or decelerating or if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the 4WD shift position change is not completed, you may feel a jolt. This is not a malfunction.
. Do not shift the 4WD shift position while driving on steep downhill grades. Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears for engine braking.
. Do not change the 4WD shift position with the rear wheels spinning.
. Before changing the 4WD shift position to the 4H position from AUTO, ensure the vehicle speed is less than 62 MPH (100 km/h). Failure to do so can damage the 4WD system.

. Engine idling speed is high while warming up the engine. Be especially careful when starting or driving on slippery surfaces with the 4WD shift position in AUTO.

WAF1689X
4WD shift indicator (example)
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR
The 4WD shift indicator is displayed in the vehicle information display.
While the engine is running, the 4WD shift indicator will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift keys.
. If the 4WD warning message is displayed, the 4WD shift indicator turns off.

4WD WARNING MESSAGE
Depending on the conditions, a warning message may be displayed on the vehicle information display.
See "Vehicle information display warnings and indicators" (P.128) for examples.
4WD MODE OF 3D AROUND VIEW® MONITOR
While the transmission is not in the R (Reverse) position, when the "4H" is selected, the Invisible Hood View will automatically be displayed.
See "4WD mode" (P.262) for more details.

Starting and driving 455

AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM (if so equipped)
BASIC INFORMATION
The air suspension system controls the vehicle height in accordance with the driving situations and the driver's preferences. The basic vehicle height is "NORMAL", and can be adjusted to 3 other vehicle heights. . "HIGH" vehicle height helps improved
off-road driving performance. . "AERO" vehicle height helps improved
fuel efficiency when driving at high speeds. . "ACCESS" vehicle height improves the ease of getting on and out of the vehicle as well as the loading and unloading of cargo. Even if the number of passengers or load capacity changes, the vehicle height will be automatically adjusted to the set vehicle height.
NOTE: . A noise may be generated when the
vehicle height is changing. This does not indicate a malfunction. . A noise may be heard from the vehicle brake parts when the vehicle height is changing while brake is applied. This does not indicate a malfunction.
456 Starting and driving

WAF1568X WAF1569X

WAF1570X
1. AUTO switch 2. HIGH key 3. ACCESS key 4. Height level control up switch 5. Height level control down switch 6. Vehicle information display menu
OPERATION CONDITION OF THE AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM
The air suspension system can be operated when all of the following conditions are met. . The engine is running. . The air suspension system is turned on in
the vehicle information display (see

"Maintenance" (P.125)).
SWITCHES AND KEYS
Basic information
These switches and keys can be used to select the air suspension modes or vehicle heights.
CAUTION
Before you operate the AUTO switch, HIGH key, ACCESS key, height level control up/down switch to change the vehicle height, always check the vehicle surroundings to be sure that there is no object or person.
AUTO switch
When the AUTO switch is turned ON by pushing and holding the switch for approximately 1 second, the vehicle height is automatically controlled in accordance with the vehicle speed, the transmission position, 4WD mode (see "INFINITI all-mode 4WD®" (P.451)) and the drive mode (see "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.332)). . At vehicle speeds above approximately
56 MPH (90 km/h), the vehicle height is lowered to improve aerodynamics

(AERO mode). When the vehicle speed decreases to less than approximately 43 MPH (70 km/h), the vehicle height returns to the "NORMAL" position.
. When the transmission is in the P (Park) position, the vehicle height will automatically be lowered to the "ACCESS" position.
When the AUTO switch is off, the vehicle height is fixed in the "NORMAL" position.
Also, while the AUTO switch is off and the HIGH key or ACCESS key is selected, the vehicle height will be adjusted accordingly.
HIGH key
When the HIGH key is selected, the vehicle height will be maintained at the "HIGH" position when the vehicle is driving at low speed.
When the vehicle speed exceeds approximately 12 MPH (20 km/h), the vehicle height will automatically be changed to the "NORMAL" position. When the vehicle speed slows down to the extremely slow speed, the vehicle height will automatically be changed to the "HIGH" position.
ACCESS key
When the ACCESS key is selected, the vehicle height will be lowered to the AC-

CESS position when the transmission is shifted to P (Park).
Height level control up/down switchs
On condition that the transmission is in the P (Park) position, when you push the height level control down switch , the vehicle height will automatically be lowered to the ACCESS position. When you push the height level control up switch , the vehicle height will automatically be raised to the NORMAL position.
Starting and driving 457

HIGH level

WAF1690X

NORMAL level
458 Starting and driving

WAF1691X

VEHICLE HEIGHT LEVEL
See "Height Control display" (P.146) for the vehicle information display at each level.
MODES AND DISPLAY INDICATORS
AUTO mode

AERO level

WAF1692X

This indicator is displayed when the AUTO switch , HIGH key and ACCESS key are all selected.
Manual mode

(Green)
This indicator is displayed when the HIGH key and ACCESS key are selected.

ACCESS level

WAF1694X

HIGH mode
This indicator is displayed when only the HIGH key is selected.
ACCESS mode
This indicator is displayed when only the ACCESS key is selected.
Keep normal mode
(Gray) This indicator is displayed if no switch/key is selected. If the air suspension system has been turned off in the vehicle information display, no indicator is displayed (see "Suspension" (P.127)).

TURNING OFF THE AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM
The air suspension system can be turned off by using the vehicle information display (see "Suspension" (P.127)).
When the air suspension system is OFF, the vehicle height will not be automatically adjusted.
However, the system will turn ON automatically when the vehicle is driven.
AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
If the air suspension system is temporarily unavailable, some warning messages will be displayed in the vehicle information display. In this case, please follow the instructions on the message. Below are some examples:
. Selected height only available when vehicle in Park
. Selected height unavailable when vehicle in Park
. Vehicle height too high Reduce speed . Vehicle height too low Reduce speed . Height control suspended Close doors to
resume . Selected height unavailable, payload ca-
pacity exceeded

. Height control suspended Please wait for system to cool
. Height control suspended Close vehicle hood to resume
. Height control suspended Temporarily unavailable
NOTE: The air suspension system will be temporarily suspended during a low voltage condition, or engine off condition, and the "Height control suspended Temporarily unavailable" message will appear when the air suspension system is turned on. In this condition, start the engine or charge the battery. If the warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM MAL-
FUNCTION
If the air suspension system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically and the "Suspension malfunction Please steer carefully Visit dealer" warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.
If the air suspension system malfunctions, the vehicle height will be maintained on the normal level or the vehicle height at the time of malfunction.

Starting and driving 459

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
Action to take: If the warning message appears, pull off the road at a safe location and stop the vehicle. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

460 Starting and driving

WARNING
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.
. Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended.
. Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents.

SSD0488
. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.
. Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission placed into P (Park). Failure to do so could cause

ELECTRIC POWER STEERING

the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident. . Make sure the transmission cannot be shifted without depressing the foot brake pedal.
1. Apply the parking brake. 2. Push the park button to shift to the P
(Park) position. 3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling
into the street when parked on a sloping drive way, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated. . HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:
Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb. . HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb. . HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO CURB: Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves.

4. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
NOTE:
Use the Idling Stop System when the vehicle is stopped for a period of time, for example waiting at stoplights. Stop the engine with the ignition switch when parking, etc. for an extended period of time.

WARNING
. If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the steering will not work. Steering will be harder to operate.
. When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, the power assist for the steering will cease operation. You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate.
The electric power steering is designed to provide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force.
When SPORT mode is selected, the steering wheel effort is moderately increased for a sporty feel. (See "SPORT mode" (P.334).)
When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed, the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent overheating of the electric power steering and protect it from getting damaged. While the power assist is reduced, steering wheel operation will become heavy. When the temperature of the electric power steering goes down, the power assist level
Starting and driving 461

BRAKE SYSTEM

will return to normal. Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the electric power steering to overheat.
You may hear a fricative sound when the steering wheel is operated quickly. However, this is not a malfunction.
If the electric power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it
may indicate the electric power steering is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the electric power steering checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See "Electric power steering warning light (red)" (P.109) or "Electric power steering warning light (yellow)" (P.112), depending on the lit color.)
When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, the power assist for the steering will cease operation. You will still have control of the vehicle. However, greater steering effort is needed, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS
Basic information
The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still have braking at two wheels.
Hydraulically-assisted brakes
The hydraulically-assisted brake system is designed to drive the hydraulic pump and the braking force is electrically assisted. When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a sound of the motor operating. This is due to pressure building up in the accumulator and does not indicate any malfunction.
Using the brakes
Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving. This will cause overheating of the brakes, wearing out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage.
To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating, reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING
. While driving on a slippery surface, be careful when braking, accelerating or downshifting. Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident.
. If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. Braking will be harder.
Wet brakes
When the vehicle is washed or driven through water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking.
To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly.
Parking brake break-in
Break in the parking brake pads whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake

462 Starting and driving

BRAKE ASSIST

pads and/or calipers/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the best braking performance.
This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

BRAKE ASSIST
When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force.
WARNING
The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
Basic information
WARNING
. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a sophisticated device, but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques. It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slip-

pery surfaces. Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS. Stopping distances may also be longer on rough, gravel or snow covered roads, or if you are using tire chains. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is responsible for safety.
. Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness.
-- When replacing tires, install the specified size of tires on all four wheels.
-- When installing a spare tire, make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label. See "Tire and loading information label" (P.582) of this manual.
-- For detailed information, see "Wheels and tires" (P.539) of this manual.
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake
Starting and driving 463

fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By preventing each wheel from locking, the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces.
Using the system
Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.
WARNING
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may result in increased stopping distances.
Self-test feature
The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a "clunk" noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake
464 Starting and driving

pedal. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.
If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self-test or while driving, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Normal operation
The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according to road conditions.
When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating. This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM

BASIC INFORMATION

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under certain driving conditions, the VDC system helps to perform the following functions.

. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle.
. Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (traction control function).

. Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in
the following conditions:

-- understeer (vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input)
-- oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, the slip

indicator light

in the instrument panel

flashes so note the following:

. The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path.
. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood. This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly.
. Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the slip indicator light illuminates in the instrument panel. The VDC system automatically turns off.

The Front Control Panel is used to turn off

the VDC system. The VDC off indicator

illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off.

When the VDC system is turned off, the

VDC system still operates to prevent one

drive wheel from slipping by transferring

power to a non slipping drive wheel. The slip

indicator light flashes if this occurs. All

other VDC functions are off, and the slip

indicator light

will not flash. The VDC

system is automatically reset to on when the

ignition switch is placed in the off position

then back to the on position.

See "Slip indicator light" (P.115) and "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light" (P.115).

The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a "clunk" noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully.

. Do not modify the vehicle's suspen-

sion. If suspension parts such as

shock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-

bilizer bars, bushings and wheels are

not INFINITI recommended for your

vehicle or are extremely deteriorated,

the VDC system may not operate

properly. This could adversely affect

vehicle handling performance, and

the slip indicator light

may

illuminate.

. If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors and calipers are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly and the slip indicator light may illuminate.
. If engine control related parts are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the slip indicator light may illuminate.
. When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners, the VDC system may not operate properly and the slip indicator light may illuminate. Do not drive on these types of roads.
. When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the slip indicator light may illuminate. This is not a malfunction. Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface.
. If wheels or tires other than the INFINITI recommended ones are used, the VDC system may not operate properly and the slip indicator light may illuminate.
. The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road.
Starting and driving 465

HOW TO TURN OFF THE VDC
SYSTEM
The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ON for most driving conditions.
When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

WAF1573X
The VDC system can be turned ON/OFF by the Front Control Panel. To turn off the VDC system, perform the following steps in the Front Control Panel. 1. Touch "MODE" key . 2. Touch key . The key illuminates in
orange.
To turn on the VDC system, touch the key again or restart the engine.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION
During braking while driving through turns, the system optimizes the distribution of force to each of the four wheels depending on the radius of the turn.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully.

. Do not modify the vehicle's suspen-

sion. If suspension parts such as

shock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-

bilizer bars, bushings and wheels are

not INFINITI recommended for your

vehicle or are extremely deteriorated,

the VDC system may not operate

properly. This could adversely affect

vehicle handling performance, and

the

indicator light may flash or

both the and indicator lights

may illuminate.

466 Starting and driving

. If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors and calipers are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly and both the and indicator lights may illuminate.

. If engine control related parts are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deteriorated, both the and indicator lights may illuminate.

. When driving on extremely inclined

surfaces such as higher banked cor-

ners, the VDC system may not oper-

ate properly and the

indicator

light may flash or both the

and

indicator lights may illuminate.

Do not drive on these types of roads.

. When driving on an unstable surface

such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or

ramp, the

indicator light may

flash or both the

and

indicator lights may illuminate. This

is not a malfunction. Restart the

engine after driving onto a stable

surface.

. If wheels or tires other than the

INFINITI recommended ones are

used, the VDC system may not oper-

ate properly and the

indicator

light may flash or both the

and

CHASSIS CONTROL

indicator lights may illuminate.
. The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road.

BASIC INFORMATION
The chassis control is an electric control module that includes the following function:
. Active Trace Control
ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL
This system senses driving based on the driver's steering and acceleration/braking patterns, and controls brake pressure at individual wheels to aid tracing at corners and help smooth vehicle response.
Amount of brake control is changed depending on the mode selected by the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector. When the VDC system is turned off, the Active Trace Control is also turned off.
When the Active Trace Control is not functioning properly, the master warning light illuminates, and the warning message "Chassis Control System Error" will also appear in the vehicle information display.
If the chassis control warning message appears in the vehicle information display, it may indicate that the Active Trace Control is not functioning properly. Have the system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See "Chassis Control System Error: See Owner's Manual warning" (P.133).)
Starting and driving 467

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM

When the PERSONAL mode is selected by the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector, the Active Trace Control can be set to ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled).
WARNING
The Active Trace Control may not be effective depending on the driving condition. Always drive carefully and attentively. When the Active Trace Control is operating, you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise. This is normal and indicates that the Active Trace Control is operating properly. You may also feel deceleration when the Active Trace Control is operating. However, this is not a malfunction.
468 Starting and driving

WARNING
. Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from moving backward on a hill. Always drive carefully and attentively. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads. Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death.
. The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury.
. The hill start assist system may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions. Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury.

The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill.
The hill start assist system will operate automatically under the following conditions:
. The transmission is shifted to a forward or reverse gear.
. The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake.
The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and the hill start assist system will stop operating completely.
The hill start assist system will not operate when the transmission is shifted to the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position or on a flat and level road.
When the slip indicator light illuminates in the meter, the hill start assist system will not operate. (See "Slip indicator light" (P.115).)

FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEM

Example

SSD0622

BASIC INFORMATION
The sonar system sounds a tone to inform the driver of obstacles around the vehicle using the sonar sensors located in the front and rear bumpers. When the sonar system is turned on, the sonar view will automatically appear in the vehicle information display.
WARNING
. The sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper parking.

. The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers. Always look around and check that it is safe to do so before parking.
. Read and understand the limitations of the sonar system as contained in this section. The colors of the sonar indicator indicates different distances to the object.
. Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash, a truck's compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect

the function of the system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.
. The sonar system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle.
. The sonar system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects. Always move slowly. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper, and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground.
. The sonar system may not detect the following objects: fluffy objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects.
. The sonar sensors detect the distance between the vehicle and the obstacle by detecting the sound wave reflected from the surface of an obstacle. When there is a sound such as horn, or an ultrasonic source (such as sonar of other vehicles) around the vehicle, the sonar may not detect objects properly.
Starting and driving 469

If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms.
CAUTION
. Excessive noise (such as audio system volume or an open vehicle window) will interfere with the tone and it may not be heard.
. Keep the sonar sensors (located on the bumper fascia) free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. If the sensors are covered, the accuracy of the sonar function will be diminished.

How the system alert of obstacles:
The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds.
The intermittent tone will stop after several seconds when the obstacle is identified only with the center sensor. The tone will stop when the obstacle gets away from the vehicle.
When the object is detected, the indicator (green) appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermittently. When the vehicle moves closer to the object, the color of the indicator turns yellow and the rate of the blinking increases. When the vehicle is very close to the object, the indicator stops blinking and turns red, and the tone sounds continuously.

WAF0833X
Example
When the vehicle moves closer to an obstacle, the sonar indicator (detected area) appears in the vehicle information display.

SYSTEM OPERATION
The system informs with a visual and audible alert of:
. Front obstacles when the shift button is in the D (Drive) position
. Front and rear obstacles when the shift button is in the R (Reverse) position

470 Starting and driving

WAF1535X
Example
The sonar indicator also appears on the camera view of the center display.

Vehicle information display
Steering-wheel-mounted control (right side)

WAF1556X
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE SONAR SYSTEM
The system is automatically activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position and the shift button is in the D (Drive) or R (Reverse) position.

Starting and driving 471

Perform the following steps to set up the sonar system function.

1. Push the

button until "Settings"

appears in the vehicle information dis-

play and then push the scroll dial. Use the

scroll dial to select "Driver Assistance."

Then push the scroll dial.

2. Select "Parking Assist" and push the scroll dial.
3. Use the scroll dial to navigate in the menu and select or change an item: . Rear Cross Traffic Alert -- Turns ON/OFF the Rear Cross Traffic Alert. (See "Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)" (P.377).)
. Moving Object -- Turns ON/OFF the Moving Object Detection (MOD) (See "Moving Object Detection (MOD)" (P.275).)
. Front Sonar -- Turns ON/OFF the front sonar sensors
. Rear Sonar -- Turns ON/OFF the rear sonar sensors
. Sonar Distance -- Changes the sonar sensor's detection distance to "Long," "Medium" or "Short"

. Auto Show Sonar -- Shows the sonar display in the vehicle information display when the sonar activates
. Sonar Volume -- Changes the volume of the tone sound to "High," "Medium" or "Low"
SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the sonar system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
. Read and understand the limitations of the sonar system as contained in this section. Inclement weather may affect the function of the sonar system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.
. The sonar system is deactivated at speeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds.
. Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash, a truck's compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect

472 Starting and driving

the function of the sonar system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.
. The sonar system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects. Always move slowly. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper or on the ground.
. The sonar system may not detect the following objects: fluffy objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects; complex-shaped objects or multiple objects in close.
. The sonar system may not detect objects at speed above 3 MPH (5 km/h) and may not detect certain angular or moving objects.
. The sonar system may not detect pedestrians including small children and animals.
. The sonar system may not operate in the following conditions:
-- When rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc. adheres to the sonar sensor.
-- When a loud sound is heard in the area around the vehicle.

-- When the surface of the obstacle is diagonal to the front or rear of the vehicle.
-- When a sonar sensor or the area around the sensor is extremely hot or cold.
. The sonar system may unintentionally operate in the following conditions:
-- When there is overgrown grass in the area around the vehicle.
-- When there are bumps, protrusions or manhole covers on the road surface.
-- When the vehicle drives through a draped flag or a curtain.
-- When there is an accumulation of snow or ice behind the vehicle.
-- When driving on a steep hill.
. Depending on the vehicle height, the detection ability of sonar sensors may differ (models with air suspension system).

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
When sonar blockage is detected, the system will be deactivated automatically. The system is not available until the conditions no longer exist. The sonar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors. Action to take: When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.
WAF1559X
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The sonar sensors and (4 or 6) are located on the front and rear bumpers. . Always keep the area near the sonar
sensors clean. . If the sonar sensors are dirty, wipe them
off with a soft cloth while being careful
Starting and driving 473

IDLING STOP SYSTEM

to not damage them. . The sonar sensors may be blocked by
temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors. Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the sonar sensors. . Do not subject the area around the sonar sensors to strong impact. Also, do not remove or disassemble the sonar sensors. If the sonar sensors and peripheral areas are deformed in an accident, etc., have the sonar sensors checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. . Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint on the sonar sensors and their surrounding areas. This may cause a malfunction or improper operation. . When washing the vehicle using a highpressure washer, do not apply direct washer pressure on the sonar sensors. This may cause a malfunction of the sonar sensors.
474 Starting and driving

BASIC INFORMATION
The Idling Stop System activates to prevent unnecessary fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and noise. . When you stop the vehicle, the engine is
turned off automatically. . When you release the brake pedal to
begin moving again, the engine is turned on automatically.
WARNING
The engine restarts if the vehicle moves at approximately 1 MPH (2 km/h) or more (on a downhill grade, etc.) while the engine is turned off by the Idling Stop System. Depress the brake pedal immediately to stop the vehicle to prevent an accident.
CAUTION
. At the end of the journey the engine must be stopped and ignition switch be pushed off. Lock the vehicle as normal. Pushing the ignition switch off will shut down all electrical systems. Failure to do this may result in

a discharged battery.
. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position before opening the hood or performing any maintenance. Failure to do so may result in serious injuries due to automatic engine restart.
NOTE:
The Idling Stop System will not activate under the following conditions: . When the engine is kept idling without
the vehicle being driven after the engine is turned on. . When the engine coolant temperature is low. . When the battery capacity is low. . When the battery temperature is low. . When the vehicle is moving. . When the engine hood is opened with the engine running. . When the engine is turned on with the engine hood open. . When the driver's seat belt is not fastened. . When the driver's door is open. . When the steering wheel is operated. . When the TOW mode is selected in the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (see "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.332)).

. When the Idling Stop System indicator blinks.
. When the fan speed control is in any position other than "OFF," (0) while the air flow control is in the front defroster position.
. When the front defroster switch is on.
. When the rear window defroster switch is on.
. When the temperature inside the vehicle is lower than approximately 68°F (20°C), unless the Air Conditioning ECO customize option is selected, and the ECO driving mode is on.
. When the temperature inside the vehicle is higher than approximately 86°F (30°C), unless the Air Conditioning ECO customize option is selected, and the ECO driving mode is on. (When the air conditioner is off, the Idling Stop System will operate.)
. When the fan speed of the air conditioner is set to the maximum speed, unless the Air Conditioning ECO customize option is selected, and the ECO driving mode is on.
. When the Idling Stop OFF switch is turned on.
. When the power consumption is large.
. When the altitude is high.

. When the accelerator pedal is depressed. . When the shift button is any range other
than D (Drive). . When the brake pedal is not firmly
depressed. . When stopping the vehicle on steep
sloping roads.
NOTE:
The Idling Stop System may not activate when the Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle and you open/close any door.
NOTE:
The engine will not restart even if the brake pedal is released while the Idling Stop System is activated under the following conditions: (The engine may restart under other conditions.) . When the automatic brake hold system
is activated. . When the engine hood is opened.
NOTE:
It may take some time until the Idling Stop System activates under the following conditions: . When the battery is discharged. . When the outside temperature is low or
high. . When the battery is replaced or the
battery terminal is disconnected for

extended periods and then reconnected.
NOTE:
When the Idling Stop System indicator light illuminates, the engine starts running automatically under at least one of the following conditions: . The driver's seat belt is unfastened, or
the driver's door is open.
. The battery voltage becomes low (due to electrical load from other vehicle systems like headlights, heaters, etc., or auxiliary devices connected to the 12 volt socket inside the vehicle).
. The vehicle speed is above about 1 MPH (2 km/h).
. When the rear window defroster is operated.
. When the temperature inside the vehicle is lower than approximately 68°F (20°C), unless the Air Conditioning ECO customize option is selected, and the ECO driving mode is on.
. When the temperature inside the vehicle is higher than approximately 86°F (30°C), unless the Air Conditioning ECO customize option is selected, and the ECO driving mode is on. (When the air conditioner is off, the Idling Stop System will operate.)
. When the front defroster is turned on.
Starting and driving 475

. When more than 3 minutes have elapsed since the Idling Stop System was active.
. When the accelerator pedal is depressed. . When the steering wheel is operated.
(The steering wheel operation may become heavy, but this is not a malfunction.) . When the battery capacity is low. . When the power consumption is high. . When the shift button is any range other than D (Drive). . When the Idling Stop OFF switch is pushed.
NOTE:
The Idling Stop System may not active when the Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle and you open/close any door.
NOTE:
The following condition will prevent the Idling Stop System from automatically restarting the engine. Starting the engine with the ignition switch operation is then necessary: . The hood is open.
Use this system while waiting at a stop light, etc. When the vehicle is stopped for long periods of time, turn off the engine.
When the engine is stopped by the Idling Stop System, heating, cooling and dehumi-
476 Starting and driving

difying functions will be deactivated. To avoid the air conditioning functions from being deactivated, turn off the Idling Stop System by pushing the Idling Stop OFF switch.
RETROGRADE MOVEMENT CONTROL FUNCTION
This system is designed to reduce the retrograde movement that occurs while the driver's foot changes from depressing the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal when moving the vehicle while the Idling Stop System is active on a hilly road.

IDLING STOP SYSTEM DISPLAY
Basic information
The status of the Idling Stop System can be checked in the vehicle information display.

WAF1243X
Idling Stop System indicator
This indicator is displayed when the Idling Stop System is activated. The indicator blinks when the Idling Stop System is malfunctioning.
NOTE: When the indicator blinks, have the system checked, and if necessary repaired promptly. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WAF1260X
Idling Stop System ON or OFF
If the Idling Stop System is activated or deactivated using the Idling Stop OFF switch, the message is shown.

WAF1261X
Fuel saved and engine stop time
The fuel saved and the engine stop time mode shows the following items:
. The fuel saved shows the estimated quantity of fuel that was saved by the Idling Stop System every time the engine is automatically stopped.
. The engine stop time shows the time that the engine has been stopped for by the Idling Stop System.
The total fuel saved and the engine stop time can also be checked in the vehicle information display. For additional information, see "Vehicle information display" (P.117).

Starting and driving 477

WAF1262X
Auto start deactivation
If the engine stops when the Idling Stop System is activated and will not start automatically, the message is shown.

WAF1168X
System fault
This message is displayed when the Idling Stop System is malfunctioning. It is recommended that you have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WAF0229X
Idling Stop inhibition
This indicator is displayed when the vehicle is stopped if the engine is prevented from automatically stopping by the Idling Stop System under the inhibition conditions. See "Idling Stop System" (P.474).

478 Starting and driving

. The Idling Stop system is activated. . The vehicle starts running.

WAF1265X
Idling Stop guidance display (further depressing the brake pedal)
When the vehicle is stopped, the guidance is displayed if the Idling Stop system is deactivated due to not fully depressing the brake pedal.
If you wish to activate the Idling Stop system, further depress the brake pedal. See "Idling Stop System" (P.474).
The display appears when the fuel saved and the engine stop time is selected on the vehicle information display.
The display disappears under the following conditions.

WAF1490X
Idling Stop guidance display (detection of the steering operation)
When the vehicle is stopped, the guidance is displayed if the Idling Stop system is deactivated since the steering operation is detected. The Idling Stop system is deactivated due to steering operation being detected. See "Idling Stop System" (P.474). The display appears when the fuel saved and the engine stop time is selected on the vehicle information display. The display disappears under the following conditions.
Starting and driving 479

. The Idling Stop system is activated. . The vehicle starts running.

. The vehicle starts running.

480 Starting and driving

WAF1267X
Idling Stop guidance display (placing priority on the air conditioner)
When the vehicle is stopped, the guidance is displayed if the Idling Stop system is deactivated since the air conditioner (cooling, heating or dehumidifying functions) is given priority.
The Idling Stop system is deactivated since the air conditioner is given priority. See "Idling Stop System" (P.474).
The display appears when the fuel saved and the engine stop time is selected on the vehicle information display.
. The Idling Stop system is activated.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

WAF0040X
IDLING STOP OFF SWITCH
The system can be temporarily deactivated by pressing the Idling Stop OFF switch. Pressing the switch again or restarting the engine by using the ignition switch will reactivate the Idling Stop System.
. When the Idling Stop System is deactivated while the engine is running, the engine is prevented from automatically stopping.
. When the Idling Stop System is deactivated after the engine has been automatically stopped by the Idling Stop System, the engine will immediately restart if suitable conditions are present. The engine will then be prevented from

automatically stopping during the same journey.
NOTE: . The Idling Stop System ON or OFF
message is displayed for a few seconds in the vehicle information display when the Idling Stop System OFF switch is pushed. For additional information, see "Idling Stop System display" (P.476).
. The Idling Stop System resets to ON every time the ignition switch is switched from the OFF position to the ON position.
. It is best to disable the Idling Stop System when towing a trailer. You can do this by pushing the Idling Stop OFF switch.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK
To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the key hole, or use the Intelligent Key system.
ANTI-FREEZE
In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32°F (0°C), check the anti-freeze to assure proper winter protection. For additional information, see "Engine cooling system" (P.516).
BATTERY
If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should be checked regularly. For additional information, see "Battery" (P.523).
DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER
If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including the engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle. For details, see "Engine cooling system" (P.516).
Starting and driving 481

TIRE EQUIPMENT
Basic information
SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement. However, the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITI recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It is recommended you consult an INFINITI retailer for the tire type, size, speed rating and availability information.
If you have snow tires installed on the front/ rear wheels of your vehicle, they should be of the same size, loading range, construction and type (bias, bias-belted or radial) as the rear/front tires.
If the vehicle is to be operated in severe winter conditions, snow tires should be installed on all four wheels.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires.
Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.
482 Starting and driving

Tire chains may be used. For details, see "Tire chains" (P.547) of this manual.
For four-wheel drive
If you install snow tires, they must also be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels.
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT
It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter: . A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to
remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades. . A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support. . A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts. . Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank.
DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE
WARNING
. Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain), very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on. The vehicle will have much less traction or "grip" under these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is

salted or sanded.
. Whatever the condition, drive with caution. Accelerate and slow down with care. If accelerating or downshifting too fast, the drive wheels will lose even more traction.
. Allow more stopping distance under these conditions. Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement.
. Allow greater following distances on slippery roads.
. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake before reaching it. Try not to brake while on the ice, and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers.
. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.
. Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle. Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so equipped)
Basic information
Engine block heaters are used to assist in cold temperature starting.
The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20°F (-7°C) or lower.
To use the engine block heater
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord.
3. Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.
4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.
5. The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on outside temperatures, to properly warm the engine coolant. Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on.
6. Before starting the engine, unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts.

WARNING
. Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2-pronged adapter. You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection.
. Disconnect and properly store the engine block heater cord before starting the engine. Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury.
. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord rated for at least 10A. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-VAC outlet. Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury.

Starting and driving 483

MEMO 484 Starting and driving

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch .................................... 486 Roadside assistance program ...................................... 486 Emergency engine shut off ............................................ 487 Flat tire ................................................................................ 487
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......... 487 Changing a flat tire .................................................... 488 Jump starting ..................................................................... 495

Push starting ..................................................................... 497 If your vehicle overheats ................................................ 497 Towing your vehicle ....................................................... 498
Basic information ..................................................... 498 Towing recommended by INFINITI .................... 500 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .......... 501

In case of emergency 485

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

. Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on.
The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position.
When an impact that could activate the supplemental air bags is detected, the hazard warning flasher lights blink automatically. If the hazard warning flasher switch is pushed twice, the hazard warning flashers will turn off.

In the event of a roadside emergency, Roadside Assistance Service is available to you. Please refer to your Warranty Information Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & Roadside Assistance Information Booklet (Canada) for details.

SIC2574
Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights will flash.
WARNING
. If stopping for an emergency, be sure to move the vehicle well off the road.
. Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic.

WARNING
Do not turn the hazard warning flasher switch to off until you can make sure that it is safe to do so. Also, the hazard flasher warning may not blink automatically depending on the force of impact.
Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving.

486 In case of emergency

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE

To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving, perform the following procedure:
. Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or
. Push and hold the push-button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM (TPMS)
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare. When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the "Tire Pressure Low Add Air" warning appears in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light. This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For more details, see "Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders" (P.108) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.308).

WARNING
. If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and

increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible.
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for these services.
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may
In case of emergency 487

cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.
CHANGING A FLAT TIRE
Basic information
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions below.
Stopping the vehicle
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic.
2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. 3. Park on a level surface and apply the
parking brake. Select the transmission in the P (Park) position. 4. Turn off the engine. 5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance. 6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place, away from traffic and clear of the vehicle.
WARNING
. Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the automatic transmission is in the P (Park) posi-
488 In case of emergency

tion.
. Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This is hazardous.
. Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait for professional road assistance.

MCE0001A
Blocking wheels
Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up.
WARNING
Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury.

WAG0257X
Getting the spare tire and tools
1. Open the liftgate. 2. Raise the cargo floor board.

WAG0258X
3. Remove the cargo floor box.
4. Turn the jack handle holder counterclockwise and remove the jack with tools.
Then unfasten the hook and loop fastener belt remove the tool bag. Take out the tools.

WAG0272X
5. Securely screw to connect the T-shaped end of the jack rod and the extension bar as illustrated.
6. Fit the square end of the jack rod into the square hole of the wheel nut wrench to form a handle .

In case of emergency 489

7. Locate the oval opening above the middle of the rear bumper.
8. Place the T-shaped end of the jack rod through the opening and direct it towards the spare wheel winch assembly, located directly above the spare wheel.

490 In case of emergency

WAG0273X
CAUTION
Do not insert the jack rod straight as it is designed to be inserted at an angle as shown.
9. Seat the T-shaped end of the jack rod into the T-shaped opening of the spare wheel winch. Apply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged in the spare wheel winch and turn the jack rod counterclockwise to lower the spare wheel.

SCE0377
10. Once the spare wheel is completely lowered, remove the jack rod and reach under the vehicle to remove the hanging plate.
11. Carefully slide the spare wheel from under the rear of the vehicle.
After preparing the spare tire, to remove the rod, pull out the rod while moving the rod to the right and left with the screw of the extension facing the side.
CAUTION
When storing the wheel, make sure that the hanging plate is in the center of the

wheel and then lift it up into the storage area.

dropping of the wheel while driving. Lower the wheel on the ground again, and make sure that the hanging plate is properly set. Hang the wheel again and make sure that the wheel is held horizontally, then store the wheel.

Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire

WAG0274X
CAUTION
When storing the wheel, be sure to mount the wheel horizontally. Securing the wheel that is in a tilted position as illustrated may cause looseness and

WARNING
. Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands.
. Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles. The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change.
. Use the correct jack-up points. Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support.
. Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary.
. Never use blocks on or under the jack.
In case of emergency 491

. Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack, as it may cause the vehicle to move. This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials.
. Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
For models with air suspension system, observe the following warnings.

WARNING
. Never put in your body between the tire and the vehicle body. The vehicle height may rise or fall unintentionally, resulting in serious injury or death.
. Only jack up the vehicle when the air suspension normal mode is selected.

WAG0269X
Jack-up point
1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up points as illustrated.
The jack should be used on level firm ground.

Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instructions.

492 In case of emergency

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground.

WAG0270X

NCE130
3. Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown.
4. Carefully raise the vehicle until the clearance between the tire and ground is achieved.
5. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands and turn the jack lever.
NOTE:
Before jacking up the vehicle, make sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

In case of emergency 493

SCE0910
Installing the spare tire
The full-size temporary use only spare tire is designed for emergency use. (See specific instructions under the heading "Wheels and tires" (P.539).) 1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface
between the wheel and hub.
2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight.
3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence illustrated ( , , , , , ) until they are tight.
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground. Then, with the
494 In case of emergency

wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated. Lower the vehicle completely.
WARNING
. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off. This could cause an accident.
. Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts. This could cause the nuts to become loose.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).
. As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench. Wheel nut tightening torque: 98 ft-lb (133 N·m)
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times. It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval. . Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.

COLD pressure:
After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar.
After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure, the display of the tire pressure information may show higher pressure than the COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile (1.6 km). This is because the tire pressurizes as the tire temperature rises. This does not indicate a system malfunction.
Stowing the damaged tire and tools
1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack and tools in the storage area.
2. Close the cargo floor cover. 3. Replace the cargo floor board. 4. Close the liftgate.
WARNING
. Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use. Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an

accident or sudden stop.
. The full-size temporary use only spare tire (if so equipped) is designed for emergency use. (See specific instructions under the heading "Wheels and tires" (P.539).)

JUMP STARTING
To start your engine with a booster battery, the instructions and precautions below must be followed.
WARNING
. If done incorrectly, jump starting can lead to a battery explosion, resulting in severe injury or death. It could also damage your vehicle.
. Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery. Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery.
. Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothing or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns. If the fluid should come into contact with anything, immediately flush the contacted area with water.
. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.
. The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts. Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle.
. Whenever working on or near a battery, always wear suitable eye protectors (for example, goggles or

industrial safety spectacles) and remove rings, metal bands, or any other jewelry. Do not lean over the battery when jump starting. . Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery. It could explode and cause serious injury. . Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan. It could come on at any time. Keep hands and other objects away from it.
In case of emergency 495

compartment and that clamps do not contact any other metal.
5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes.
6. Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started .

CAUTION

WARNING
Always follow the instructions below. Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury.
1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle , position the two vehicles ( and ) to bring their batteries into close proximity to each other. Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.
2. Apply parking brake. Select the transmission in the P (Park) position. Switch
496 In case of emergency

WAG0259X
off all unnecessary electrical systems (light, heater, air conditioner, etc.). 3. Place the ignition switch to the OFF position. 4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated ( ? ? ? ).
CAUTION
. Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (-) to body ground (as illustrated) -- not to the battery.
. Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine

Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds. If the engine does not start right away, push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again.
7. After starting your engine, carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive cable ( ? ? ? ).
NOTE:
When the battery is completely drained, the Headlight System Error message may appear in the vehicle information display after jump starting. However, the headlights can be turned on or off by operating the headlight switch.
To turn off the Headlight System Error

PUSH STARTING

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

message, place the ignition switch in the OFF position, open and close the driver's door, wait for about 3 minutes without any operation, and then restart the engine.

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.
CAUTION
. Automatic transmission models cannot be push-started or tow-started. Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage.
. Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged.
. Never try to start the vehicle by towing it; when the engine starts, the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle.

CAUTION
. Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats. Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire.
. To avoid the danger of being scalded, never remove the radiator cap or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot. When the radiator cap or coolant reservoir cap is removed, pressurized hot water will spurt out, possibly causing serious injury.
. Do not open the hood if steam is coming out.
If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading), or if you feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal noise, etc., take the following steps:
1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply the parking brake and select the transmission in the P (Park) position.
Do not stop the engine.
2. Turn off the climate control. Open all the windows, move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed.

In case of emergency 497

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

3. If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day, run the engine at a fast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm) until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal.
4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood. (If steam or coolant is escaping, turn off the engine.) Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen.
5. Open the engine hood.
WARNING
If steam or water is coming from the engine, stand clear to prevent getting burned.
6. Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is running. The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water. If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run, stop the engine.
498 In case of emergency

WARNING
Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with, or get caught in, engine belts or the engine cooling fan. The engine cooling fan can start at any time.
7. After the engine cools down, check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running. Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary. Have your vehicle repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
WARNING
When adding the coolant to the reservoir tank, only open the engine coolant reservoir tank cap. Never open the radiator filler cap and the engine coolant reservoir tank cap at the same time.
(See "Engine compartment check locations" (P.515).)

BASIC INFORMATION
When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in Canada) and local regulations for towing must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are available from an INFINITI retailer. Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, INFINITI recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions.
WARNING
. Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed.
. Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck.
CAUTION
. When towing, make sure that the transmission, axles, steering system and powertrain are in working condition. If any of these conditions are not working, dollies or a flatbed tow

truck must be used. . Always attach safety chains before
towing.
For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle (RV), see "Flat towing your vehicle" (P.603).

In case of emergency 499

Four-wheel drive models
500 In case of emergency

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI Four-wheel Drive (4WD) models
INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.
CAUTION
Never tow 4WD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain.
WAG0261X

(forward or backward), as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission. If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised, always use towing dollies under the rear wheels.
. When towing rear wheel drive models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies: Place the ignition in the ACC or ON position, and secure the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope or similar device.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck vehicle)
Basic information

Two-wheel drive models

WAG0260X

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models
INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving (rear) wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION
. Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground

WARNING
To avoid vehicle damage, serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle: . Contact a professional towing ser-
vice to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure.
In case of emergency 501

. Tow chains or cables must be attached only to main structural members of the vehicle.
. Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle.
. Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer's instructions.
. Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle. Never pull at an angle.
. Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point.
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery. Always follow the manufacturer's instructions for the recovery device.
Rocking a stuck vehicle
WARNING
. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. . Do not spin your tires at high speed.
This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury. Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be
502 In case of emergency

damaged.
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use the following procedure:
1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system.
2. Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions.
3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires.
4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward. . Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and D (Drive). . Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion. . Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D. . Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55 km/h).
5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle.

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior .............................................................. 504 Basic information ....................................................... 504 Washing ........................................................................ 504 Waxing .......................................................................... 505 Removing spots .......................................................... 505 Underbody .................................................................... 505 Glass .............................................................................. 505 Wheels ........................................................................... 505 Chrome parts ............................................................... 506 Tire dressing ................................................................. 507
Cleaning interior ................................................................ 507 Basic information ........................................................ 507

Air fresheners ............................................................ 508
Suede material (if so equipped) ............................ 508
Open pore matte finish wood trim (if so equipped) .............................................................. 508
Floor mats .................................................................. 509
Seat belts ..................................................................... 510
Corrosion protection ....................................................... 511
Most common factors contributing to vehicle corrosion ........................................................ 511
Environmental factors influence the rate of corrosion ................................................................. 511
To protect your vehicle from corrosion .............. 511

Appearance and care 503

CLEANING EXTERIOR

BASIC INFORMATION
In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.
To protect the paint surface, wash your vehicle as soon as you can:
. after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain
. after driving on coastal roads
. when contaminants such as soot, bird droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface
. when dust or mud builds up on the surface
Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area.
When it is necessary to park outside, park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover.
Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover.

WASHING
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.
WARNING
. Do not wash the engine compartment. Doing so may cause a failure in engine starting or a malfunction. The possibility of water intrusion into electrical connections may result in a short circuit or electrical components to malfunction.
. When using the step, the door should be opened. There is a risk of falling off the step if you use the step with the door closed.
CAUTION

. Do not concentrate water spray directly on the sonar sensors on the bumper as this will result in damage to the sensors.

504 Appearance and care

. Do not use pressure washers capable of spraying water over 1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) to wash your vehicle. Use of high-pressure washers over 1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) can result in damage to or removal of paint or graphics. Avoid using a high-pressure washer closer than 12 in (30 cm) to the vehicle. Always use a wide-angle nozzle only, keep the nozzle moving and do not concentrate the water spray on any one area.
. Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent. Some car washes, especially brushless ones, use some acid for cleaning. The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components, causing them to crack. This could affect their appearance, and also could cause them not to function properly. Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used.
. Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap, strong chemical detergents, gasoline or solvents.
. Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot, as the surface may become water-spotted.
. Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, such as washing mitts. Care

must be taken when removing cakedon dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged.
. Before washing the vehicle by an automatic car wash, make sure that the fuel-filler door is completely closed.
Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water.
Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors, hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas must be regularly cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open. Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt.
Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.
WAXING
Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing is recommended to remove builtup wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax.
An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choosing the proper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing. Follow the instructions supplied with the wax.
. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish.
Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.
REMOVING SPOTS
Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining. Special cleaning products are available at an INFINITI retailer or any automotive accessory stores.
UNDERBODY
In areas where road salt is used in winter, the underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension. Before the winter period and again in the spring, the underseal must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.
CAUTION
When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. They could damage the electrical conductors, radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements.
WHEELS
Basic information
Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance. . Clean the inner side of the wheels when
the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed. . Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.
Appearance and care 505

. INFINITI recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter.
CAUTION
Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels.
Aluminum alloy wheels
Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution, especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used. Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed.
CAUTION
Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels: . Do not use a cleaner that uses strong
acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels. . Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot. The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature.
506 Appearance and care

. Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied.
Bright wheels (if so equipped)
The bright wheels use a different coating process than typical aluminum alloy wheel and they are not plated wheels. These wheels are clear-coated and require the following special cleaning. They should be regularly washed with a soft sponge soaked in a lot of water. After washing with water, wipe clean with a dry, soft cloth and dry completely. When there is chemical or tire wax, or dirt such as an antifreeze agent on the surface, wash them with water as soon as possible.
CAUTION
. The surfaces of the wheels use a different coating process than typical aluminum alloy wheels. Do not use aluminum alloy wheel cleaners or abrasive cleaners to clean the wheels. Using such cleaners could damage the wheel surfaces.
. Do not use an automatic car wash if the vehicle is equipped with bright wheels. The wheel coating may be

damaged.
. Do not use a brush to wash the wheels if the vehicle is equipped with bright wheels. The wheel coating may be damaged.
CHROME PARTS
. When chrome parts are excessively dirty, clean the parts using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap, or common dish detergent mixed with clean lukewarm (never hot) water, and rinse with plenty of water.
. Wipe off remaining water so that no water droplets remain.
. Clean oil stains using alcohol wet wipes. Be careful not to get the alcohol on other parts.
NOTE: . Depending on the models, dark chrome
parts may be used. Water stains are more noticeable on dark chrome parts than on bright (normal) chrome parts. . Do not scrub too hard when removing water stains. Use a commercially available water stain remover.

CLEANING INTERIOR

TIRE DRESSING
INFINITI does not recommend the use of tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it may react with the coating and form a compound. This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint.
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the following precautions:
. Use a water-based tire dressing. The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil-based tire dressing.
. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread/ grooves (where it would be difficult to remove).
. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel. Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread/ grooves.
. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by tire dressing manufacturer.

BASIC INFORMATION
Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth.
Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather.
Before using any fabric protector, read the manufacturer's recommendations. Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material.
Use a cloth dampened only with water, to clean the meter and gauge lens.
WARNING
Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors. This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.

CAUTION
. Never use benzine, thinner, or any similar material.
. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened with water. Never use a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens.
. Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens. Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction.
. Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather surfaces and should be removed promptly. Do not use saddle soap, car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based cleaners as they may damage the leather's natural finish.
. Only use fabric protectors approved by INFINITI.
. Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers. It may damage the lens cover.
. Do not spill on or make contact with interior surfaces while handling air
Appearance and care 507

fresheners, aroma agents, cosmetics, sunscreen, etc. They may cause permanent discoloration, stain, crack, paint peeling, etc. depending on the ingredients. If they contact the interior surface, wipe them off immediately using a soft cloth.
. Do not use the chlorine-based cleaning liquid such as chlorine dioxide and hypochlorous acid, which may cause the paint peeling, corrosion, etc. If it is unavoidable to clean or sterilize interior surfaces, use less than 75% ethanol. Wipe the interior parts with a dry cloth dampened with ethanol. Wipe off ethanol completely. If you leave it uncleaned, it may cause paint peeling, discoloration, etc. Since ethanol is flammable, be careful of fire.
. Never use chloride solutions for cleaning aluminum decoratives (if so equipped), damage may occur.
AIR FRESHENERS
Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener, take the following precautions:
. Hanging-type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they con-
508 Appearance and care

tact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface. . Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on the vents. These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces. Carefully read and follow the manufacturer's instructions before using air fresheners.
SUEDE MATERIAL (if so equipped)
Depending on the models, some interior surfaces are made from a suede material.
Clean the suede material as follows:
CAUTION
To help prevent damaging the suede material parts while cleaning:
. Do not rub the material with a cloth. Doing so can damage the surface of the material or cause a stain to spread.
. Never use benzine, thinner or any similar chemical to clean the suede. This may discolor the material and damage the surface.

. Clean water or oil based stains by patting the surface with a clean soft cloth dampened in warm water. Press a clean dry cloth onto the surface to remove as much dampness as possible and then let air dry.
OPEN PORE MATTE FINISH WOOD TRIM (if so equipped)
The open pore matte finish wood trim has a different coating process than a typical wood trim. Improper care can affect the appearance of the wood trim and cause damage to it.
CAUTION
. Do not hit the wood trim with a hard or sharp object.
. Do not rub the wood trim surface hard.
. When cleaning, use a soft, dampened cloth (such as a microfiber cloth). Dry with a clean soft cloth.
. Do not use waxes, polishes, compounds or solvents to clean the wood trim.

FLOOR MATS
Basic information
WARNING
To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision, injury or death:
. NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position or install them upside down or backwards.
. Use only genuine INFINITI floor mats or equivalent floor mats that are specifically designed for use in your vehicle model and model year.
. Properly position the mats in the floorwell using the floor mat positioning hooks. See "Floor mat installation" (P.509).
. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with pedal operation.
. Periodically check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed.
. After cleaning the vehicle interior, check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed.

The use of genuine INFINITI floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior. Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn.

Front (example)

JVA0034X

Floor mat installation
Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat positioning hook(s). The number and shape of the floor mat positioning hooks for each seating position varies depending on the vehicle.
When installing genuine INFINITI floor mats, follow the installation instructions provided with the floor mat and the following:
1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell so that the mat grommet holes are aligned with the hook(s).
2. Secure the grommet holes into the hook (s) and ensure that the floor mat is

Appearance and care 509

properly positioned.
3. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with pedal operation. With the ignition in the OFF position and the shift button in the P (Park) position, fully apply and release all pedals. The floor mat must not interfere with pedal operation or prevent the pedal from returning to its normal position. It is recommended you see an INFINITI retailer for details about installing the floor mats in your vehicle.

510 Appearance and care

WAH0013X
Bracket positions The illustration shows the location of the floor mat positioning hooks.
SEAT BELTS
The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. Allow the belts to dry completely before using them. See "Seat belts" (P.41).
WARNING
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts,

since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing.

CORROSION PROTECTION

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION
. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections, cavities, and other areas.
. Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents.
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION
Moisture
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle, and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.
Relative humidity
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity, especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt is used.

Temperature
A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated.
Air pollution
Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces.
TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION
. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean.
. Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible.
. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation.
. Check the underbody for accumulation of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water as soon as possible.
CAUTION
. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders. In winter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically. For additional protection against rust and corrosion, which may be required in some areas, it is recommended you consult an INFINITI retailer.
Appearance and care 511

MEMO 512 Appearance and care

8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions ............................................... 514 Engine compartment check locations ......................... 515
VR35DDTT engine ...................................................... 515 Engine cooling system ..................................................... 516
Basic information ........................................................ 516 Checking engine coolant level ................................. 517 Changing engine coolant .......................................... 517 Engine oil ............................................................................. 518 Checking engine oil level ........................................... 518 Changing engine oil and filter .................................. 518 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ......................... 520 Brake fluid ........................................................................... 521 Basic information ........................................................ 521 Brake fluid ..................................................................... 521 Window washer fluid ...................................................... 522 Battery ................................................................................. 523 Basic information ........................................................ 523 Jump starting ............................................................... 524 Variable voltage control system ................................... 525 Drive belts ........................................................................... 525 Spark plugs ......................................................................... 526 Basic information ........................................................ 526 Replacing spark plugs ................................................ 526

Air cleaner .......................................................................... 526 Windshield wiper blades ................................................ 527
Cleaning ....................................................................... 527 Replacing ..................................................................... 528 Rear window wiper blades ............................................ 528 Brakes .................................................................................. 529 Basic information ...................................................... 529 Self-adjusting brakes ............................................... 529 Brake pad wear warning ......................................... 529 Fuses .................................................................................... 529 Engine compartment ................................................ 529 Passenger compartment ......................................... 531 Intelligent Key battery replacement ........................... 533 Lights ................................................................................... 536 Basic information ...................................................... 536 Headlights and rear combination lights .............. 536 Exterior and interior lights ...................................... 537 Wheels and tires ............................................................... 539 Basic information ...................................................... 539 Tire pressure ............................................................... 539 Tire labeling ................................................................ 543 Types of tires ............................................................. 546 Tire chains ................................................................... 547 Changing wheels and tires .................................... 548

Do-it-yourself 513

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle. The following are general precautions which should be closely observed.
WARNING
. Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. Select the transmission in P (Park) position.
. Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF position when performing any parts replacement or repairs.
. Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
. Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
. If you must work with the engine running, keep your hands, clothing, hair and tools away from moving fans, belts and any other moving parts.
514 Do-it-yourself

. It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. before working on your vehicle.
. Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle.
. If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage, be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape.
. Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands.
. Keep smoking materials, flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery.
. Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan. It may come on at any time without warning, even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running. To avoid injury, always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan.
. On gasoline engine models, the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off. It is recommended you visit an

INFINITI retailer for this service.
CAUTION
. Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot. Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down.
. Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant. Improperly disposed engine oil, coolant, and/or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment. Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid.
This "8. Do-it-yourself" section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform. A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also available. (See "Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information" (P.608).) You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions, and could affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt about any servicing, it is recommended you have it done by an INFINITI retailer.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

VR35DDTT ENGINE
NOTE: Your vehicle may not be equipped with an engine cover.

1. Window washer fluid reservoir 2. Fuse/fusible link holder 3. Engine oil filler cap 4. Engine oil dipstick 5. Brake fluid reservoir 6. Battery

7. Engine coolant reservoir 8. Radiator filler cap 9. Drive belts 10. Air cleaner

WAA0603X

Do-it-yourself 515

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

BASIC INFORMATION
The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide year-round anti-freeze and coolant protection. The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary.
WARNING
. Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Wait until the engine and radiator cool down. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. See precautions in "If your vehicle overheats" (P.497).
. The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap. To prevent engine damage, use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap.
516 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION
. Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer. Additives may clog the cooling system and cause damage to the engine, transmission and/or cooling system.
. When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is prediluted to provide antifreeze protection to -34°F (-37°C). If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate following the directions on the container. If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, follow the coolant manufacturer's instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to -34°F (-37°C). The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) (or equivalent coolant), including Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the use of non-distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant. Refer to the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section for more details.

WAI0468X
CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below MIN , open the reservoir tank cap and add coolant up to the MAX level. If the reservoir tank is empty, check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level .
Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant.
If the cooling system requires coolant fre-

quently, have it checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
WARNING
When adding the coolant to the reservoir tank, only open the engine coolant reservoir tank cap. Never open the radiator filler cap and the engine coolant reservoir tank cap at the same time.
(See "Engine compartment check locations" (P.515).)
CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT
It is recommended that major cooling system repairs be performed by an INFINITI retailer. The service procedures can be found in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual. Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating.
WARNING
. To avoid the danger of being scalded, never change the coolant when the engine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
. Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.
. Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets.
Engine coolant must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations.
Do-it-yourself 517

ENGINE OIL

WAI0469X
CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature.
3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.
4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Reinsert it all the way.
5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level. It should be within the range . If the oil level is below , remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening. Do not overfill .
518 Do-it-yourself

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick. It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the breakin period, depending on the severity of operating conditions.
CAUTION
Oil level should be checked regularly. Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
Vehicle set-up
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes.
4. Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands. . Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack-up points. . A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle.
5. Remove the engine undercover. . Remove the bolts that hold the undercover in place.
CAUTION
Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle damage.

. Check your local regulations.
4. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engine oil filter change is needed.)
Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.
5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag.

WAI0504X WAI0470X

CAUTION

WAI0471X
Engine oil and filter
1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.
2. Remove the oil filler cap . 3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench
and completely drain the oil.
CAUTION
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil is hot.
. Waste oil must be disposed of properly.

. Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine. Failure to do so could lead to an oil leak and engine damage.
. The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole while filling the engine with oil.
6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil.
7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt, then tighten additionally more than 2/3 turn.
Oil filter tightening torque: 11 to 15 ft-lb (15 to 21 N·m)

Do-it-yourself 519

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a new washer. Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench.
Drain plug tightening torque: 22 to 29 ft-lb (29.4 to 39.2 N·m)
Do not use excessive force.
9. Refill engine with recommended oil and install the oil filler cap securely.
See "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.572) for drain and refill capacity. The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifications for reference only. Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine.
10. Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter. Correct as required.
11. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operation
1. Reinstall undercover in reverse order of removal.
2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.
3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.
WARNING
. Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer.
. Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.
. Keep used engine oil out of reach of children.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (ATF)
When checking or replacement is required, we recommend an INFINITI retailer for servicing.
CAUTION
. It is recommended that you use only Genuine NISSAN Matic P ATF. Do not mix with other fluids.
. Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic P ATF may cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission. Damage caused by the use of fluid other than as recommended is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.

520 Do-it-yourself

BRAKE FLUID
BASIC INFORMATION
For further brake fluid specification information, see "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.572).
WARNING
. Use only new fluid from a sealed container. Old, inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system. The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle's stopping ability.
. Be sure to clean the filler cap before removing.
. Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.
CAUTION
. Do not add brake fluid with the ignition switch in the ON position or the engine running. Doing so could make the brake fluid overfill when the ignition switch is turned off.
. Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces. This will damage the paint.

If fluid is spilled, wash the surface with water.
WAI0472X
BRAKE FLUID
Check the fluid level in the reservoir between MIN and MAX lines. If the brake warning light comes on or fluid must be added frequently, the system should be checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Do-it-yourself 521

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

better cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the mixture ratio.
Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid.
Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent.

WAI0473X
WARNING
Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.
Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically. Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning illuminates. To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening. Add a washer solvent to the washer for
522 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION
. Do not substitute engine anti-freeze coolant for window washer solution. This may result in damage to the paint.
. Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer's recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the

washer fluid concentrate and water.

BATTERY

WAI0270X

BASIC INFORMATION
. If the battery is labeled "do not open" it is maintenance free and battery fluid should not be checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer or a qualified specialist workshop

to confirm the battery's performance.
. Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water.
. Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer, disconnect the negative 7 battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it.

Do-it-yourself 523

NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of electro-
nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.).
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.
WARNING
. Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explosive. Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. After touching a battery or battery cap, do not touch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention.
. When working on or near a battery, always wear suitable eye protection
524 Do-it-yourself

and remove all jewelry.
. Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.
. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.
. Do not tip the battery.

Example

WAI0200X

NOTE:
Do not try to open the top of the battery.
This battery is not equipped with removable vent caps.

JUMP STARTING
If jump starting is necessary, see "Jump starting" (P.495). If the engine does not start by jump starting, the battery may have to be replaced. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELTS

CAUTION

. Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal. Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely.
. Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator.

1. Water pump 2. Alternator 3. Drive belt auto tensioner 4. Crankshaft pulley 5. Air conditioner compressor

is in poor condition, have it replaced. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. 2. Have the belts checked regularly for condition in accordance with the maintenance schedule shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section.
WAI0474X

WARNING
Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF position before servicing drive belts. The engine could rotate unexpectedly.
1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear, cuts or fraying. If the belt

Do-it-yourself 525

SPARK PLUGS
BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
Be sure the engine and the ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely.

AIR CLEANER

CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs. An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs.
526 Do-it-yourself

SDI2020
REPLACING SPARK PLUGS
Basic information
If replacement is required, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs
It is not necessary to replace the iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer. Follow the maintenance schedule shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section, but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping.
Always replace spark plugs with recommended or equivalent ones.

WAI0475X
To remove the filter, release the lock pins and pull the unit upward . The filter element should not be cleaned and reused. Replace it according to the maintenance intervals. See "9. Maintenance and schedules" section for maintenance intervals. When replacing the filter, wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth.
WARNING
. Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

not only cleans the air, it stops flame if the engine backfires. If it isn't there, and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Do not drive with the air cleaner removed, and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed.
. Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed. Doing so could result in serious injury.

CLEANING
Basic information
If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water.
Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper, replace the blades.
Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision.
When a washer nozzle is clogged
It is recommended you see an INFINITI retailer if a washer nozzle is clogged or any malfunction occurs. Do not attempt to clean the nozzle using a needle or a pin. Doing so may damage the nozzle.

Do-it-yourself 527

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADES
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer if checking or replacement is required. For the rear window wiper service position, see "Rear window wiper and washer operation" (P.165).

REPLACING
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
1. Pull up the wiper arms (first driver's side, then passenger's side).
2. Push the release tab , and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm while pushing the release tab to remove.
3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds.
4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove.

SDI2048
CAUTION
. After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original position;
otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened. . Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass; otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure.

528 Do-it-yourself

BRAKES

FUSES

BASIC INFORMATION
If the brakes do not operate properly, have the brakes checked. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES
Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes. The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal is applied.
WARNING
Have your brake system checked if the brake pedal height does not return to normal. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

heard.
Under some driving or climate conditions, occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noise may be heard. Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system.
Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed. For additional information, see the maintenance schedules shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section.

WAI0476X
ENGINE COMPARTMENT Basic information

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING
The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is

WARNING
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.
If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse.
Do-it-yourself 529

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and the headlights are off. (See "Headlight switch" (P.167).)
2. Open the engine hood.
3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover .
4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

530 Do-it-yourself

WAI0505X
5. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse . Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box.
6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Fusible links
If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition, check the fusible links. If any of these fusible links are melted, replace only with genuine INFINITI parts.

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
Basic information
WARNING
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.

WAI0477X
1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and the headlights are off.
2. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller .
3. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new fuse.
4. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. Spare fuses are stored in the fuse box.

If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse.

Do-it-yourself 531

532 Do-it-yourself

WAI0506X

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

WAI0478X
Extended storage fuse switch
To reduce battery drain, the extended storage fuse switch comes from the factory switched off. Prior to delivery of your vehicle, the switch is pushed in (switched on) and should always remain on.
If the extended storage fuse switch is not pushed in (switched on), the "Shipping Mode On, Push Storage Fuse" warning may appear on the vehicle information display. See "Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse warning" (P.133).
If any electrical equipment does not operate, remove the extended storage fuse switch and check for an open fuse.

NOTE:
If the extended storage fuse switch malfunctions or if the fuse is open, it is not necessary to replace the switch. In this case, remove the extended storage fuse switch and replace it with a new fuse of the same rating.
How to remove the extended storage fuse switch:
1. To remove the extended storage fuse switch, be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF position.
2. Be sure the headlights are off. (See "Headlight switch" (P.167) or "Autolight system" (P.168).)
3. Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the storage fuse switch.
4. Pull the storage fuse switch straight out from the fuse box .

WARNING
. Ingestion hazard: Death or serious injury can occur if ingested.
. A swallowed button cell or coin battery can cause internal chemical burns in as little as 2 hours.
. Keep new and used batteries out of reach of children.
. Be careful not to allow children to swallow removed parts.
. Seek immediate medical attention if a battery is suspected to be swallowed or inserted inside any part of the body.
. For treatment information call the National battery ingestion hotline @ 1-800-498-8666.
. There is a danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type of battery. Incorrectly replacing the battery can lead to injury or death.
. Do not crush or cut the battery.
. Do not subject the battery to extremely low air pressure at high altitude.

Do-it-yourself 533

. Do not expose the battery to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or similar heat sources.
CAUTION
. An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.
. When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the components.

part. Use a cloth to protect the casing.
3. Replace the battery with a new one.
Recommended battery:
CR2032 or equivalent . Do not touch the internal circuit and
electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction. . Hold the battery by the edges. Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity. . Make sure that the + side faces the bottom of the case.

534 Do-it-yourself

WAI0479X
Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as follows:
1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key.
2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit (on the right and left sides) and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower

WAI0480X
4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts, and then push them together until it is securely closed.
5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
If you need any assistance for replacement, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
NOTE:
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)

this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference. (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Do-it-yourself 535

LIGHTS

BASIC INFORMATION
1. Emblem light
2. Front parking light/daytime running light/front turn signal light
3. Map light

WAI0481X
4. Front side marker light 5. Headlight (high-beam) 6. Headlight (low-beam) 7. INFINITI Light Path (if so equipped) 8. Puddle light (if so equipped)

9. Side turn signal light
10. Rear personal light
11. Rear room light
12. Cargo light
13. High-mounted stop light
14. Rear combination light (tail/stop/side marker light)
15. Rear turn signal light
16. Back-up light
17. Tail light
18. License plate light
HEADLIGHTS AND REAR COMBINATION LIGHTS
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect inside the lens, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
If replacement is required, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

536 Do-it-yourself

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS
Basic information
Item
Headlight* High beams Low beams
Front turn signal light* Front parking light* Front side marker light* Emblem light* Rear combination light*
tail back-up stop side marker Rear turn signal light* License plate light* Puddle light* (if so equipped) Front and rear armrest light* Map light* Rear personal light* Rear room light* Cargo light* Vanity mirror light* Lower console tray light* Footwell light*

Wattage (W)
LED LED LED LED LED LED
LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED

Bulb No.
-- -- -- -- -- --
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

Do-it-yourself 537

Item INFINITI Light Path* (if so equipped) High-mounted stop light*

Wattage (W) LED LED

Bulb No. -- --

*: It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for replacement.
NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latest information about parts.

538 Do-it-yourself

WHEELS AND TIRES

Replacement procedures
It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer if replacement is required.

BASIC INFORMATION
If you have a flat tire, see "Flat tire" (P.487).
TIRE PRESSURE
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare. When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the "Tire Pressure Low Add Air" warning appears in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example, a flat tire while driving).
For more details, see "Low tire pressure warning light" (P.113), "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.308) and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) " (P.487).
Tire inflation pressure
Check the pressure of the tires (including the spare) often and always

prior to long distance trips. The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the "Cold Tire Pressure" heading. The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar. Tire pressures should be checked regularly because:
. Most tires naturally lose air over time.
. Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking.
The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold. The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.
TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure. (See "TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator" (P.311) about the
Do-it-yourself 539

TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator.)
Incorrect tire pressure, including under inflation, may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling.
WARNING
. Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident.
. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating (GVWR) is located on the F. M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity. Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life, unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure, or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components.
540 Do-it-yourself

. Before taking a long trip, or whenever you heavily load your vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the vehicle's GVWR.
Tire size -- see "Tire labeling" (P.543).
Spare tire size or compact spare tire size (if so equipped)

Tire and Loading Information label
Seating capacity: The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle.
Vehicle load limit: See "Vehicle loading information" (P.584).

SDI2496
Original size: The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory. Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has

Do-it-yourself 541

SDI1949
Checking the tire pressure
1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire.
2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem. Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways, or air will escape. If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure, reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage.
3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label.
5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much air is added, press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed.
6. Install the valve stem cap.
7. Check the pressure of all other tires, including the spare.
8. Check the pressure when driving the vehicle at speeds of 100 mph (160 km/h) or higher where it is legal to do so.
WARNING
. Driving at high speeds, 100 mph (160 km/h) or higher sustained where it is legal to do so, can cause tires to have excessive heat build up, which may result in a tire failure causing

542 Do-it-yourself

loss of control, crash, injuries or even death. Some high-speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for highspeed operation. When speed limits and road conditions allow vehicle driving at high speeds, make sure tires are rated to support high speed operation, tires are in optimal conditions and pressure is adjusted to correct cold inflation pressure for high speed operation.
. Tires require adjustment to the inflation pressure when driving the vehicle at speeds of 100 mph (160 km/h) or higher where it is legal to do so. See recommended tire inflation chart for correct operating pressure.
. After vehicle high speed operation has ended, readjust the tire pressure to the recommended cold inflation pressure. (See "Checking the tire pressure"

(P.542).)

Size
Front Original Tire: 275/50R22 111H Front Original Tire: 275/60R20 115H Rear Original Tire: 275/50R22 111H Rear Original Tire: 275/60R20 115H
Spare Tire: 265/70R18 116H

Cold Tire Inflation Pres-
sure
35 psi, 240 kPa
33 psi, 230 kPa
35 psi, 240 kPa
33 psi, 230 kPa
51 psi, 350 kPa

Recommended tire inflation pressures at speeds of 100 mph (160 km/h) or higher where it is legal to do so.

Size
Front Original Tire: 275/50R22 111H Front Original Tire: 275/60R20 115H Rear Original Tire: 275/50R22 111H Rear Original Tire: 275/60R20 115H

Cold Tire Inflation Pres-
sure
41 psi, 280 kPa
36 psi, 250 kPa
41 psi, 280 kPa
36 psi, 250 kPa

Example

SDI1575

TIRE LABELING
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

Do-it-yourself 543

SDI1606
Example
Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)
1. P: The "P" indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles. (Not all tires have this information.)
2. Three-digit number (215): This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.
3. Two-digit number (60): This number, known as the aspect ratio, gives the tire's ratio of height to
544 Do-it-yourself

width.
4. R: The "R" stands for radial.
5. Two-digit number (16): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches.
6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This number is the tire's load index. It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support. You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law.
7. H: Tire speed rating. You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating.

JVM0694X
Example (Type A) (if so equipped)
TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX)
1. DOT: Abbreviation for the "Department of Transportation". The symbol can be placed above, below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number.
2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer's identification mark
3. Two-digit code: Tire size
4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Optional)

5. Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003. If these numbers are missing, then look on the other sidewall of the tire.

WAI0339X
Example (Type B) (if so equipped)
TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a new tire (example: DOT XXX XXXXXX XXXX)
1. DOT: Abbreviation for the "Department of Transportation". The symbol can be placed above, below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number.
2. Three-digit code: Manufacturer's identification mark
3. Six-digit code: Descriptive code used to identify significant characteristics of the tire.

4. Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003.
Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
Maximum permissible inflation pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure.
Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.
Term of "tubeless" or "tube type"
Do-it-yourself 545

Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube ("tube type") or not ("tubeless").
The word "radial" The word "radial" is shown, if the tire has radial structure.
Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown.
Other tire-related terminology:
In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section, Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES
Basic information
WARNING
. When changing or replacing tires, be sure all four tires are of the same type (Example: Summer, All Season or Snow) and construction. An INFINITI retailer may be able to help you with information about tire type, size, speed rating and availability.
. Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires, and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

546 Do-it-yourself

All season tires
INFINITI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year, including snowy and icy road conditions. All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.
Summer tires
INFINITI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M&S on the tire sidewall.
If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, INFINITI recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.
Snow tires
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires. If you do not, it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle.
Generally, snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle

speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.
If you install snow tires, they must be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.
TIRE CHAINS
WARNING
If tire chains are used with this vehicle, they must allow sufficient clearance between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component. Failure to use the correct chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brakes, suspension or other vehicle parts and cause a crash in which a person could be seriously injured or killed.
Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location. Check the local laws before installing tire chains. When installing tire

chains, make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer's suggestions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Class "S" chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can use Class "S" chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device (tire chains or cables). The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size. Other types may damage your vehicle. Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected.
Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels.
Never install tire chains on the full-size temporary use only spare tire.
Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the

vehicle due to some overstress.
Do-it-yourself 547

Wheel nut tightening torque: 98 ft-lb (133 N·m)
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the specification at all times. It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specification at each tire rotation interval.

SDI1662
CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES
Tire rotation INFINITI recommends rotating the tires at the specified interval shown in the maintenance schedule. (See the "Maintenance and schedules" section. For tire replacing procedures, see "Flat tire" (P.487).)
As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench.

WARNING
. After rotating the tires, check and adjust the tire pressure.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).
. Do not include the full-size temporary use only spare tire in the tire rotation.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

. After rotating the tires, do not use the Tire Inflation Indicator to adjust the tire pressure. Instead use a gauge to adjust the tires to the correct pressure in accordance with Tire and Loading Information label.
. To ensure proper operation of the Tire Inflation Indicator system after a tire rotation, reset and register the sensor to their new installed locations. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

548 Do-it-yourself

SDI1663
Tire wear and damage 1. Wear indicator 2. Wear indicator location mark
WARNING
. Tires should be periodically inspected for wear, cracking, bulging or objects caught in the tread. If excessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cuts are found, the tire(s) should be replaced.
. The original tires have built-in

tread wear indicators. When wear indicators are visible, the tire(s) should be replaced.
. Tires degrade with age and use. Have tires, including the spare, over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician, because some tire damage may not be obvious. Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury.
. Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury. If it is necessary to repair the spare tire, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tires
When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread design, speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped. (See "Specifications" (P.577) for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels.)
WARNING
. The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride, braking, handling, VDC system, ground clearance, body-totire clearance, tire chain clearance, speedometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury.
. For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models, if your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires, install the new tires on the rear axle. Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an accident and
Do-it-yourself 549

personal injury.
. If the wheels are changed for any reason, always replace with wheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a different off-set could cause premature tire wear, degrade vehicle handling characteristics and/or interference with the brake discs/drums. Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. See "Wheels and tires" (P.578) for wheel off-set dimensions.
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for these services.
. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
. The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it is not handled correctly. Be careful when handling the TPMS sensor.
550 Do-it-yourself

. When replacing the TPMS sensor, the ID registration may be required. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for ID registration.
. Do not use a valve stem cap that is not specified by INFINITI. The valve stem cap may become stuck.
. Be sure that the valve stem caps are correctly fitted. Otherwise the valve may be clogged up with dirt and cause a malfunction or loss of pressure.
. Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired. Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning.
. The use of retread tire is not recommended.
. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) models
CAUTION
. Always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction (bias, biasbelted or radial), and tread pattern on all four wheels. Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission, transfer case and differential gears.
. ONLY use spare tires specified for the 4WD model.
If excessive tire wear is found, it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Wheel balance
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage. For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.
Care of wheels
See "Cleaning exterior" (P.504) for details about care of the wheels.
Spare tire
Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARY USE ONLY), the TPMS will not function.
Spare tire (FULL-SIZE TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire): Observe the following precautions if the fullsize temporary use only spare tire must be used, otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident.
WARNING
. The full-size temporary use only spare tire should be used for emergency use. It should be replaced with

the standard tire at the first opportunity to avoid possible tire or differential damage
. Drive carefully while the spare tire is installed. Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving. The vehicle driving performance may be affected when driving on wet or snow covered roads.
. When the spare tire is installed, the following systems may not work correctly.
-- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
-- Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) System
. Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure. Always keep the spare tire inflated to the pressure specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. For Tire and Loading Information label location, see "Tire and Loading Information label" in the index of this manual.
. With the spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 70 MPH (112 km/h).
. When driving on roads covered with snow or ice, the spare tire should be used on the front wheels and original

tire used on the rear wheels (drive wheels). Use tire chains only on the two rear original tires. . Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles. . Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time.
CAUTION
Do not use tire chains on the spare tire. Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle.
Do-it-yourself 551

MEMO 552 Do-it-yourself

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirement .............................................. 554 Basic information ........................................................ 554 General maintenance ................................................. 554 Scheduled maintenance ............................................. 554 Where to go for service ............................................ 554
General maintenance ....................................................... 554 Basic information ........................................................ 554 Explanation of maintenance items ......................... 554

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ......... 557 Basic information ...................................................... 557 Emission control system maintenance ................ 557 Chassis and body maintenance ............................. 557
Maintenance schedules .................................................. 558 Basic information ...................................................... 558 Additional maintenance items for severe operating conditions ................................................ 558
VR35DDTT engine model .............................................. 559

Maintenance and schedules 553

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

BASIC INFORMATION
Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your vehicle's good mechanical condition, as well as its emission and engine performance. It is the owner's responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance, as well as general maintenance, is performed. As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance. You are a vital link in the maintenance chain.
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal dayto-day operation. They are essential for proper vehicle operation. It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as prescribed. Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools. These checks or inspections can be done by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, an INFINITI retailer.
554 Maintenance and schedules

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
The maintenance items listed in this section are required to be serviced at regular intervals. However, under severe driving conditions, additional or more frequent maintenance will be required.
WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE
If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction, have the systems checked and serviced. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
INFINITI technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins, service tips, and training programs. They are completely qualified to work on INFINITI vehicles before work begins.
If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it is recommended that you ask your INFINITI retailer where the nearest INFINITI Certified Collision Center is located, or go to http:// collision.infinitiusa.com.
You can be confident that an INFINITI retailer's service department can perform the service needed to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle.

BASIC INFORMATION
During the normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle, general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or smells, be sure to check for the cause and have it checked promptly. It is recommended to have an INFINITI retailer do it promptly. In addition, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer if you think that repairs are required.
When performing any checks or maintenance work, closely observe "Maintenance precautions" (P.514).
EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Basic information
Additional information on the following items with "*" is found in the "8. Do-it yourself" section of this manual.
Outside the vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified.
Doors and engine hood: Check that all doors and the engine hood, operate properly. Also ensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and

links if necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released.
When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely. Also check headlight aim.
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing, and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.
Tire rotation*: Rotate tires at the specified interval shown in the maintenance schedule.
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires, including the spare, to the pressure specified. Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) tire pressure sensor: It is recommended that you replace the TPMS tire pressure sensor assembly when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.
Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a

straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel alignment.
If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds, wheel balancing may be needed.
For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.
Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular basis. Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage. Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility.
It is recommended that you have a damaged windshield repaired by an INFINITI retailer, or an INFINITI Certified Collision Center. To locate a collision center in your area, refer to http://collision.infinitiusa.com.
Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.
Inside the vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis, such as when performing periodic maintenance, cleaning the vehicle, etc.
Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort.

Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.
Automatic transmission P (Park) mechanism: On a fairly steep hill, check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift button in the P (Park) position without applying any brakes.
Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal, the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop, have your vehicle checked immediately. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.
Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied.
Parking brake: Check the parking brake operation regularly. The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied. If the parking brake needs adjusted, it is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.
Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjuster and retractors) operate properly and smoothly, and are installed securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
Seats: Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure they operate smoothly and that all
Maintenance and schedules 555

latches lock securely in every position. Check that the head restraints/headrests move up and down smoothly and that the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in all latched positions.
Steering wheel: Check for changes in the steering conditions, such as excessive free play, hard steering or strange noises.
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly.
Windshield defroster: Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner.
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak.
Under the hood and vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically (for example, each time you check the engine oil or refuel).
Battery*: This vehicle is equipped with a sealed maintenance free battery. It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for service.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge
556 Maintenance and schedules

and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of electro-
nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.
Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.
Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant level when the engine is cold.
Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no belt is frayed, worn, cracked or oily.
Engine oil level*: Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine. Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.
Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust system inspected. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service. (See "Precautions when starting and driving" (P.307) for exhaust gas (carbon

monoxide).)
Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while. Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal. If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident, check for the cause and have it corrected immediately.
Power steering fluid level* and lines: Check the level when the fluid is cold, with the engine off. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.
Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose connections.
Underbody: The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very important to remove these substances, otherwise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around the exhaust system. At the end of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water, being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate. For additional information, see "Cleaning exterior" (P.504).
Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir.

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
BASIC INFORMATION
The following descriptions are provided to give you a better understanding of the scheduled maintenance items that should be regularly checked or replaced. The maintenance schedule indicates at which mileage/time intervals each item requires service.
In addition to scheduled maintenance, your vehicle requires that some items be checked during normal day-to-day operation. Refer to "General maintenance" (P.554).
Items marked with "*" are recommended by INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. You are not required to perform maintenance on these items in order to maintain the warranties which come with your vehicle. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.
When applicable, additional information can be found in the "8. Do-it yourself" section of this manual.
NOTE:
INFINITI does not advocate the use of nonOEM approved aftermarket flushing systems and strongly advises against performing these services on an INFINITI product. Many of the aftermarket flushing systems use non-OEM approved chemicals or solvents, the use of which has not been

validated by INFINITI.
For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids, grease, and refrigerant, refer to "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.572) of this manual.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Engine drive belts*:
Check engine drive belt for wear, fraying or cracking and for proper tension. Replace any damaged drive belt.
Air cleaner filter:
Replace at specified intervals. When driving for prolonged periods in dusty conditions, check/replace the filter more frequently.
Engine coolant*
Replace coolant at the specified interval. When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Refer to "Engine cooling system" (P.516) to determine the proper mixture for your area.)
NOTE:
Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the recommended service interval of the coolant.

Engine oil and oil filter: Replace engine oil and oil filter at the specified intervals. For recommended oil grade and viscosity refer to "Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants" (P.572). Engine valve clearance*: Inspect only if valve noise increases. Adjust valve clearance if necessary. Evaporative emissions control vapor lines*: Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary. Fuel lines/connections*: Check the fuel hoses, piping and connections for leaks, looseness, or deterioration. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary. Spark plugs: Replace at specified intervals. Install new plugs of the type as originally equipped.
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
Brake lines and cables: Visually inspect for proper installation. Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration, and signs of leaking. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Maintenance and schedules 557

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

Brake pads and rotors:
Check for wear, deterioration and fluid leaks. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Exhaust system:
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for leaks, cracks, deterioration, and damage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
In-cabin microfilter:
Replace at specified intervals. When driving for prolonged periods in dusty conditions, replace the filter more frequently.
Propeller shaft(s):
Check for damage, looseness, and grease leakage. (4WD/RWD)
Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension parts, drive shaft boots:
Check for damage, looseness, and leakage of oil or grease. Under severe driving conditions, inspect more frequently.
Tire rotation:
Rotate tires at the specified interval. When rotating tires, check for damage and uneven wear. Replace if necessary.
Differential gear oil and transfer fluid:
Visually inspect for signs of leakage at specified intervals.
558 Maintenance and schedules

BASIC INFORMATION
To help ensure smooth, safe and economical driving, INFINITI provides two maintenance schedules that may be used, depending upon the conditions in which you usually drive. These schedules contain both distance and time intervals, up to 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months. For most people, the odometer reading will indicate when service is needed. However, if you drive very little, your vehicle should be serviced at the regular time intervals shown in the schedule.
After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time intervals.
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE
ITEMS FOR SEVERE OPERATING
CONDITIONS
Additional maintenance items for severe operating conditions; should be performed on vehicles that are driven under especially demanding conditions. Additional maintenance items should be performed if you primarily operate your vehicle under the following conditions:
. Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles (8 km).
. Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) with outside temperatures re-

maining below freezing.
. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go "rush hour" traffic.
. Extensive idling and/or low speed driving for long distances, such as police, taxi or door-to-door delivery use.
. Driving in dusty conditions.
. Driving on rough, muddy or salt spread roads.
. Towing a trailer, using a camper or cartop carrier.
If your vehicle is mainly operated under the severe conditions, follow the severe use maintenance intervals shown in the maintenance schedule.

VR35DDTT ENGINE MODEL

The following shows the maintenance schedule. Choose the maintenance schedule needed based on your vehicle driving conditions. After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time interval.

5,000 miles/(8,000 km)/6 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months,
whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Essential: . Tire rotation
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system

10,000 miles/(16,000 km)/12
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Automatic transmission fluid (1) . Brake lines & cables . Brake pads & rotors . Transfer fluid . Differential gear oil . Drive shaft boots . Propeller shaft (4WD models) Essential: . Replace engine oil and oil filter (2) . Tire rotation . Lubricate propeller shaft grease (4WD models)

Severe use maintenance Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system Essential: . Replace brake fluid (1) Request the retailer to inspect the fluid
deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the
deterioration data is more than 77000, replace
the AT fluid.
(2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,
change the engine oil and filter as soon as
possible.
After replacing the engine oil, reset the display.

Maintenance and schedules 559

15,000 miles/(24,000 km)/18
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months,
whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Intelligent Key battery Essential: . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Tire rotation
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system

20,000 miles/(32,000 km)/24
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months,
whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Automatic transmission fluid (1) . Brake lines & cables . Brake pads & rotors . Fuel tank vapor vent system* . Fuel lines/connections* . Exhaust system . Transfer fluid . Differential gear oil . Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension
parts$ . Drive shaft boots . Propeller shaft (4WD models) Essential: . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and oil filter (2) . Tire rotation . Lubricate propeller shaft grease (4WD models)

Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system Essential: . Replace automatic transmission fluid . Replace brake fluid . Replace transfer fluid . Replace differential gear oil (1) Request the retailer to inspect the fluid
deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the
deterioration data is more than 77000, replace
the AT fluid.
(2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,
change the engine oil and filter as soon as
possible. After replacing the engine oil, reset the
display.

560 Maintenance and schedules

25,000 miles/(40,000 km)/30
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Essential: . Tire rotation
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system

30,000 miles/(48,000 km)/36
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Automatic transmission fluid (1) . Brake lines & cables . Brake pads & rotors . Transfer fluid . Differential gear oil . Drive shaft boots . Propeller shaft (4WD models) Essential: . Replace air cleaner filter (2) . Replace engine oil and oil filter (3) . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Tire rotation . Lubricate propeller shaft grease (4WD models)

Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system Essential: . Replace brake fluid (1) Request the retailer to inspect the fluid
deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the
deterioration data is more than 77000, replace the AT fluid.
(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more
frequent maintenance may be required.
(3) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,
change the engine oil and filter as soon as
possible.
After replacing the engine oil, reset the display.

Maintenance and schedules 561

35,000 miles/(56,000 km)/42
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Essential: . Tire rotation
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system

40,000 miles/(64,000 km)/48
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months,
whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Automatic transmission fluid (1) . Brake lines & cables . Brake pads & rotors . Fuel tank vapor vent system* . Fuel lines/connections* . Exhaust system . Transfer fluid . Differential gear oil . Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension
parts$ . Drive shaft boots . Propeller shaft (4WD models) Essential: . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and oil filter (2) . Tire rotation . Lubricate propeller shaft grease (4WD models)

Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system Essential: . Replace automatic transmission fluid . Replace brake fluid . Replace transfer fluid . Replace differential gear oil (1) Request the retailer to inspect the fluid
deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the
deterioration data is more than 77000, replace
the AT fluid.
(2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,
change the engine oil and filter as soon as
possible.
After replacing the engine oil, reset the display.

562 Maintenance and schedules

45,000 miles/(72,000 km)/54
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Essential: . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Tire rotation
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system

50,000 miles/(80,000 km)/60
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Automatic transmission fluid (1) . Brake lines & cables . Brake pads & rotors . Transfer fluid . Differential gear oil . Drive shaft boots . Propeller shaft (4WD models) Essential: . Replace engine oil and oil filter (2) . Tire rotation . Lubricate propeller shaft grease (4WD models)

Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system Essential: . Replace brake fluid (1) Request the retailer to inspect the fluid
deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the
deterioration data is more than 77000, replace the AT fluid.
(2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,
change the engine oil and filter as soon as
possible.
After replacing the engine oil, reset the display.

Maintenance and schedules 563

55,000 miles/(88,000 km)/66
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Essential: . Tire rotation
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system

60,000 miles/(96,000 km)/72
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months,
whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Automatic transmission fluid (1) . Brake lines & cables . Brake pads & rotors . Engine drive belt* . Fuel tank vapor vent system* . Fuel lines/connections* . Exhaust system . Transfer fluid . Differential gear oil . Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension
parts$ . Drive shaft boots . Propeller shaft (4WD models) Essential: . Replace air cleaner filter (2) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and oil filter (3) . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Tire rotation . Replace spark plugs . Lubricate propeller shaft grease (4WD models)

Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system Essential: . Replace automatic transmission fluid . Replace brake fluid . Replace transfer fluid . Replace differential gear oil (1) Request the retailer to inspect the fluid
deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the
deterioration data is more than 77000, replace
the AT fluid.
(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more
frequent maintenance may be required.
(3) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,
change the engine oil and filter as soon as
possible.
After replacing the engine oil, reset the display.

564 Maintenance and schedules

65,000 miles/(104,000 km)/78
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Essential: . Tire rotation
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system

70,000 miles/(112,000 km)/84
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Automatic transmission fluid (1) . Brake lines & cables . Brake pads & rotors . Engine drive belt* . Transfer fluid . Differential gear oil . Drive shaft boots . Propeller shaft (4WD models) Essential: . Replace engine oil and oil filter (2) . Tire rotation . Lubricate propeller shaft grease (4WD models)

Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system Essential: . Replace brake fluid (1) Request the retailer to inspect the fluid
deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the
deterioration data is more than 77000, replace the AT fluid.
(2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,
change the engine oil and filter as soon as
possible.
After replacing the engine oil, reset the display.

Maintenance and schedules 565

75,000 miles/(120,000 km)/90
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Essential: . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Tire rotation
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system

80,000 miles/(128,000 km)/96
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months,
whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Automatic transmission fluid (1) . Brake lines & cables . Brake pads & rotors . Engine drive belt* . Fuel tank vapor vent system* . Fuel lines/connections* . Exhaust system . Transfer fluid . Differential gear oil . Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension
parts$ . Drive shaft boots . Propeller shaft (4WD models) Essential: . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and oil filter (2) . Tire rotation . Lubricate propeller shaft grease (4WD models)

Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system Essential: . Replace automatic transmission fluid . Replace brake fluid . Replace transfer fluid . Replace differential gear oil (1) Request the retailer to inspect the fluid
deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the
deterioration data is more than 77000, replace
the AT fluid.
(2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,
change the engine oil and filter as soon as
possible.
After replacing the engine oil, reset the display.

566 Maintenance and schedules

85,000 miles/(136,000 km)/102
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Essential: . Tire rotation
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system

90,000 miles/(144,000 km)/108
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Automatic transmission fluid (1) . Brake lines & cables . Brake pads & rotors . Engine drive belt* . Transfer fluid . Differential gear oil . Drive shaft boots . Propeller shaft (4WD models) Essential: . Replace air cleaner filter (2) . Replace engine oil and oil filter (3) . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Tire rotation . Lubricate propeller shaft grease (4WD models)

Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system Essential: . Replace brake fluid (1) Request the retailer to inspect the fluid
deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the
deterioration data is more than 77000, replace the AT fluid.
(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more
frequent maintenance may be required.
(3) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,
change the engine oil and filter as soon as
possible.
After replacing the engine oil, reset the display.

Maintenance and schedules 567

95,000 miles/(152,000 km)/114
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Essential: . Tire rotation
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system

100,000 miles/(160,000 km)/120
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months,
whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Automatic transmission fluid (1) . Brake lines & cables . Brake pads & rotors . Engine drive belt* . Fuel tank vapor vent system* . Fuel lines/connections* . Exhaust system . Transfer fluid . Differential gear oil . Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension
parts$ . Drive shaft boots . Propeller shaft (4WD models) Essential: . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and oil filter (2) . Tire rotation . Lubricate propeller shaft grease (4WD models)

Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system Essential: . Replace automatic transmission fluid . Replace brake fluid . Replace transfer fluid . Replace differential gear oil (1) Request the retailer to inspect the fluid
deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the
deterioration data is more than 77000, replace
the AT fluid.
(2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,
change the engine oil and filter as soon as
possible.
After replacing the engine oil, reset the display.

568 Maintenance and schedules

105,000 miles/(168,000 km)/126
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Essential: . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Tire rotation . Replace Engine coolant* (1)
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system (1) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months.

110,000 miles/(176,000 km)/132
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Automatic transmission fluid (1) . Brake lines & cables . Brake pads & rotors . Engine drive belt* . Transfer fluid . Differential gear oil . Drive shaft boots . Propeller shaft (4WD models) Essential: . Replace engine oil and oil filter (2) . Tire rotation . Lubricate propeller shaft grease (4WD models)

Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system Essential: . Replace brake fluid (1) Request the retailer to inspect the fluid
deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the
deterioration data is more than 77000, replace the AT fluid.
(2) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,
change the engine oil and filter as soon as
possible.
After replacing the engine oil, reset the display.

Maintenance and schedules 569

115,000 miles/(184,000 km)/138
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Essential: . Tire rotation
Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system

120,000 miles/(192,000 km)/144
months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months,
whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance: Inspections: . Automatic transmission fluid (1) . Brake lines & cables . Brake pads & rotors . Engine drive belt** . Fuel tank vapor vent system* . Fuel lines/connections* . Exhaust system . Transfer fluid . Differential gear oil . Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension
parts$ . Drive shaft boots . Propeller shaft (4WD models) Essential: . Replace air cleaner filter (2) . Replace brake fluid . Replace engine oil and oil filter (3) . Replace Intelligent Key battery . Replace in-cabin microfilter . Tire rotation . Replace spark plugs . Lubricate propeller shaft grease (4WD models)

Severe use maintenance: Inspections: . Brake pads & rotors . Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts . Propeller shaft (4WD models) . Drive shaft boots . Exhaust system Essential: . Replace automatic transmission fluid . Replace brake fluid . Replace transfer fluid . Replace differential gear oil (1) Request the retailer to inspect the fluid
deterioration data using a CONSULT. If the
deterioration data is more than 77000, replace
the AT fluid.
(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more
frequent maintenance may be required.
(3) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,
change the engine oil and filter as soon as
possible.
After replacing the engine oil, reset the display.

570 Maintenance and schedules

10 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ...... 572 Basic information ........................................................ 572 Fuel information .......................................................... 573 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ............. 575 Air conditioning system refrigerant and oil recommendations .................................................. 576
Specifications ..................................................................... 577 Engine ............................................................................. 577 Wheels and tires .......................................................... 578 Dimensions .................................................................... 579
When traveling or registering in another country ................................................................ 580 Vehicle identification ...................................................... 580
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate .......... 580 Vehicle identification number (chassis number) ......................................................... 580 Engine serial number .................................................. 581 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ............. 581 Emission control information label ........................ 581 Tire and loading information label ......................... 582 Air conditioner specification label .......................... 582 Installing front license plate .......................................... 583 Vehicle loading information .......................................... 584 Basic information ....................................................... 584 Terms ............................................................................. 584

Vehicle load capacity ............................................... 585 Securing the load ...................................................... 586 Loading tips ................................................................ 587 Measurement of weights ........................................ 587 Towing a trailer ............................................................... 588 Basic information ..................................................... 588 Maximum load limits ................................................ 589 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/ maximum Gross Axle Weight (GAW) ................. 590 Towing load/specification ...................................... 592 Towing safety ............................................................ 593 Flat towing your vehicle ............................................... 603 Flat towing ................................................................. 603 Automatic Transmission ......................................... 603 Uniform tire quality grading ........................................ 603 Reporting safety defects .............................................. 604 Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ........................................................................... 605 Emission control system warranty ............................. 606 Event Data Recorders (EDR) ....................................... 607 Basic information ..................................................... 607 Additional data recording ...................................... 607 Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information ............................................................ 608
Technical and consumer information 571

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS

BASIC INFORMATION

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure instructed in the "8. Do-it-yourself" section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Fuel
. See "Fuel information" (P.573).

Capacity (approximate)

Metric Measure

89.3 L

US Measure

23-5/8 gal

Imperial Measure

19-5/8 gal

Engine oil*1
Drain and refill
*1: For additional information, see "Changing engine oil and filter" (P.518).
. Genuine "NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SP" (or equivalent) is recommended.
. If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic 0W-20 GF-6A SP motor oil (or engine oil) may be used. Damage caused by the use of motor oil (or engine oil) other than as recommended is not covered under INFINITI's New Vehicle Limited Warranty. For additional information, see "Engine oil and oil filter recommendation" (P.575).

572 Technical and consumer information

Capacity (approximate)

Metric Measure

6.0 L

With oil filter change

US Measure
Imperial Measure

6-3/8 qt 5-1/4 qt

Metric Measure

5.6 L

Without oil filter change

US Measure
Imperial Measure

5-7/8 qt 4-7/8 qt

Engine coolant
. Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent

Capacity (approximate)

Metric Measure

13 L

with reservoir

US Measure
Imperial Measure

13-3/4 qt 11-1/2 qt

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)
. Genuine NISSAN Matic P ATF or equivalent
. INFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic P ATF (or equivalent) ONLY in INFINITI automatic transmissions. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN Matic P ATF may damage the automatic transmission. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as

recommended is not covered under the INFINITI's New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Transfer fluid
. Genuine NISSAN Transfer Fluid LV or equivalent
. Using transfer fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Transfer Fluid LV will damage the transfer, which is not covered by the warranty.
Front differential gear oil
. Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oil
Rear differential gear oil
. Genuine NISSAN HYPOID FLUID·S1 GL5 75W-80 or equivalent
Brake fluid
. Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent DOT 3
*2: Available in mainland U.S.A. through an INFINITI retailer.
. Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the "8. Do-it-yourself" section.
Multi-purpose grease
. NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant
. HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) . For additional information, see "Vehicle
identification" (P.580) for air conditioner specification label.
Air conditioning system oil
. NISSAN A/C System Oil ND-OIL12 (PAG) or equivalent
Window washer fluid
. Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent
FUEL INFORMATION
VR35DDTT engine
Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octane number 96).
INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with 93 AKI number (Research octane number 98) to obtain the maximum vehicle performance and the best driveability in hot weather as well as other conditions, for example when towing a trailer.
If unleaded premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number (Research octane number 91) may be tem-

porarily used, but only under the following precautions:
. Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline, and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible.
. Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration.
Use unleaded premium gasoline for maximum vehicle performance.
CAUTION
. Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system, and may also affect warranty coverage.
. Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used, because this will damage the three-way catalyst.
. Do not use a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed to run on a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol. Using a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol in a vehicle not specifically designed for a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle.

Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.
. Do not use fuel that contains the octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using fuel containing MMT may adversely affect vehicle performance and vehicle emissions. Not all fuel dispensers are labeled to indicate MMT content, so you may have to consult your gasoline retailer for more details. Note that Federal and California laws prohibit the use of MMT in reformulated gasoline.
. U.S. government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
Gasoline specifications
INFINITI recommends using gasoline that meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications where it is available. Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission system and vehicle performance. Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the World-Wide Fuel Char-
Technical and consumer information 573

ter (WWFC) specifications.
Reformulated gasoline
Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines. These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions. INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when available.
Gasoline containing oxygenates
Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence. INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily determined. If in doubt, ask your service station manager.
If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and/or fuel system damage.
. The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline.
. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting a methanol blend, is used, it should contain no more than 10% oxygenate. (MTBE may, however, be added up to 15%.)
574 Technical and consumer information

. If a methanol blend is used, it should contain no more than 5% methanol (methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors. If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors, such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and/or vehicle performance problems. At this time, sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in INFINITI vehicles.
If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.
Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage.
E-15 fuel
E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E- 15 fuel. U.S. government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified with small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.

E-85 fuel
E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.
Fuel containing MMT
MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting additive. INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel may adversely affect vehicle performance, including the emissions control system. Note that while some fuel pumps label MMT content, not all do, so you may have to consult your gasoline retailer for more details.
Aftermarket fuel additives
INFINITI does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives (Example: fuel injector cleaner, octane booster, intake valve deposit removers, etc.) which are sold commercially. Many of these additives intended for gum, varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients

that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine.
Octane rating tips
Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause persistent, heavy spark knock. (Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe, this can lead to engine damage. If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating, or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads, it is recommended you have an INFINITI retailer correct the condition. Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle, for which INFINITI is not responsible.
Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking, after-run or overheating. This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine. If any of the above symptoms are encountered, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for servicing.
However, now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills. This is no cause for concern, because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load.

API certification mark API service symbol
ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION
Selecting the correct oil
It is essential to choose the correct grade, quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance, see "Capacities and recommended fluids/ lubricants" (P.572). INFINITI recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy.
Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute (API) certification

WAJ0360X
or International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE viscosity standard. These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container. Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage.
Oil additives
INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil additives. The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed. Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used.
Technical and consumer information 575

Oil viscosity
The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature. Because of this, it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change. Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage.
Selecting the correct oil filter
Your new vehicle is equipped with a highquality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When replacing, use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals.
Change intervals
The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters. Oil and filter other than the specified quality, or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life. Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is not covered by the new INFINITI vehicle limited warranties.
Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built. You do not have to change the oil before the first recom-
576 Technical and consumer information

mended change interval. Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle.
Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes
A -- Driving under dusty conditions
B -- Driving repeatedly short distances
C -- Towing a trailer or caravan
D -- Extensive idling
E -- Driving in extremely adverse weather conditions or in areas where ambient temperatures are either extremely low or extremely high
F -- Driving in high humidity
G -- Driving on rough and/or muddy roads or in the desert
H -- Driving with frequent use of braking or in mountainous areas
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS
The air conditioner system in your INFINITI vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) and NISSAN A/C System Oil ND-OIL12 (PAG) or the exact equivalents.

CAUTION
The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner system components.
The refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) in your INFINITI vehicle does not harm the earth's ozone layer. Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth's atmosphere, certain government regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner system service. Air conditioner system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians to ensure proper and safe operation (SAE J2845). An INFINITI retailer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refrigerant. Only new and SAEJ2842 certified evaporator(s) shall be used as replacement parts.
A damaged or leaking air conditioning evaporator shall never be repaired or replaced with one removed from a used or salvaged vehicle. To replace a damaged or leaking evaporator, use only new and SAE J2842 certified evaporator(s). It is recom-

SPECIFICATIONS

mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer when servicing your air conditioner system.

ENGINE
Model Type Cylinder arrangement Bore × Stroke
Displacement Firing order Idle speed Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) Spark plug
Spark plug gap (Normal)
Camshaft operation

Metric measure US measure Metric measure US measure
rpm degree/rpm Standard Metric measure US measure

VR35DDTT Gasoline, 4-cycle 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 60° 86.0 × 100.2 mm 3.386 × 3.945 in 3,492 cm3 213.08 cu in 1-2-3-4-5-6
No adjustment is necessary.
ILKAR8AB8G 0.8 mm 0.031 in Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

Technical and consumer information 577

WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel
Size 20 × 8.5J 22 × 8.5J

STI0425 Tire

Size 18 × 8J

Size 275/60R20 115H 275/50R22 111H

Size 265/70R18 116H

Type: Conventional Offset Metric measure
45 mm 45 mm
Type: Spare Offset Metric measure
45 mm
Type: Conventional Pressure PSI [Cold]
33 35
Type: Spare Pressure PSI [Cold]
51

Offset US measure 1.77 in 1.77 in
Offset US measure 1.77 in
Pressure kPa [Cold] 230 240
Pressure kPa [Cold] 350

578 Technical and consumer information

DIMENSIONS

Metric measure

Overall length Overall width (mirror folded)
Overall height Front tread
Rear tread Wheelbase

5,365 mm
2,115 mm
1,955 mm*1 1,945 mm*2 1,980 mm*3 1,728 mm*1 1,731 mm*2*3
1,724 mm*1 1,728 mm*2*3
3,075 mm

*1: Models without air suspension *2: Models with air suspension (without ProPILOT Assist 2.1) *3: Models with air suspension (with ProPILOT Assist 2.1)

US measure
211.2 in
83.3 in
76.9 in*1 76.5 in*2 78.0 in*3
68.0 in*1 68.1 in*2*3
67.9 in*1 68.0 in*2*3
121.1 in

Technical and consumer information 579

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING IN ANOTHER COUNTRY
If you plan to travel in another country, you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle's engine.
Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available.
When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country, state, province or district, it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country, state, province or district; therefore, vehicle specifications may differ.
When any vehicle is to be taken into another country, state, province or district and registered, its modifications, transportation, and registration are the responsibility of the user. INFINITI is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
STI0431
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) PLATE
The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown. This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration.

WAJ0796X
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (chassis number)
The number is stamped as shown.

580 Technical and consumer information

WAJ0729X
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER
The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

STI0448
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LABEL
The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shown. This label contains valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

JVT0541X
EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL
The emission control information label is attached as shown.

Technical and consumer information 581

STI0494
TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL
The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as illustrated.

STI0739
AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL
The air conditioner specification label is attached as shown.

582 Technical and consumer information

Air conditioner specification label symbols:

Symbol Name

Reference

Caution

ISO 7000 0434

Air Conditioning System (MAC) ISO 2575 D01

MAC System Lubricant Type (PAGPOE)
Requires Registered Technician to Service MAC System
Flammable Refrigerant

Graphic

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE
To install the front license plate bracket to your vehicle, it is recommended you contact an INFINITI retailer.

Technical and consumer information 583

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.
. Do not allow people to ride in any area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.
. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.
TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle: . Curb Weight (actual weight of
your vehicle) - vehicle weight including: standard and optional equipment, fluids, emergency
584 Technical and consumer information

tools, and spare tire assembly. This weight does not include passengers and cargo.
. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo.
. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) - maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment. This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M. V.S.S. label.
. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maximum weight (load) limit specified for the front or rear axle. This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.
. GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) - The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer.
. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit, Total load capacity - maximum total weight limit specified of the load (passengers and cargo)

for the vehicle. This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load. This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label.
. Cargo capacity - permissible weight of cargo, the weight of total occupants weight subtracted from the load limit.

STI0445

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY
Basic information
Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. Both the GVWR and GAWR are located on the F.M.V.S.S./ C.M.V.S.S. certification label. For additional information, see "Measurement of weights" (P.587).
Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as "The combined weight of occupants and cargo" on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as "Seating Capacity" on the Tire and Loading Information label.
To get "the combined weight of occupants and cargo", add the weight of all occupants, then add the total luggage weight. Examples are shown in the illustration.

Technical and consumer information 585

Steps For Determining Correct
Load Limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs" on your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs)
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcu-
586 Technical and consumer information

lated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. (See "Measurement of weights" (P.587).)
Also check tires for proper inflation pressures. See the Tire and Loading Information label.

WAC1467X
SECURING THE LOAD
There are tie down hooks located in the cargo area as shown. The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps. Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook or 7 lb (3 kg) to a single hook when securing cargo.
WARNING
. Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sud-

den stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.
. The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area. Secure any items in the cargo area. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged.
. Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your vehicle can break, tire damage could occur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury.
. Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire, but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer braking distances. This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury. Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle's warranty.

LOADING TIPS . The GVW must not exceed GVWR
or GAWR as specified on the F.M. V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.
WARNING
. Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.
. Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your vehicle can break, tire damage could occur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury.

. Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire, but can cause unsafe vehicle handling and long braking distance. This may cause a premature tire failure, which could result in a serious accident and personal injury. Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle's warranty.
MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS
Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle loads should not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label. If weight ratings are exceeded, move or remove items
Technical and consumer information 587

TOWING A TRAILER
to bring all weights below the ratings. BASIC INFORMATION
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling, braking and performance and may lead to accidents.

588 Technical and consumer information

CAUTION
. Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load until you drive your vehicle at least 500 miles (800 km). Your engine, axle or other parts could be damaged.
. For the first 500 miles (800 km) that you tow a trailer, do not drive over 50 MPH (80 km/h) and do not make starts at full throttle. This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads.
. To use premium gasoline with 93 AKI number (Research octane number 98) is strongly recommended, especially when trailer towing, to maximize engine overall performance.
If fuel other than premium fuel is

used, especially in hot weather, during trailer towing or heavy load for example hill climbing, coolant temperature may increase and engine power will decrease due to protection mode.
-- Do not make full-throttle starts.
-- Your vehicle could reduced performance when operating at high altitudes and when heavily loaded or towing a trailer.
Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to carry passengers and cargo. Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle's engine, drivetrain, steering, braking and other systems.
An INFINITI Towing Guide (U.S. only) is available on the website at
www.InfinitiUSA.com. This guide includes information on trailer towing capability and the special equipment required for proper towing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS
Maximum trailer loads
Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the "Towing load/ specification" (P.592). The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight.
. When towing a trailer load of 3,500 lbs (1,587 kg) or more, trailers with a brake system MUST be used.
The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) should not exceed the value specified in the following "Towing Load/ Specification" chart.

STI0541
The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle (including passengers and cargo) plus the total trailer load.
Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling, braking and performance.
The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads, but also the places you plan to tow. Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on very steep grades or for low traction situations (for example, on slippery boat ramps).
Temperature conditions can also affect towing. For example, towing a heavy trailer

in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating. The transmission high fluid temperature and engine protection mode, which helps reduce the chance of transmission and engine damage, could activate and automatically decrease engine power. Vehicle speed may decrease under high load. Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load, weather and road conditions.
WARNING
Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed. The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic, which could increase the chance of a collision. Be especially careful when driving. If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed, pull to the side of the road in a safe area. Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation. See "If your vehicle overheats" (P.497).
CAUTION
Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by
Technical and consumer information 589

INFINITI warranties.

590 Technical and consumer information

STI0542
Tongue load
When using a weight carrying or a weight distributing hitch, keep the tongue load between 10 to 15% of the total trailer load or use the trailer tongue load specified by the trailer manufacturer. The tongue load must be within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following "Towing Load/ Specification" chart. If the tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load.

TI1012M
MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT (GVW)/MAXIMUM GROSS AXLE WEIGHT (GAW)
The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S. S. certification label. The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment. In addition, front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.
Towing capacities are calculated assuming a

base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/or optional equipment, such as the trailer hitch, will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle's maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load.
The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR, Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.
All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops, highway weigh stations, building supply centers or salvage yards.
To determine the available payload capacity for tongue/king pin load, use the following procedure.
1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C. M.V.S.S. certification label.
2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer.
3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR. The remaining amount is the available maximum tongue/king pin load.

To determine the available towing capacity, use the following procedure.
1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the "Towing Load/Specification" chart found later in this section.
2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR. The remaining amount is the available maximum towing capacity.
To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo, that are normally in the trailer when it is towed. Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity.
Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F.M.V.S.S./ C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified ratings.
Example:
. Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighed on a scale - including passengers, cargo and hitch - 6,450 lb. (2,926 kg).
. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) from F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label - 7,300 lb. (3,311 kg).

. Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) from "Towing Load/Specification" chart - 14,550 lb. (6,600 kg).
. Maximum Trailer towing capacity from "Towing Load/Specification" chart 8,500 lb. (3,856 kg).

7,300 lb. (3,311 kg) - 6,450 lb. (2,926 kg)
= 850 lb. (385 kg)

GVWR
GVW
Available for tongue weight

14,550 lb. (6,600 kg)
- 6,450 lb. (2,926 kg)
= 8,100 lb. (3,674 kg)

GCWR
GVW Capacity available for
towing

850 lb. (385 kg) / Available tongue weight

8,100 lb. (3,674 kg)

Available capacity

= 11 % tongue weight

The available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passenger and cargo load in the vehicle.
Remember to keep trailer tongue weight between 10 - 15% of the trailer weight or within the trailer tongue load specification recommended by the trailer manufacturer. If the tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange the cargo to obtain the proper tongue load. Do not exceed the maximum tongue

Technical and consumer information 591

weight specification shown in the "Towing load/specification" chart even if the calculated available tongue weight is greater than 15%. If the calculated tongue weight is less than 10%, reduce the total trailer weight to match the available tongue weight.
Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings.
TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION
WARNING
The towing capacities provided in this manual are for general reference only. The safe towing capacity of your vehicle is affected by retailer and factory installed options and passenger and cargo loads. You must weigh the vehicle and trailer as described in this manual to determine the actual vehicle towing capacity. Do not exceed the published maximum towing capacity, or the GCWR or the GVWR shown on the F.M.V.S.S./ C.M.V.S.S. certification label. Doing so can result in an accident causing serious personal injury or property damage.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART Unit: lb (kg)

MAXIMUM TOWING CAPACITY*1, *2 MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD
GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)

model

8,500 (3,856)

850 (385)

15,000 (6,804)

Canada Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) model

MAXIMUM TOWING CAPACITY*1, *2 MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD
GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING

8,500 (3,856) 850 (385)
15,000 (6,804)

1: The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle's maximum towing capacity.
2: Use of a weight-distributing hitch system is recommended when towing over 5,000 lb (2,267 kg).

592 Technical and consumer information

TOWING SAFETY
Trailer hitch
Your vehicle is equipped with a trailer tow package. The trailer tow package includes a receiver-type frame mounted hitch. This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is used.
Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed. Genuine INFINITI ball mounts and hitch balls are available from an INFINITI retailer.

2. Pull the bottom of the cover straight backward to remove the inner side and upper clips.

WAJ0730X
To access the trailer hitch , remove the trailer hitch cover located on the lower part of the rear bumper. To remove the trailer hitch cover: 1. Remove the 2 clips by turning them
counterclockwise.
Technical and consumer information 593

WAJ0731X
To install the trailer hitch cover: 1. Insert the upper clips into the recesses ,
and then push the cover to its original position. 2. Install the 2 clips by pushing them in as illustrated.
594 Technical and consumer information

WAJ0798X
If it is difficult to install the clips (C), remove the grommet from the pin beforehand. Insert the grommet into the bumper and the cover, then push the pin into the grommet .
WARNING
Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings. Your vehicle may be capable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components. Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components. Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage.

Hitch ball
Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer:
. The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers. Most hitch balls also have the size printed on top of the ball.
. Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight.
. The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter. The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1/16" smaller than the hole in the ball mount.
. The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount. There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut.
Ball mount
The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver. Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight. Additionally, the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground.

Weight carrying hitches
A weight carrying or "dead weight" ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver.
Weight distribution hitch
This type of hitch is also called a "loadleveling" or "equalizing" hitch. A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight (hitch weight) of your trailer. Many vehicles cannot carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer, and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels. This gives stability to the tow vehicle.
A weight-distributing hitch system (Class IV) is recommended if you plan to tow trailers with a maximum weight over 5,000 lbs (2,267 kg). Check with the trailer and towing equipment manufacturers to determine if they recommend the use of a weightdistributing hitch system.
NOTE:
A weight-distributing hitch system may affect the operation of trailer surge brakes. If you are considering use of a weightdistributing hitch system with a surge

brake-equipped trailer, check with the surge brake, hitch or trailer manufacturer to determine if and how this can be done.
Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the weight-distributing hitch system.
General set-up instructions are as follows:
1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface. With the ignition switch in the ON position and the doors closed, allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level.
2. Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle.
3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within 0 - .5 inches (0 - 13 mm) of the reference height measured in step 2. The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2.
WARNING
Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached. If the rear bumper is higher than the

measured reference height when loaded, the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage.
Sway control device
Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer handling. Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects. If you choose to use one, contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer's brake system. Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device.
Class I hitch
Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (907 kg).
Class II hitch
Class II trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3,500 lb (1,588 kg).
Technical and consumer information 595

Class III hitch
Class III trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 5,000 lb (2,267 kg).
Class IV hitch
Class IV trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 10,000 lb (4,545 kg). A weight distributing hitch should be used to tow trailers that weigh over 5,000 lb (2,267 kg). Your vehicle may be equipped with Class IV trailer hitch equipment that has a 10,000 lb (4,545 kg) maximum weight rating, but your vehicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the "Towing Load/Specification" chart earlier in this section.
CAUTION
. Do not use axle-mounted hitches. . Do not modify the vehicle exhaust
system, brake system, etc. . Do not attach any additional hitches
to your vehicle because a hitch is already mounted to your vehicle
596 Technical and consumer information

frame.
Tire pressures
. When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label.
. Trailer tire condition, size, load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturers' specifications.
Safety chains
Always use a suitable chain between your vehicle and the trailer. The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch, not to the vehicle bumper or axle. Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners.

WAJ0732X
Trailer lights
Your vehicle is equipped with a towing package, which also includes the 7-pin trailer harness connector located under the trailer hitch cover on the rear bumper.
CAUTION
. When splicing into the vehicle electrical system, a commercially available power-type module/converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting. This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using

the vehicle tail light, stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source. The module/converter must draw no more than 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits. Using a module/converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle's electrical system. See a reputable trailer retailer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed.
. Do not connect electrical devices that draw more than 40 amps to the vehicle. The fusible link may melt.
Trailer lights should comply with federal and/or local regulations. For assistance in hooking up trailer lights, contact an INFINITI retailer or reputable trailer retailer.
Trailer brakes
When towing a trailer load of 3,500 lbs. (1,587 kg) or more, trailers with a brake system MUST be used. However, most states require a separate braking system on trailers with a loaded weight above a specific amount. Make sure the trailer meets the local regulations and the regulations where you plan to tow.
Several types of braking systems are available.

Surge Brakes - The surge brake actuator is mounted on the trailer tongue with a hydraulic line running to each trailer wheel. Surge brakes are activated by the trailer pushing against the hitch ball when the tow vehicle is braking. Hydraulic surge brakes are common on rental trailers and some boat trailers. In this type of system, there is no hydraulic or electric connection for brake operation between the tow vehicle and the trailer.
Electric Trailer Brakes - Electric braking systems are activated by an electronic signal sent from a trailer brake controller (special brake sensing module). For additional information, see "Electric trailer brake controller" (P.597).
Have a professional supplier of towing equipment make sure the trailer brakes are properly installed and demonstrate proper brake function testing.
WARNING
Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system.

Electric trailer brake controller
Trailers equipped with electric brakes may require the installation of an aftermarket trailer brake controller. Your vehicle is equipped with a connector that is specifically designed to be used when installing an aftermarket brake controller. To install the aftermarket trailer brake controller, perform the following procedure:
Technical and consumer information 597

WAJ0790X
WAJ0791X
598 Technical and consumer information

WAJ0792X
WAJ0793X
1. Open the driver's door. Move the seat to the rearmost position.
2. Remove the kicking plate . 3. Remove the dash side trim .
. To prevent damage to the dash side trim , wrap the tip of the screwdriver and clip remover with tape.

. Remove the hood lock release handle with a flat-head screwdriver and
clip remover.

. Remove the dash side trim clip clip remover.
. Remove the dash side trim .

with

4. Remove the instrument panel side finisher (driver's side ) .

5. Remove the lower portion of the instrument panel (driver's side ) .

. Remove the screws with the screwdriver.

. Remove the lower portion of the instrument panel (driver's side ) .

6. Locate the jumper harness connector inside the lower portion of the instrument panel. The connector is taped to the wiring harness as indicated.

If you have trouble locating the wiring harness, it is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for assistance.

Wire color designation for electric trailer brake controller jumper harness.

WAJ0795X
Jumper harness connector

WIRE COLOR

NOTE

RED

Fused trailer brake controller battery feed (B+)

GREEN

Brake controller illumination

GRAY

Trailer brake controller

switched output

BLACK/ Brake controller ground (-)

YELLOW

WHITE

Vehicle stop lamp switch to trailer brake controller

7. Peel off the tape and connect the aftermarket jumper harness to the connector.

8. Release the parking brake.
9. Install the aftermarket electric trailer brake controller according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Pre-towing tips
. Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded or unloaded trailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose-up or nosedown condition; check for improper tongue load, overload, worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition.
. Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving.
. Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low.
. Load the trailer so approximately 60% of the trailer load is in the front half and 40% is in the back half. Also make sure the load is balanced side to side.
. Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, vehicle tire pressure, trailer light operation, and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle.
. Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal, state or local regulations. If not, install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle.

Technical and consumer information 599

. Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known.
Trailer towing tips
In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle's behavior, you should practice turning, stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic. Steering stability, and braking performance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions.
. Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving.
. Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadvertently becoming unlatched.
. Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.
. Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.
. Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed. Some states or provinces have specific speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers. Obey the local speed limits.
. When backing up, hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go. Make small corrections and back up slowly. If possible, have someone guide you when you

are backing up. Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking. Parking on a slope is not recommended; however, if you must do so:
CAUTION
If you select the transmission P (Park) position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake, transmission damage could occur.
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. 2. Have someone place blocks on the
downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels. 3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks absorb the vehicle load. 4. Apply the parking brake. 5. Shift the transmission into P (Park). 6. Turn off the engine. To drive away: 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the engine. 3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.
5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks.
6. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks.
. While going downhill, the weight of the trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may decrease overall stability. Therefore, to maintain adequate control, reduce your speed and shift to a lower gear. Avoid long or repeated use of the brakes when descending a hill, as this reduces their effectiveness and could cause overheating. Shifting to a lower gear instead provides "engine braking" and reduces the need to brake as frequently.
. If the engine coolant temperature rises to a high temperature, see "If your vehicle overheats" (P.497).
. Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances.
. Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle's first 500 miles (800 km).
. Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended maintenance schedule shown in the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section.

600 Technical and consumer information

. When making a turn, your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels. To compensate for this, make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn.
. Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly causing vehicle sway. When being passed by larger vehicles, be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect vehicle handling.
Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:
1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow. This combination will help stabilize the vehicle.
. Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes.
2. When the trailer sway stops, gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road in a safe area.
3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is balanced as described earlier in this section.
. Be careful when passing other vehicles. Passing while towing a trailer requires considerably more distance than normal passing. Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes.

. Use the TOW mode or downshift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills. This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes.
. Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat, resulting in reduced braking efficiency.
. Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.
. INFINITI recommends that the cruise control not be used while towing a trailer.
. While towing a trailer, do not use the following systems (if so equipped):
-- Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system
-- Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system
-- Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) system
-- Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system
-- ProPILOT Assist systems (Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC), ProPILOT Assist and Steering Assist)
-- Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection system

-- Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)
-- Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . Some states or provinces have specific
regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers. Obey the local speed limits. . Check your hitch, trailer wiring harness connections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles (80 km) of travel and at every break. . When launching a boat, do not allow the water level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper. . Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out. When towing a trailer, the transmission fluid should be changed more frequently. For additional information, see the "9. Maintenance and schedules" section.
TOW mode
Using TOW mode is recommended when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load. See "INFINITI Drive Mode Selector" (P.332) to activate the TOW mode. TOW mode is automatically cancelled when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.
TOW mode includes the following features:
Technical and consumer information 601

. Grade logic -- Adjusts transmission shifts when pulling a trailer or hauling a load up a grade.
. Downhill Speed Control (DSC) -- automatically downshifts when driving down a grade with a trailer or heavy load to help control vehicle speed.
Driving the vehicle in the TOW mode with no trailer/load or light trailer/light load will not cause any damage. However, fuel economy may be reduced and the transmission/ engine driving characteristics may feel unusual.
When towing a trailer, the transmission fluid should be changed more frequently. For additional information, see "9. Maintenance and schedules" section.
Trailer Sway Control
To minimize trailer sway, your vehicle may apply braking to individual wheels based on input from your vehicle sensors and vehicle speed. Trailer Sway Control is a function of the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system and is active when the VDC function is enabled.
CAUTION

Control is also disabled.
When Trailer Sway Control is in operation, the VDC warning light blinks. When vehicle control is regained, VDC warning light will turn OFF. For additional information about the VDC system, see "Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system" (P.464).
If Trailer Sway Control activates: 1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal
to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow. This combination will help stabilize the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not try to correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes.
2. When the trailer sway stops, gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road in a safe area.
3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is balanced.

NOTE:
Trailer Sway Control cannot reduce trailer sway in all situations.

If the VDC OFF switch is on (meaning VDC system OFF), the Trailer Sway
602 Technical and consumer information

FLAT TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

FLAT TOWING
Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing, dinghy towing or 4 down towing. This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor home.
CAUTION
. Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage.
. Whenever flat towing your vehicle, always tow forward, never backward.
. DO NOT tow any automatic transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground (flat towing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication.
. DO NOT tow a Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground. Doing so may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain.
. For emergency towing procedures refer to "Towing recommended by INFINITI" (P.500).

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) models
Do not tow a 4WD vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground.
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models
To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission, an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle's drive wheels. Always follow the dolly manufacturer's recommendations when using their product.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Quality Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
Traction AA, A, B and C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Technical and consumer information 603

WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature A, B and C The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
604 Technical and consumer information

WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible tire failure.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
For USA
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying INFINITI.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your retailer, or INFINITI.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar. gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
You may notify INFINITI by contact-

ing our Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.
For Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying INFINITI.
If Transport Canada receives complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may request that INFINITI conduct a recall campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your retailer, or INFINITI.
You may contact Transport Canada's Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1-800-333- 0510. You may also report safety defects online at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/menu.htm (English speakers) or http://www.tc.gc.ca/

fra/securiteautomobile/menu.htm (French speakers)
Or contact Transport Canada by mail at:
Transport Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Investigations Laboratory 80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z0A1
Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada's Road Safety Information Centre at 1800-333-0371 or online at www.tc. gc.ca/roadsafety (English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere (French speakers).
To notify INFINITI of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1800- 361-4792.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/ MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST
WARNING
A vehicle equipped with Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing), or similar equipment. Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces, your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the "ready condition" for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emission control system.
The vehicle is set to the "ready condition" when it is driven through certain driving patterns. Usually, the "ready condition" can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.
If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may be reset to a "not ready condition".

Technical and consumer information 605

Before taking the I/M test, check the vehicle's inspection/maintenance test readiness condition. Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine. If the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test condition is "not ready". If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is "ready".
It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer to set "ready condition" or to prepare the vehicle for testing.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY
Your INFINITI is covered by the following emission warranties.
For USA:
. Emission Defects Warranty . Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet that comes with your INFINITI. If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet, or it has become lost, you may obtain a replacement by writing to:
. INFINITI Division Nissan North America, Inc. Consumer Affairs Department P.O. Box 685003 Franklin, TN 37068-5003
For Canada:
Emission Control System Warranty
Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information that comes with your INFINITI. If you did not receive a Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information, or it has become lost, you may obtain a replacement by writing to:
. Nissan Canada Inc. 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario,

606 Technical and consumer information

L4W 4Z5

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)

BASIC INFORMATION
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
. How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
. Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was traveling.
. Sounds are not recorded.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g. name, gender, age and crash location) are recorded. However, other

parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and INFINITI retailer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law.
ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING
If your vehicle is equipped with the optional ProPILOT Assist, it will also be equipped with supplemental data recording function intended to assist in understanding how ProPILOT Assist performs in certain nontrivial crash or near-crash scenarios. Specifically, supplemental recording is designed to capture the following:
For ProPILOT Assist
. Driver operational status of the accelerator, brakes, steering, etc.
. Detection status of a vehicle ahead and lane markers

. Vehicle information including distance to vehicle ahead and lateral position
. Information on the operation of the ProPILOT Assist and other crash avoidance features
. ProPILOT Assist malfunction diagnosis information
. External images from the multi-sensing front camera (Available only when the SRS air bag or FEB with Pedestrian Detection system is activated)
For ProPILOT Assist 2.1
. Driver operational status of the accelerator, brakes, steering, etc.
. Detection status of direction of the driver's face and opening/closing of the driver's eyelids
. Information on the operation of the ProPILOT Assist 2.1 and other crash avoidance features
. Detection status of a vehicle ahead and lateral position, lane markers and road structure
. Vehicle information including the vehicle speed, the vehicle position (from GNSS), etc.
. External images from the multi-sensing front camera
(Available only when the SRS air bag or FEB with Pedestrian Detection system is activated)
Technical and consumer information 607

The ProPILOT Assist does not record conversations, sounds or images of the inside of the vehicle.
To read this supplemental data, special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the recording unit is needed. This supplemental data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law. If downloaded, NISSAN and third parties entrusted by NISSAN may use the data recorded for the purpose of improving NISSAN's vehicle safety performance.
NISSAN and third parties entrusted by NISSAN will not disclose/provide the recorded data to a third party except:
. With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee
. In response to an official request from law enforcement, court order, governmental agency, or other legally enforceable request
. For research purposes after the data is modified such that it is no longer tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner (anonymized)

OWNER'S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for this model year and prior can be purchased. A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle. This manual is the same one used by the factory-trained technicians working at INFINITI retailers. Genuine INFINITI Owner's Manual can also be purchased.
For USA:
For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals, contact:
www.infiniti-techinfo.com
For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Owner's Manuals, contact:
1-800-247-5321
For Canada:
To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owner's Manual for this model year and prior, please contact an INFINITI retailer. For the phone number and location of an INFINITI retailer in your area, call the INFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representative will assist you.

608 Technical and consumer information

11 Index

Number
3D Around View® Monitor ................................. 256 3D view .................................................................... 264 4WD
INFINITI all-mode 4WD® ............................. 451
A
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ....................... 463 Active Trace Control ............................................ 467 Advanced air bag system ...................................... 82 Air bag system
Advanced air bag system ................................ 82 Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bag system .......................................... 88 Front central seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system ......................... 90 Front passenger air bag and status light .... 83 Front-seat mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system ......................... 90 Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag system .......... 90 Air bag warning labels ............................................ 93 Air bag warning light ..................................... 93, 111 Air cleaner housing filter ..................................... 526 Air conditioner Advanced Climate Control System .......... 284 Air conditioner service ................................... 289 Air conditioner specification label .............. 582

Air conditioning system refrigerant and oil recommendations .................... 289, 576 Automatic air conditioner ............................. 282 Automatic climate control ........................... 280 In-cabin microfilter .......................................... 289 Air suspension system .......................................... 456 Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle security system) ..................................................... 162 Alcohol, drugs and driving .................................. 313 Alert Rear Door Alert ................................................ 179 Antenna .................................................................... 301 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ....................... 463 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light ........................................................... 112 Appearance care Exterior appearance care ............................. 504 Interior appearance care ............................... 507 Approach unlock function ................................... 220 Armrest ....................................................................... 30 Assist grips .............................................................. 239 Attention to the road ........................................... 413 Audible reminders .................................................. 116 AUTO mode ............................................................ 333 Autolight system .................................................... 168 Automatic Automatic air conditioner ............................. 282 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ........ 520 Climate control ................................................ 280 Door locks .......................................................... 213

Driving with Automatic Transmission (AT) ............................................ 321 Automatic brake hold ........................................... 329 Automatic Transmission (AT) position indicator ................................................... 107 Average fuel consumption .................................. 145 Average speed ........................................................ 145 Avoiding collision and rollover ........................... 312 AWD INFINITI all-mode 4WD® ............................. 451
B
Battery ...................................................................... 523 Battery replacement, Intelligent Key ......... 533 Battery saver system ...................................... 172 Variable voltage control system ................. 525
Before starting the engine .................................. 319 Belts (See drive belts) ........................................... 525 Biometric cooling ................................................... 287 Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) ........................... 365 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ................................. 356 Booster seats ............................................................. 72 Brake
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................ 463 Brake fluid ......................................................... 521 Brake system .................................................... 462 Electronic parking brake system warning light ..................................................... 112 Parking brake .................................................... 326
609

Warning light ................................................... 108 Break-in schedule ................................................. 450 Brightness control
Instrument panel .............................................. 107 Bulb check/instrument panel ............................. 108 Bulb replacement ................................................... 536
C
Cabin air filter ......................................................... 289 Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ......................... 572 Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 302 Card holder .............................................................. 193 Cargo floor box ...................................................... 194 Cargo light ............................................................... 203 Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ........ 308 Center ventilators .................................................. 279 Charger
Wireless charger .............................................. 184 Chassis control ....................................................... 467 Child restraints .......................................................... 55
Booster seats ....................................................... 72 LATCH system ................................................... 57 Precautions on child restraints ...................... 55 Top tether strap ................................................. 61 Child safety ................................................................ 52 Child safety rear door lock ................................. 214 Chimes Seat belt warning light and chime .............. 111 Chimes, Audible reminders ................................. 116 Circuit breaker, Fusible link ................................ 530
610

Cleaning exterior and interior ................. 504, 507 Climate control
Automatic air conditioner ............................. 282 Automatic climate control ........................... 280 Clock.......................................................................... 150 Coat hook ................................................................ 193 Cockpit .................................................................... 100 Cold weather driving ............................................ 481 Console box ............................................................. 191 Control Panel .......................................................... 151 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control ..... 403 Coolant Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ................... 572 Changing engine coolant ............................... 517 Checking engine coolant level...................... 517 Corrosion protection ............................................ 511 Cruise control Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control ................................................... 403 Cup holders ............................................................. 188
D
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system ........... 172 Defroster, Rear window and outside mirror defroster...................................................... 166 Dimensions .............................................................. 579 Display
Head Up Display (HUD) ................................. 157 Vehicle information display .......................... 117 Drive belts ................................................................ 525

Drive Computer ...................................................... 145 Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bag ............................................................... 88 Driver Assistance systems .................................. 336
Common troubleshooting guide ................. 340 Driver Attention Alert (DAA) ............................. 441 Driver Monitor ........................................................ 411 Driving
Cold weather driving ...................................... 481 Driving with Automatic Transmission (AT) ............................................ 321 INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ..................... 332 On-pavement and off-road driving ........... 312 Precautions when starting and driving ..... 307 Safety precautions .......................................... 314 Driving recorder ..................................................... 290
E
ECO mode ............................................................... 333 ECO mode system
ECO Drive Report ........................................... 107 Economy, Fuel ........................................................ 451 Elapsed time ........................................................... 145 Electric power steering ........................................ 461 Electric power steering warning light (red) .... 109 Electric power steering warning light (yellow) ............................................................ 112 Electric shift control system warning light .... 110 Electric trailer brake controller .......................... 597 Emblem light ........................................................... 172 Emergency Call (SOS) button ............................ 186

Emission control information label ................... 581 Emission control system warranty ................... 606 Engine
Before starting the engine ............................ 319 Break-in schedule ........................................... 450 Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ................... 572 Changing engine coolant ............................... 517 Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 518 Checking engine coolant level...................... 517 Checking engine oil level ............................... 518 Coolant temperature gauge ......................... 105 Emergency engine shut off........................... 318 Engine block heater ....................................... 483 Engine compartment check locations ........ 515 Engine cooling system ................................... 516 Engine oil ........................................................... 518 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .................................... 575 Engine oil viscosity .......................................... 576 Engine serial number ...................................... 581 Engine specifications ...................................... 577 Engine start operation indicator ................. 128 If your vehicle overheats ............................... 497 Protection mode ............................................. 320 Remote engine start ....................................... 227 Starting the engine ......................................... 319 Event Data Recorders (EDR) ............................. 607 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ........................ 307 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ................................................ 557

Extended storage switch .................................... 533
F
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label........ 581 Filter
Air cleaner housing filter ............................... 526 Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 518 Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) ........................................................ 486 Flat tire ..................................................................... 487 Flat towing your vehicle ...................................... 603 Flexible seating ........................................................ 30 Floor mat cleaning ................................................ 509 Fluid Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ........ 520 Brake fluid ......................................................... 521 Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ................... 572 Engine coolant.................................................. 516 Engine oil ........................................................... 518 Window washer fluid ..................................... 522 Flush Door Handle ................................................ 209 Forward Driving Aids ........................................... 336 Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system OFF warning light ................................................. 112 Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection system ............................. 419 Front Control Panel .............................................. 151 Front passenger air bag and status light ......... 83 Front seat Front seat adjustment ..................................... 18

Fuel Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ................... 572 Fuel economy ................................................... 451 Fuel information .............................................. 573 Fuel octane rating ........................................... 573 Fuel-filler door ................................................. 235 Gauge .................................................................. 106
Fuel Efficient Driving Tips ................................. 450 Fuses ......................................................................... 529 Fusible links ............................................................. 530
G
Garage mode system ............................................ 234 Gauge ........................................................................ 102
Engine coolant temperature gauge ............ 105 Fuel gauge ......................................................... 106 Odometer .......................................................... 104 Speedometer .................................................... 104 Tachometer ....................................................... 105 General maintenance ............................................ 554 Glove box ................................................................. 191
H
Hands On Detection ............................................ 409 Hazard warning flasher switch.......................... 486 Head restraints/headrests .................................... 37 Head Up Display (HUD) ....................................... 157 Headlights
Bulb replacement ............................................. 536
611

Headlight switch .............................................. 167 Heated seats ........................................................... 174 Heated steering wheel ......................................... 174 Heater
Automatic climate control ........................... 280 Engine block heater ....................................... 483 High beam assist ................................................... 170 Hill start assist system ......................................... 468 Hood release ........................................................... 229 Hook Coat hook .......................................................... 193 Luggage hook ................................................... 193 Horn........................................................................... 173
I
Idling Stop System ................................................ 474 Ignition switch ........................................................ 316 Ignition switch positions ...................................... 316 Immobilizer system ................................................ 162 In-cabin microfilter ................................................ 289 Indicator
Lights .................................................................. 112 Vehicle information display .......................... 117 indicator light Electronic parking brake warning light ..... 110 INFINITI all-mode 4WD® ................................... 451 INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ........................... 332 INFINITI InTouch® Owner's Manual ................ 255 INFINITI Light Path ............................................. 204 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System .............. 162 Inside mirror ............................................................ 239
612

Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test .................. 605 Instrument brightness control ........................... 107 Instrument panel .................................................... 101 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ......................... 399 Intelligent Key button operation light ............. 224 Intelligent Key system .......................................... 214
Key operating range ....................................... 216 Key operation ................................................... 217 Remote keyless operation ............................. 221 Interior light replacement .................................... 537 Interior light switch ............................................... 201 Interior lights ........................................................... 201 Invisible Hood View .............................................. 265 ISOFIX child restraint .............................................. 57
J
Jump starting.......................................................... 495
K
Key Ignition switch positions ................................ 316
Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system (See Intelligent Key system) ......................... 221
Keys ........................................................................... 207 For Intelligent Key system ............................ 214

L
Labels Air bag warning labels ..................................... 93 Air conditioner specification label .............. 582 Emission control information label ............. 581 Engine serial number ...................................... 581 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ............................................. 581 Tire and Loading information label .................................... 541, 582 Vehicle identification number (VIN) .......... 580
Lane Change Assist .............................................. 414 Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) .................... 348 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ...................... 348 LATCH system .......................................................... 57 License plate, Installing front license plate .... 583 Liftgate ..................................................................... 230
Auto closure ...................................................... 234 Liftgate release lever ...................................... 235 Operating power liftgate ............................. 230 Light Air bag warning light ........................................ 93 Bulb replacement ............................................. 536 Cargo light ........................................................ 203 Headlight switch .............................................. 167 Headlights bulb replacement ....................... 536 Indicator lights .................................................. 112 Interior lights ..................................................... 201 Map lights ......................................................... 202 Rear personal lights ....................................... 202

Replacement ..................................................... 536 Vanity mirror lights ........................................ 203 Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders ........................................... 108 Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement ................................................... 537 Linking Intelligent Key (air conditioner) .......... 289 Loading information (See vehicle loading information) ............................................. 584 Lock Automatic door locks ..................................... 213 Door locks ......................................................... 209 Power door lock.............................................. 209 Low tire pressure warning (Tire Pressure Low) ........................................................ 130 Low tire pressure warning light ........................ 113 Low tire pressure warning system (See tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)) ............. 308 Lower console tray ............................................... 192 Luggage hooks ....................................................... 193
M
Maintenance Battery ................................................................ 523 General maintenance ...................................... 554 Inside the vehicle ............................................. 555 Maintenance precautions .............................. 514 Maintenance requirements ........................... 554 Maintenance schedules ................................. 558 Outside the vehicle ......................................... 554 Seat belt maintenance ..................................... 52

Maintenance schedules ....................................... 558 Malfunction indicator light (MIL) ...................... 114 Map lights ................................................................ 202 Master warning light ................................... 111, 114 Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) ........ 208 Memory seat ........................................................... 249 Meters and gauges ............................................... 102
Instrument brightness control ..................... 107 Mirror
Inside mirror ...................................................... 239 Outside mirrors ................................................ 246 Smart Rear View Mirror ............................... 240 Vanity mirror .................................................... 248 Moonroof ................................................................. 199 Moving Object Detection (MOD) ..................... 275 My Parking Locations .......................................... 270
N
Neutral hold mode ................................................ 324 New vehicle break-in ........................................... 450
O
Odometer ................................................................. 104 Off-road recovery ................................................. 312 Oil
Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ................... 572 Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 518 Checking engine oil level ............................... 518 Engine oil ........................................................... 518

Engine oil viscosity .......................................... 576 Oil control system ........................................... 125 Other lights ............................................................. 115 Outside air temperature ...................................... 150 Outside mirrors ...................................................... 246 Overhead console .................................................. 190 Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ................. 497 Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information ................................................. 608
P
Panic alarm .............................................................. 223 Parking
Brake break-in .................................................. 462 Parking brake .................................................... 326 Parking on hills ................................................ 460 Parking Aids ............................................................ 336 Parking brake Electronic parking brake warning light ..... 110 Passing Assist ......................................................... 416 PERSONAL mode ................................................. 333 Phone Car phone or CB radio .................................. 302 Power Electric power steering .................................. 461 Power door lock.............................................. 209 Power outlet .................................................... 180 Power windows ............................................... 195 Power moonroof and sunshade ........................ 199 Precautions Braking precautions ........................................ 462
613

Child restraints ................................................... 55 Driving safety ................................................... 314 Maintenance ..................................................... 514 On-pavement and off-road driving ........... 312 Seat belt usage .................................................. 41 Supplemental restraint system ...................... 75 When starting and driving ............................ 307 Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) ................................................... 433 ProPILOT Assist Systems ................................... 383 ProPILOT Assist Systems limitations .............. 390 Push starting........................................................... 497 Push-button ignition switch ............................... 316
R
RAB system ............................................................ 444 Radio
Car phone or CB radio .................................. 302 Rain-sensing auto wiper system ....................... 164 Rapid air pressure loss ......................................... 313 Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ................................................................. 605 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) ........................ 444 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system OFF warning light ........................................................... 115 Rear combination lights ....................................... 536 Rear Control Panel ................................................ 151 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ....................... 377 Rear Door Alert ...................................................... 179 Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock .... 214 Rear Driving Aids ................................................... 336
614

Rear personal lights .............................................. 202 Rear ventilators ..................................................... 280 Rear window and outside mirror defroster .... 166 Rear window wiper and washer switch ......... 165 Rear window wiper blades ................................. 528 Rear zoom view ..................................................... 266 Recorders, Event data ......................................... 607 Registering your vehicle in another country .................................................... 580 Remote engine start ............................................. 227 Remote keyless entry function, For Intelligent Key system .......................................... 221 Reporting safety defects .................................... 604 Roadside assistance program ............................ 486 Rollover .................................................................... 312 Roof
Roof rack ........................................................... 194
S
Safety Child seat belts ................................................... 52 Towing safety ................................................... 593
Satellite radio antenna ......................................... 301 Seat adjustment
Front power seat adjustment ........................ 18 Front seats .......................................................... 18 Seat belt(s) Child safety ......................................................... 52 Infants ................................................................... 53 Injured persons ................................................... 44 Larger children ................................................... 54

Precautions on seat belt usage ..................... 41 Pregnant women ............................................... 44 Seat belt cleaning ............................................ 510 Seat belt extenders ........................................... 52 Seat belt maintenance ..................................... 52 Seat belt warning light and chime .............. 111 Seat belts ............................................................. 41 Seat belts with pretensioners ........................ 92 Small children ...................................................... 53 Three-point type ................................................ 44 Seat(s) Heated seats ..................................................... 174 Memory seat ..................................................... 249 Seats ...................................................................... 17 Seats Resetting the seat positions ........................... 36 Security system (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System), Engine start ........................................... 162 Security system, Vehicle security system ....... 161 Servicing climate control ..................................... 289 Setting memory function, memory seat ......... 251 Severe use maintenance ...................................... 559 Shifting, Automatic Transmission (AT) ........... 321 Side Driving Aids ................................................... 336 Side ventilators ..................................................... 280 Smart Rear View Mirror ..................................... 240 SNOW mode ........................................................... 335 Sonar Front and rear sonar system ....................... 469 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) .................. 444

SOS button (See Emergency Call (SOS) button) .......................................................... 186 Spare tire ....................................................... 551, 578 Spark plugs .............................................................. 526 Speed Adjust by Route ....................................... 406 Speed Limit Assist ................................................ 404 Speedometer ........................................................... 104 SPORT mode .......................................................... 334 Standard maintenance ......................................... 559 STANDARD mode ................................................. 333 Starting
Before starting the engine ............................ 319 Jump starting................................................... 495 Precautions when starting and driving ..... 307 Push starting..................................................... 497 Starting the engine ......................................... 319 Status light, Front passenger air bag ................ 83 Steering Electric power steering .................................. 461 Heated steering wheel ................................... 174 Tilt/telescopic steering .................................. 237 Steering Assist........................................................ 407 Steering Assist switch .......................................... 179 Steering Assist with HD map data ................... 410 Storage ..................................................................... 188 Sun visors ................................................................. 238 Supplemental air bag warning labels .................. 93 Supplemental air bag warning light .......... 93, 111 Supplemental restraint system ............................. 75 Precautions on supplemental restraint system ................................................. 75

Switch Autolight system switch ................................ 168 Emergency Call (SOS) button ...................... 186 Hazard warning flasher switch................... 486 Headlight switch .............................................. 167 Ignition switch .................................................. 321 INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ..................... 332 Memory seat switch ....................................... 249 Power door lock switch ................................. 213 Steering Assist switch .................................... 179 Turn signal switch ........................................... 173
T
Tachometer ............................................................. 105 Temperature gauge, Engine coolant temperature gauge ............................................... 105 Theft (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System), Engine start ............................................................. 162 Three-way catalyst .............................................. 308 Tilt/telescopic steering ........................................ 237 Tire pressure, Low tire pressure warning light ........................................................... 113 Tires
Flat tire .............................................................. 487 Low tire pressure warning system ............ 308 Tire and Loading information label .................................... 541, 582 Tire chains.......................................................... 547 Tire dressing ...................................................... 507 Tire pressure ..................................................... 539

Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ...................................... 308, 487 Tire rotation ..................................................... 548 Types of tires ................................................... 546 Uniform tire quality grading ........................ 603 Wheel/tire size ................................................. 578 Wheels and tires .............................................. 539 Top Tether strap child restraints ........................... 61 Touch screen display ............................................ 153 TOW mode .............................................................. 335 Towing Flat towing ....................................................... 603 Tow truck towing ........................................... 498 Towing a trailer ............................................... 588 Towing safety ................................................... 593 TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system ....... 308 TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator ............ 311 TPMS, Tire pressure warning system ............. 487 Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) .......................... 345 Trailer BSW function ............................................ 363 Trailer towing ......................................................... 588 Transmission Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ........ 520 Driving with Automatic Transmission ....... 321 Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system (See Intelligent Key system) ............................... 221 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another country .................................................... 580 Trip computer ......................................................... 144 Trip odometer ......................................................... 145
615

Troubleshooting guide Driver Assistance systems ........................... 340
Turbocharger system ........................................... 308 Turn signal switch ................................................. 173
U
Ultra Wide view ..................................................... 263 Underbody cleaning .............................................. 505 Uniform tire quality grading ............................... 603 Unlocking with inside handle ............................. 212 USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector ............................................... 183
V
Vanity mirror ........................................................... 248 Vanity mirror lights ............................................... 203 Variable voltage control system ....................... 525 Vehicle
Dimensions ........................................................ 579 Identification number (VIN) ......................... 580 Loading information ...................................... 584 Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .............. 501 Security system ................................................ 161 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ... 464 Vehicle information display ................................. 117 Settings .............................................................. 119 Vehicle information display warnings and indicators ................................................... 128 Ventilated seats ...................................................... 177 Ventilators ............................................................... 279
616

W
Walk away lock function ..................................... 219 Warning
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ........................... 356 Driver Assistance systems troubleshooting guide ................................... 340 Hazard warning flasher switch................... 486 Lights ................................................................. 108 Low tire pressure warning ............................ 130 Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW) ............................................. 433 Rear Door Alert ................................................ 179 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ...................................... 308, 487 Vehicle information display .......................... 117 Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders ........................................... 108 Warning labels, Air bag warning labels ............. 93 Warning light Air bag warning light ............................... 93, 111 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light ..................................................... 112 Brake warning light ........................................ 108 Electric power steering warning light (red) ............................................................ 109 Electric power steering warning light (yellow) ...................................................... 112 Electric shift control system warning light ..................................................... 110

Electronic parking brake system warning light ..................................................... 112 Low tire pressure warning light .................. 113 Seat belt warning light and chime .............. 111 Warranty, Emission control system warranty .................................................... 606 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switch .... 165 Windshield wiper and washer switch ........ 163 Washing .................................................................. 504 Waxing...................................................................... 505 Wheel/tire size ....................................................... 578 Wheels and tires .................................................... 539 Care of wheels ................................................ 505 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels ................ 506 Cleaning bright wheels ................................. 506 Window washer fluid ........................................... 522 Window(s) Cleaning............................................................. 505 Power windows ............................................... 195 Windshield deicer .................................................. 166 Windshield wiper and washer switch .............. 163 Wiper Rain-sensing auto wiper system ................. 164 Rear window wiper and washer switch .... 165 Windshield wiper and washer switch ........ 163 Wiper blades ..................................................... 527 Wireless charger .................................................... 184

MEMO 617

MEMO 618

To view the digital Infiniti InTouch manual, go to www.infinitiquickguide.com/#/guide/2025/qx80/browse
or snap this QR code with an appropriate QR code reader.
Printing : May 2024 Publication No.: OM25E0 0Z63U0
Printed in the U.S.A.

Z63-D

PDFL 7.0 Acrobat Distiller 23.0 (Windows)